US20210353954A1 - Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use - Google Patents
Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20210353954A1 US20210353954A1 US17/443,981 US202117443981A US2021353954A1 US 20210353954 A1 US20210353954 A1 US 20210353954A1 US 202117443981 A US202117443981 A US 202117443981A US 2021353954 A1 US2021353954 A1 US 2021353954A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- energy
- agent
- disorder
- human
- disease
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 298
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 298
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 155
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title description 30
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 137
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims abstract description 91
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 85
- 230000000977 initiatory effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 85
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 71
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 66
- 230000000149 penetrating effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 8
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 217
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 85
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 claims description 80
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 75
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 claims description 73
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims description 69
- ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N psoralen Chemical group C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OC=C2 ZCCUUQDIBDJBTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 68
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 claims description 63
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 claims description 60
- -1 16-diazorcortisone Chemical compound 0.000 claims description 59
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 claims description 42
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 40
- 230000005291 magnetic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 40
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 claims description 37
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 34
- 230000006854 communication Effects 0.000 claims description 33
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 claims description 33
- VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4',5'-Dihydropsoralen Natural products C1=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=CC2=C1OCC2 VXGRJERITKFWPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 31
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 claims description 29
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 claims description 27
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 claims description 25
- 208000035269 cancer or benign tumor Diseases 0.000 claims description 23
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 claims description 21
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims description 19
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 claims description 17
- ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzo-alpha-pyrone Natural products C1=CC=C2OC(=O)C=CC2=C1 ZYGHJZDHTFUPRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 claims description 15
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 claims description 14
- 150000004032 porphyrins Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000036142 Viral infection Diseases 0.000 claims description 11
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 235000001671 coumarin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 11
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 229940088594 vitamin Drugs 0.000 claims description 11
- 229930003231 vitamin Natural products 0.000 claims description 11
- 235000013343 vitamin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000011782 vitamin Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 229910052691 Erbium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N Riboflavin Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000003722 vitamin derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 10
- 229940027041 8-mop Drugs 0.000 claims description 9
- QXKHYNVANLEOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methoxsalen Chemical compound C1=CC(=O)OC2=C1C=C1C=COC1=C2OC QXKHYNVANLEOEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052769 Ytterbium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052747 lanthanoid Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- 150000002602 lanthanoids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000023275 Autoimmune disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- ZJTJUVIJVLLGSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N lumichrome Chemical compound N1C(=O)NC(=O)C2=C1N=C1C=C(C)C(C)=CC1=N2 ZJTJUVIJVLLGSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- KPDQZGKJTJRBGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lumiflavin Chemical compound CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O KPDQZGKJTJRBGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrene Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C=CC3=CC=CC4=CC=C1C2=C43 BBEAQIROQSPTKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 229910004829 CaWO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000012965 benzophenone Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000036770 blood supply Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000004775 coumarins Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 239000000906 photoactive agent Substances 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1h-benzimidazol-2-yl)-7-(diethylamino)chromen-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C3=CC4=CC=C(C=C4OC3=O)N(CC)CC)=NC2=C1 GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 244000028419 Styrax benzoin Species 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000000126 Styrax benzoin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000008411 Sumatra benzointree Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000013522 chelant Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000019382 gum benzoic Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000003999 initiator Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000696 magnetic material Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000002207 metabolite Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(N=C3C4=CC=CC=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=CC=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC=CC=C2C4=N1 IEQIEDJGQAUEQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000002096 quantum dot Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- SBIBMFFZSBJNJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N selenium;zinc Chemical compound [Se]=[Zn] SBIBMFFZSBJNJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000009385 viral infection Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoin Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ISAOCJYIOMOJEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- VWWQXMAJTJZDQX-UYBVJOGSSA-N flavin adenine dinucleotide Chemical compound C1=NC2=C(N)N=CN=C2N1[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]1O)O[C@@H]1CO[P@](O)(=O)O[P@@](O)(=O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C2=NC(=O)NC(=O)C2=NC2=C1C=C(C)C(C)=C2 VWWQXMAJTJZDQX-UYBVJOGSSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- FVTCRASFADXXNN-SCRDCRAPSA-N flavin mononucleotide Chemical compound OP(=O)(O)OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O FVTCRASFADXXNN-SCRDCRAPSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002082 metal nanoparticle Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine B Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O PYWVYCXTNDRMGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910019901 yttrium aluminum garnet Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yldiazenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile Chemical class N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- VVWRHPJZHGLPMJ-OBHZIMKNSA-N 2-[2-[2-[[(2s,3r)-2-[[(2s,3s,4r)-4-[[(2s,3r)-2-[[6-amino-2-[(1s)-3-amino-1-[[(2s)-2,3-diamino-3-oxopropyl]amino]-3-oxopropyl]-5-methylpyrimidine-4-carbonyl]amino]-3-hydroxy-3-(1h-imidazol-5-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxy-2-methylpentanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxyb Chemical compound N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCCCN=C(N)N)[C@@H](O)C=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C VVWRHPJZHGLPMJ-OBHZIMKNSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- VVBLNCFGVYUYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,4'-Bis(dimethylamino)benzophenone Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1C(=O)C1=CC=C(N(C)C)C=C1 VVBLNCFGVYUYGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical class CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 108010006654 Bleomycin Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- QTANTQQOYSUMLC-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ethidium cation Chemical compound C12=CC(N)=CC=C2C2=CC=C(N)C=C2[N+](CC)=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 QTANTQQOYSUMLC-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052765 Lutetium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- VAYOSLLFUXYJDT-RDTXWAMCSA-N Lysergic acid diethylamide Chemical class C1=CC(C=2[C@H](N(C)C[C@@H](C=2)C(=O)N(CC)CC)C2)=C3C2=CNC3=C1 VAYOSLLFUXYJDT-RDTXWAMCSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- RJECHNNFRHZQKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oelsaeurecholesterylester Natural products C12CCC3(C)C(C(C)CCCC(C)C)CCC3C2CC=C2C1(C)CCC(OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC)C2 RJECHNNFRHZQKU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000000890 antigenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L barium sulfate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O TZCXTZWJZNENPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 4
- RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 RWCCWEUUXYIKHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229960001561 bleomycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O bleomycin A2 Chemical class N([C@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@H](O)C)C(=O)NCCC=1SC=C(N=1)C=1SC=C(N=1)C(=O)NCCC[S+](C)C)[C@@H](O[C@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CO)O1)O[C@@H]1[C@H]([C@@H](OC(N)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1)O)C=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)C1=NC([C@H](CC(N)=O)NC[C@H](N)C(N)=O)=NC(N)=C1C OYVAGSVQBOHSSS-UAPAGMARSA-O 0.000 claims description 4
- RJECHNNFRHZQKU-RMUVNZEASA-N cholesteryl oleate Chemical compound C([C@@H]12)C[C@]3(C)[C@@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)CC[C@H]3[C@@H]1CC=C1[C@]2(C)CC[C@H](OC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC)C1 RJECHNNFRHZQKU-RMUVNZEASA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 108700016186 deglycobleomycin Proteins 0.000 claims description 4
- GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluoranthrene Natural products C1=CC(C2=CC=CC=C22)=C3C2=CC=CC3=C1 GVEPBJHOBDJJJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N lutetium atom Chemical compound [Lu] OHSVLFRHMCKCQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000002790 naphthalenes Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000004780 naphthols Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001484 phenothiazinyl group Chemical class C1(=CC=CC=2SC3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000007660 quinolones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000004053 quinones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000003346 selenoethers Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940066767 systemic antihistamines phenothiazine derivative Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- XSOKHXFFCGXDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N telluride(2-) Chemical compound [Te-2] XSOKHXFFCGXDJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- JNELGWHKGNBSMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N xanthone Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=CC=CC=C3OC2=C1 JNELGWHKGNBSMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000015696 Interleukins Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010063738 Interleukins Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 102100023981 Lamina-associated polypeptide 2, isoform alpha Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 101710163560 Lamina-associated polypeptide 2, isoform alpha Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 101710189385 Lamina-associated polypeptide 2, isoforms beta/gamma Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229930192627 Naphthoquinone Natural products 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000898 Thymopoietin Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000004338 Transferrin Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108090000901 Transferrin Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960002130 benzoin Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000008366 benzophenones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 229910052909 inorganic silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000002791 naphthoquinones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920000962 poly(amidoamine) Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000012581 transferrin Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- UDLFPYGNSVVZOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diethoxyxanthen-9-one Chemical class C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(OCC)C(OCC)=CC=C3OC2=C1 UDLFPYGNSVVZOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- MSAHTMIQULFMRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-diphenyl-2-propan-2-yloxyethanone Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC(C)C)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 MSAHTMIQULFMRG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- VNQXSTWCDUXYEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,7,7-trimethylbicyclo[2.2.1]heptane-2,3-dione Chemical compound C1CC2(C)C(=O)C(=O)C1C2(C)C VNQXSTWCDUXYEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- YNSNJGRCQCDRDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-chlorothioxanthen-9-one Chemical class S1C2=CC=CC=C2C(=O)C2=C1C=CC=C2Cl YNSNJGRCQCDRDM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- KMNCBSZOIQAUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KMNCBSZOIQAUFX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methoxy-1,2-diphenylethanone Chemical class C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 BQZJOQXSCSZQPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- HTPXFGUCAUTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9h-fluorene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound C1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1C(C(=O)O)=CC=C2 HTPXFGUCAUTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052688 Gadolinium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910002249 LaCl3 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910009372 YVO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000008062 acetophenones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- REDXJYDRNCIFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium(3+) Chemical compound [Al+3] REDXJYDRNCIFBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910001632 barium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930006711 bornane-2,3-dione Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- ICAKDTKJOYSXGC-UHFFFAOYSA-K lanthanum(iii) chloride Chemical compound Cl[La](Cl)Cl ICAKDTKJOYSXGC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002907 paramagnetic material Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000007964 xanthones Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 2
- 210000004204 blood vessel Anatomy 0.000 claims 2
- 238000005086 pumping Methods 0.000 claims 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 claims 2
- 229910016064 BaSi2 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 claims 1
- 229910002226 La2O2 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910014323 Lanthanum(III) bromide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- WAKZZMMCDILMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-H barium(2+);diphosphate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[Ba+2].[Ba+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O WAKZZMMCDILMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 claims 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium difluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Ca+2] WUKWITHWXAAZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims 1
- 229910001634 calcium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 claims 1
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium atom Chemical compound [Gd] UIWYJDYFSGRHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- XKUYOJZZLGFZTC-UHFFFAOYSA-K lanthanum(iii) bromide Chemical compound Br[La](Br)Br XKUYOJZZLGFZTC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 claims 1
- 239000002905 metal composite material Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 239000002923 metal particle Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 239000005365 phosphate glass Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 229910000982 rare earth metal group alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 239000005368 silicate glass Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 229910019655 synthetic inorganic crystalline material Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- JOPDZQBPOWAEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-H tristrontium;diphosphate Chemical compound [Sr+2].[Sr+2].[Sr+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O JOPDZQBPOWAEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 claims 1
- 229910052882 wollastonite Inorganic materials 0.000 claims 1
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 88
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 172
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 131
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 76
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 75
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 67
- 238000001994 activation Methods 0.000 description 57
- 241000700605 Viruses Species 0.000 description 52
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 45
- 239000003504 photosensitizing agent Substances 0.000 description 45
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 40
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 40
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 39
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 38
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 38
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 38
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 35
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 34
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 32
- 239000000306 component Substances 0.000 description 29
- 238000002428 photodynamic therapy Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 26
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 26
- 210000002569 neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 26
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 26
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 25
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 24
- 230000015654 memory Effects 0.000 description 24
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 24
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 23
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 23
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 23
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 22
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 22
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 21
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 20
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 20
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 20
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 20
- 108091006146 Channels Proteins 0.000 description 19
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 19
- 241000894006 Bacteria Species 0.000 description 18
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 18
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 18
- 108020004414 DNA Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 17
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 16
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 16
- 239000002351 wastewater Substances 0.000 description 16
- 229910052984 zinc sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- 240000004808 Saccharomyces cerevisiae Species 0.000 description 15
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000003612 virological effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000001723 curing Methods 0.000 description 14
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 14
- 239000000853 adhesive Substances 0.000 description 13
- 230000001070 adhesive effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 13
- 230000001699 photocatalysis Effects 0.000 description 13
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 13
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 12
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 12
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 12
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229910052745 lead Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 12
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 12
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 12
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 11
- 239000002168 alkylating agent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 11
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 11
- 239000003642 reactive oxygen metabolite Substances 0.000 description 11
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 11
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Orthosilicate Chemical compound [O-][Si]([O-])([O-])[O-] BPQQTUXANYXVAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 102000029797 Prion Human genes 0.000 description 10
- 108091000054 Prion Proteins 0.000 description 10
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229940100198 alkylating agent Drugs 0.000 description 10
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000003850 cellular structure Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 230000001276 controlling effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 244000045947 parasite Species 0.000 description 10
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000000130 stem cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 10
- RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N thymine Chemical compound CC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O RWQNBRDOKXIBIV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 210000004881 tumor cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 235000014101 wine Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 241000233866 Fungi Species 0.000 description 9
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Uracil Chemical compound O=C1C=CNC(=O)N1 ISAKRJDGNUQOIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000010836 blood and blood product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229940125691 blood product Drugs 0.000 description 9
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 9
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- 230000002779 inactivation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 9
- 230000002186 photoactivation Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 9
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 8
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000725303 Human immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 8
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 8
- 241000191967 Staphylococcus aureus Species 0.000 description 8
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000002458 infectious effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 210000001165 lymph node Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000005298 paramagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 8
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 8
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 8
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical group O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000010276 construction Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003828 downregulation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005672 electromagnetic field Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000005281 excited state Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000000987 immune system Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 210000003470 mitochondria Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 230000011278 mitosis Effects 0.000 description 7
- 235000015205 orange juice Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 230000008685 targeting Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000003827 upregulation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 210000003462 vein Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 6
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000030833 cell death Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000013043 chemical agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229960000956 coumarin Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 102000003675 cytokine receptors Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010057085 cytokine receptors Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000007667 floating Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000005283 ground state Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000011256 inorganic filler Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229910003475 inorganic filler Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 238000002647 laser therapy Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000037353 metabolic pathway Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229920003023 plastic Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000004033 plastic Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000002307 prostate Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000028327 secretion Effects 0.000 description 6
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 6
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 description 6
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 6
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 108091032973 (ribonucleotides)n+m Proteins 0.000 description 5
- CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 2,4-Hexadienoic acid, potassium salt (1:1), (2E,4E)- Chemical compound [K+].CC=CC=CC([O-])=O CHHHXKFHOYLYRE-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 229910052684 Cerium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-Lyxoflavin Natural products OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CN1C=2C=C(C)C(C)=CC=2N=C2C1=NC(=O)NC2=O AUNGANRZJHBGPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241001115402 Ebolavirus Species 0.000 description 5
- 241000982938 Enterobacter cancerogenus Species 0.000 description 5
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 229910052771 Terbium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000710959 Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 5
- 241001115400 Zaire ebolavirus Species 0.000 description 5
- MCVAAHQLXUXWLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O-2].[O-2].[S-2].[Gd+3].[Gd+3] Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[S-2].[Gd+3].[Gd+3] MCVAAHQLXUXWLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000001367 artery Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000000231 atomic layer deposition Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002981 blocking agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000005670 electromagnetic radiation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000010304 firing Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 235000011389 fruit/vegetable juice Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 230000002068 genetic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000007887 hard shell capsule Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000028993 immune response Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000001939 inductive effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000004072 lung Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 208000002780 macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000003211 malignant effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000013008 moisture curing Methods 0.000 description 5
- WIQKYZYFTAEWBF-UHFFFAOYSA-L motexafin lutetium hydrate Chemical compound O.[Lu+3].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.C1=C([N-]2)C(CC)=C(CC)C2=CC(C(=C2C)CCCO)=NC2=CN=C2C=C(OCCOCCOCCOC)C(OCCOCCOCCOC)=CC2=NC=C2C(C)=C(CCCO)C1=N2 WIQKYZYFTAEWBF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 210000003463 organelle Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- GFKJCVBFQRKZCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);yttrium(3+);trisulfide Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[S-2].[S-2].[S-2].[Y+3].[Y+3].[Y+3].[Y+3] GFKJCVBFQRKZCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 5
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000007146 photocatalysis Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011941 photocatalyst Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940109328 photofrin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000010241 potassium sorbate Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000004302 potassium sorbate Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229940069338 potassium sorbate Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000002165 resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000035806 respiratory chain Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002151 riboflavin Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000019192 riboflavin Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 5
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229940113082 thymine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 230000007704 transition Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000009281 ultraviolet germicidal irradiation Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940035893 uracil Drugs 0.000 description 5
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HAUGRYOERYOXHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Alloxazine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N=C(C(=O)NC(=O)N3)C3=NC2=C1 HAUGRYOERYOXHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- UJKPHYRXOLRVJJ-MLSVHJFASA-N CC(O)C1=C(C)/C2=C/C3=N/C(=C\C4=C(CCC(O)=O)C(C)=C(N4)/C=C4\N=C(\C=C\1/N\2)C(C)=C4C(C)O)/C(CCC(O)=O)=C3C Chemical class CC(O)C1=C(C)/C2=C/C3=N/C(=C\C4=C(CCC(O)=O)C(C)=C(N4)/C=C4\N=C(\C=C\1/N\2)C(C)=C4C(C)O)/C(CCC(O)=O)=C3C UJKPHYRXOLRVJJ-MLSVHJFASA-N 0.000 description 4
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000196324 Embryophyta Species 0.000 description 4
- 229910052693 Europium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 241000589602 Francisella tularensis Species 0.000 description 4
- 102000001554 Hemoglobins Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108010054147 Hemoglobins Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 239000000232 Lipid Bilayer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 4
- LYPFDBRUNKHDGX-SOGSVHMOSA-N N1C2=CC=C1\C(=C1\C=CC(=N1)\C(=C1\C=C/C(/N1)=C(/C1=N/C(/CC1)=C2/C1=CC(O)=CC=C1)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1)\C1=CC(O)=CC=C1)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1 Chemical compound N1C2=CC=C1\C(=C1\C=CC(=N1)\C(=C1\C=C/C(/N1)=C(/C1=N/C(/CC1)=C2/C1=CC(O)=CC=C1)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1)\C1=CC(O)=CC=C1)C1=CC(O)=CC=C1 LYPFDBRUNKHDGX-SOGSVHMOSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nicotinamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 DFPAKSUCGFBDDF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010034972 Photosensitivity reaction Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010051482 Prostatomegaly Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 206010046996 Varicose vein Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 241000710886 West Nile virus Species 0.000 description 4
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 206010003246 arthritis Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 229910052788 barium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000004958 brain cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229960005069 calcium Drugs 0.000 description 4
- YKPUWZUDDOIDPM-SOFGYWHQSA-N capsaicin Chemical compound COC1=CC(CNC(=O)CCCC\C=C\C(C)C)=CC=C1O YKPUWZUDDOIDPM-SOFGYWHQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000032823 cell division Effects 0.000 description 4
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 229940127089 cytotoxic agent Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005401 electroluminescence Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000033001 locomotion Effects 0.000 description 4
- 201000004792 malaria Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 238000004377 microelectronic Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002073 nanorod Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002894 organic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N perchloric acid Chemical compound OCl(=O)(=O)=O VLTRZXGMWDSKGL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000004038 photonic crystal Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000036211 photosensitivity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000005014 poly(hydroxyalkanoate) Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000903 polyhydroxyalkanoate Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000004626 polylactic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000010453 quartz Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000007789 sealing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000005245 sintering Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052712 strontium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sulfite Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])=O LSNNMFCWUKXFEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229960002197 temoporfin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 238000001890 transfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 description 4
- RBORBHYCVONNJH-UHFFFAOYSA-K yttrium(iii) fluoride Chemical compound F[Y](F)F RBORBHYCVONNJH-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 4
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4,5-IP3 Natural products OC1C(O)C(OP(O)(O)=O)C(OP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1OP(O)(O)=O MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- PIZHFBODNLEQBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-diethoxy-1-phenylethanone Chemical compound CCOC(OCC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PIZHFBODNLEQBL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000030507 AIDS Diseases 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000193830 Bacillus <bacterium> Species 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000000094 Chronic Pain Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000000634 Cytochrome c oxidase subunit IV Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000365 Cytochrome-c oxidases Proteins 0.000 description 3
- MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-XJTPDSDZSA-N D-myo-Inositol 1,4,5-trisphosphate Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1OP(O)(O)=O MMWCIQZXVOZEGG-XJTPDSDZSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000194032 Enterococcus faecalis Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000194031 Enterococcus faecium Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000588724 Escherichia coli Species 0.000 description 3
- 102000008857 Ferritin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108050000784 Ferritin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 238000008416 Ferritin Methods 0.000 description 3
- 108010050754 Halorhodopsins Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000881812 Kluyvera intermedia Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000186779 Listeria monocytogenes Species 0.000 description 3
- RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N Methicillin Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N2[C@@H](C(O)=O)C(C)(C)S[C@@H]21 RJQXTJLFIWVMTO-TYNCELHUSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 101000903581 Natronomonas pharaonis Halorhodopsin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 208000022873 Ocular disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 206010035148 Plague Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 201000004681 Psoriasis Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 206010057430 Retinal injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 238000003848 UV Light-Curing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 241000700647 Variola virus Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000607626 Vibrio cholerae Species 0.000 description 3
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000607479 Yersinia pestis Species 0.000 description 3
- 206010064930 age-related macular degeneration Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- JNDMLEXHDPKVFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminum;oxygen(2-);yttrium(3+) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Y+3] JNDMLEXHDPKVFC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000712 assembly Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000000429 assembly Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003050 axon Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000017531 blood circulation Effects 0.000 description 3
- UHYPYGJEEGLRJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium(2+);selenium(2-) Chemical compound [Se-2].[Cd+2] UHYPYGJEEGLRJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007385 chemical modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 3
- SURLGNKAQXKNSP-DBLYXWCISA-N chlorin Chemical compound C\1=C/2\N/C(=C\C3=N/C(=C\C=4NC(/C=C\5/C=CC/1=N/5)=CC=4)/C=C3)/CC\2 SURLGNKAQXKNSP-DBLYXWCISA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000001805 chlorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229910052681 coesite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002872 contrast media Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000007334 copolymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052906 cristobalite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 231100000433 cytotoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 239000002254 cytotoxic agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 231100000599 cytotoxic agent Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000001472 cytotoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009849 deactivation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910001882 dioxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005538 encapsulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003344 environmental pollutant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000003527 eukaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N europium atom Chemical compound [Eu] OGPBJKLSAFTDLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000004720 fertilization Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910021485 fumed silica Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000009413 insulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000990 laser dye Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 238000007443 liposuction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000002595 magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960003085 meticillin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000000813 microbial effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 231100000956 nontoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001717 pathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012466 permeate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000003285 pharmacodynamic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000719 pollutant Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 229920000747 poly(lactic acid) Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 230000006577 protective pathway Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001696 purinergic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052761 rare earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000002468 redox effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052711 selenium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920000431 shape-memory polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000001179 sorption measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910052682 stishovite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 210000004895 subcellular structure Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003956 synaptic plasticity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052714 tellurium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- 229910052905 tridymite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- NCYCYZXNIZJOKI-IOUUIBBYSA-N 11-cis-retinal Chemical compound O=C/C=C(\C)/C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C NCYCYZXNIZJOKI-IOUUIBBYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NLGDWWCZQDIASO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-1-(7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]hepta-1,3,5-trien-2-yl)-2-phenylethanone Chemical compound OC(C(=O)c1cccc2Oc12)c1ccccc1 NLGDWWCZQDIASO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMLYCEVDHLAQEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XMLYCEVDHLAQEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- MJXYFLJHTUSJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-amino-4-methyl-1h-quinolin-2-one Chemical compound NC1=CC=C2C(C)=CC(=O)NC2=C1 MJXYFLJHTUSJGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940124718 AIDS vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000002874 Acne Vulgaris Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910002012 Aerosil® Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 208000032467 Aplastic anaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010003226 Arteriovenous fistula Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 201000001320 Atherosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010003658 Atrial Fibrillation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000193738 Bacillus anthracis Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000193755 Bacillus cereus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000003508 Botulism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010006187 Breast cancer Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000026310 Breast neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000589513 Burkholderia cepacia Species 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000589876 Campylobacter Species 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108091005462 Cation channels Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000193155 Clostridium botulinum Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000193468 Clostridium perfringens Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000223205 Coccidioides immitis Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 2
- ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N D-erythro-ascorbic acid Natural products OCC1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O ZZZCUOFIHGPKAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000255925 Diptera Species 0.000 description 2
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 201000011001 Ebola Hemorrhagic Fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000982936 Enterobacter cloacae subsp. dissolvens Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000194033 Enterococcus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000520130 Enterococcus durans Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000709661 Enterovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VWWQXMAJTJZDQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Flavine adenine dinucleotide Natural products C1=NC2=C(N)N=CN=C2N1C(C(O)C1O)OC1COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OCC(O)C(O)C(O)CN1C2=NC(=O)NC(=O)C2=NC2=C1C=C(C)C(C)=C2 VWWQXMAJTJZDQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010057573 Flavoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000003983 Flavoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010017533 Fungal infection Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010061192 Haemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000589989 Helicobacter Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001495142 Helicobacter heilmannii Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000590002 Helicobacter pylori Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000002250 Hematologic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000032759 Hemolytic-Uremic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000228404 Histoplasma capsulatum Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000022559 Inflammatory bowel disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000588915 Klebsiella aerogenes Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000588747 Klebsiella pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 2
- 229910001477 LaPO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 241000982882 Lelliottia nimipressuralis Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108020005196 Mitochondrial DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000031888 Mycoses Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000004497 NIR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108091093105 Nuclear DNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000010175 Opsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108050001704 Opsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000588912 Pantoea agglomerans Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010033799 Paralysis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000030852 Parasitic disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010034133 Pathogen resistance Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000125945 Protoparvovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010037660 Pyrexia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- RADKZDMFGJYCBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridoxal Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(CO)C(C=O)=C1O RADKZDMFGJYCBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004330 Rhodopsin Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000820 Rhodopsin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000607142 Salmonella Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000293871 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Typhi Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000607768 Shigella Species 0.000 description 2
- BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silane Chemical compound [SiH4] BLRPTPMANUNPDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000713311 Simian immunodeficiency virus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000021386 Sjogren Syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000004115 Sodium Silicate Substances 0.000 description 2
- DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bisulfite Chemical compound [Na+].OS([O-])=O DWAQJAXMDSEUJJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 241000191940 Staphylococcus Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000034784 Tularaemia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 108010059993 Vancomycin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000607272 Vibrio parahaemolyticus Species 0.000 description 2
- 229930003268 Vitamin C Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 229910009520 YbF3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 206010000496 acne Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 238000007259 addition reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- HAXFWIACAGNFHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N aldrithiol Chemical compound C=1C=CC=NC=1SSC1=CC=CC=N1 HAXFWIACAGNFHA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003782 apoptosis assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- COHDHYZHOPQOFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N arsenic pentoxide Chemical compound O=[As](=O)O[As](=O)=O COHDHYZHOPQOFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000006472 autoimmune response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910002113 barium titanate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008238 biochemical pathway Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000033228 biological regulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008512 biological response Effects 0.000 description 2
- MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N bis[2-(1-hydroxycyclohexyl)phenyl]methanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=C(C(=O)C=2C(=CC=CC=2)C2(O)CCCCC2)C=1C1(O)CCCCC1 MQDJYUACMFCOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000007177 brain activity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000006824 bubonic plague Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001714 calcium phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002504 capsaicin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000017663 capsaicin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- AIXAANGOTKPUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbachol Chemical compound [Cl-].C[N+](C)(C)CCOC(N)=O AIXAANGOTKPUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004484 carbachol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000005779 cell damage Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000037887 cell injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000003855 cell nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000019522 cellular metabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005754 cellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012512 characterization method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001311 chemical methods and process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008199 coating composition Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000001149 cognitive effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 2
- GLNDAGDHSLMOKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 120 Chemical compound C1=C(N)C=CC2=C1OC(=O)C=C2C GLNDAGDHSLMOKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000009089 cytolysis Effects 0.000 description 2
- OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N cytosine Chemical compound NC=1C=CNC(=O)N=1 OPTASPLRGRRNAP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000010432 diamond Substances 0.000 description 2
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 2
- 239000002019 doping agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004520 electroporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940032049 enterococcus faecalis Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000000369 enteropathogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000688 enterotoxigenic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003238 esophagus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000005530 etching Methods 0.000 description 2
- UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl carbamate;prop-2-enoic acid Chemical class OC(=O)C=C.CCOC(N)=O UHESRSKEBRADOO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019162 flavin adenine dinucleotide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011714 flavin adenine dinucleotide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005194 fractionation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940118764 francisella tularensis Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000002599 functional magnetic resonance imaging Methods 0.000 description 2
- DQZARQCHJNPXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium;sulfur monoxide Chemical compound [Gd].S=O DQZARQCHJNPXQP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003692 gamma aminobutyric acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-aminobutyric acid Chemical compound NCCCC(O)=O BTCSSZJGUNDROE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- YBMRDBCBODYGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Ge]=O YBMRDBCBODYGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002306 glutamic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N glutamine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(N)=O ZDXPYRJPNDTMRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical compound O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019589 hardness Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000003128 head Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000013007 heat curing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910001385 heavy metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229940037467 helicobacter pylori Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052734 helium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001307 helium Substances 0.000 description 2
- SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N helium atom Chemical compound [He] SWQJXJOGLNCZEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FFUAGWLWBBFQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexamethyldisilazane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)N[Si](C)(C)C FFUAGWLWBBFQJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 206010020718 hyperplasia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000036039 immunity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005847 immunogenicity Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001771 impaired effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 2
- MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M indocyanine green Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]S(=O)(=O)CCCCN1C2=CC=C3C=CC=CC3=C2C(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](CCCCS([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C2C1(C)C MOFVSTNWEDAEEK-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000002687 intercalation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 2
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052743 krypton Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N krypton atom Chemical compound [Kr] DNNSSWSSYDEUBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UPIZSELIQBYSMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum;sulfur monoxide Chemical compound [La].S=O UPIZSELIQBYSMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 231100000518 lethal Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000001665 lethal effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000031700 light absorption Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000009196 low level laser therapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000020816 lung neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000006247 magnetic powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000473 manganese(VI) oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000006680 metabolic alteration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001394 metastastic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl salicylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O OSWPMRLSEDHDFF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000520 microinjection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004898 mitochondrial function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001451 molecular beam epitaxy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000178 monomer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004660 morphological change Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000000337 motor cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000002086 nanomaterial Substances 0.000 description 2
- LKKPNUDVOYAOBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalocyanine Chemical compound N1C(N=C2C3=CC4=CC=CC=C4C=C3C(N=C3C4=CC5=CC=CC=C5C=C4C(=N4)N3)=N2)=C(C=C2C(C=CC=C2)=C2)C2=C1N=C1C2=CC3=CC=CC=C3C=C2C4=N1 LKKPNUDVOYAOBB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003966 nicotinamide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000005152 nicotinamide Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011570 nicotinamide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 208000002154 non-small cell lung carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 210000000633 nuclear envelope Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 108020004410 pectinesterase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000008447 perception Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000004526 pharmaceutical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007539 photo-oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000258 photobiological effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000886 photobiology Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005362 photophoresis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001126 phototherapy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004962 physiological condition Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000035790 physiological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000020043 port wine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002028 premature Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 230000005522 programmed cell death Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001236 prokaryotic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- BBNQQADTFFCFGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N purpurin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)C3=C(O)C(O)=CC(O)=C3C(=O)C2=C1 BBNQQADTFFCFGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NGVDGCNFYWLIFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridoxal 5'-phosphate Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(COP(O)(O)=O)C(C=O)=C1O NGVDGCNFYWLIFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NHZMQXZHNVQTQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridoxamine Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(CO)C(CN)=C1O NHZMQXZHNVQTQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LXNHXLLTXMVWPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridoxine Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(CO)C(CO)=C1O LXNHXLLTXMVWPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PMZDQRJGMBOQBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinolin-4-ol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(O)=CC=NC2=C1 PMZDQRJGMBOQBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000002910 rare earth metals Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000000306 recurrent effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000010076 replication Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910000077 silane Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229920002050 silicone resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000010267 sodium hydrogen sulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052950 sphalerite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000013589 supplement Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007910 systemic administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N terbium atom Chemical compound [Tb] GZCRRIHWUXGPOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- BYMUNNMMXKDFEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K trifluorolanthanum Chemical compound F[La](F)F BYMUNNMMXKDFEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 230000001960 triggered effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000029729 tumor suppressor gene on chromosome 11 Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ZNOKGRXACCSDPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten(VI) oxide Inorganic materials O=[W](=O)=O ZNOKGRXACCSDPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241001515965 unidentified phage Species 0.000 description 2
- 241001430294 unidentified retrovirus Species 0.000 description 2
- 210000003708 urethra Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000003932 urinary bladder Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N vancomycin Chemical compound O([C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC1=C2C=C3C=C1OC1=CC=C(C=C1Cl)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C(N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@@H](C3=CC(O)=CC(O)=C3C=3C(O)=CC=C1C=3)C(O)=O)=O)[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(C(=C1)Cl)O2)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC)[C@H]1C[C@](C)(N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-LYRMYLQWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960003165 vancomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N vancomycin Natural products O1C(C(=C2)Cl)=CC=C2C(O)C(C(NC(C2=CC(O)=CC(O)=C2C=2C(O)=CC=C3C=2)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C3NC(=O)C2NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC)C(O)C(C=C3Cl)=CC=C3OC3=CC2=CC1=C3OC1OC(CO)C(O)C(O)C1OC1CC(C)(N)C(O)C(C)O1 MYPYJXKWCTUITO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000027185 varicose disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000019154 vitamin C Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000011718 vitamin C Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052727 yttrium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N (1-hydroxycyclohexyl)-phenylmethanone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(=O)C1(O)CCCCC1 QNODIIQQMGDSEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QVHVXEVQPNDOFD-UHFFFAOYSA-M (2e)-1,1,3-trimethyl-2-[(2e)-7-(1,1,3-trimethylbenzo[e]indol-3-ium-2-yl)hepta-2,4,6-trienylidene]benzo[e]indole;perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O.C1=CC2=CC=CC=C2C(C2(C)C)=C1N(C)\C2=C\C=C\C=C\C=C\C1=[N+](C)C2=CC=C(C=CC=C3)C3=C2C1(C)C QVHVXEVQPNDOFD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- NHQOULZCPKJYMM-UHFFFAOYSA-M (2e)-1,3,3-trimethyl-2-[(2e)-7-(1,3,3-trimethylindol-1-ium-2-yl)hepta-2,4,6-trienylidene]indole;perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O.CC1(C)C2=CC=CC=C2N(C)C1=CC=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](C)C2=CC=CC=C2C1(C)C NHQOULZCPKJYMM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ULWRKVIIQSVFIZ-YMNIQAILSA-N (2s)-2-amino-5-[carboxy-(2-nitrophenyl)methoxy]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)OC(C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O ULWRKVIIQSVFIZ-YMNIQAILSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UANMYOBKUNUUTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M (2z)-1,3,3-trimethyl-2-[(2e)-5-(1,3,3-trimethylindol-1-ium-2-yl)penta-2,4-dienylidene]indole;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CC1(C)C2=CC=CC=C2N(C)C1=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](C)C2=CC=CC=C2C1(C)C UANMYOBKUNUUTR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- JKXWXYURKUEZHV-UHFFFAOYSA-M (2z)-1,3,3-trimethyl-2-[(2e)-7-(1,3,3-trimethylindol-1-ium-2-yl)hepta-2,4,6-trienylidene]indole;iodide Chemical compound [I-].CC1(C)C2=CC=CC=C2N(C)C1=CC=CC=CC=CC1=[N+](C)C2=CC=CC=C2C1(C)C JKXWXYURKUEZHV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WSWCOQWTEOXDQX-MQQKCMAXSA-M (E,E)-sorbate Chemical compound C\C=C\C=C\C([O-])=O WSWCOQWTEOXDQX-MQQKCMAXSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XJKSTNDFUHDPQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-diphenylbenzene Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C1 XJKSTNDFUHDPQJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012956 1-hydroxycyclohexylphenyl-ketone Substances 0.000 description 1
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HMSMOZAIMDNRBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 100572-96-1 Chemical compound C1=CC2=NC1=CC=C(N1)C=CC1=C(N1)C=CC1=CC=C1C=CC2=N1 HMSMOZAIMDNRBW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VFNKZQNIXUFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2',7'-dichlorofluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC(Cl)=C(O)C=C1OC1=C2C=C(Cl)C(O)=C1 VFNKZQNIXUFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RNFJDJUURJAICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2,4,4,6,6-hexaphenoxy-1,3,5-triaza-2$l^{5},4$l^{5},6$l^{5}-triphosphacyclohexa-1,3,5-triene Chemical compound N=1P(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=NP(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)(OC=2C=CC=CC=2)=NP=1(OC=1C=CC=CC=1)OC1=CC=CC=C1 RNFJDJUURJAICM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenylacetophenone Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OC)(OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWVGIHKZDCUPEU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methoxy-5-methylphenyl)ethanamine Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C)C=C1CCN SMZOUWXMTYCWNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JNGRENQDBKMCCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3-amino-6-iminoxanthen-9-yl)benzoic acid;hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C=12C=CC(=[NH2+])C=C2OC2=CC(N)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O JNGRENQDBKMCCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(dimethylamino)ethyl 2-methylprop-2-enoate Chemical compound CN(C)CCOC(=O)C(C)=C JKNCOURZONDCGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Propenoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IOOMXAQUNPWDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[6-(diethylamino)-3-(diethyliminiumyl)-3h-xanthen-9-yl]-5-sulfobenzene-1-sulfonate Chemical compound C=12C=CC(=[N+](CC)CC)C=C2OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C2C=1C1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1S([O-])(=O)=O IOOMXAQUNPWDLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzyl-2-(dimethylamino)-1-(4-morpholin-4-ylphenyl)butan-1-one Chemical compound C=1C=C(N2CCOCC2)C=CC=1C(=O)C(CC)(N(C)C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 UHFFVFAKEGKNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-(4-methylsulfanylphenyl)-2-morpholin-4-ylpropan-1-one Chemical compound C1=CC(SC)=CC=C1C(=O)C(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 LWRBVKNFOYUCNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIWRBSMFKVOJMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-2-ol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 RIWRBSMFKVOJMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACNUVXZPCIABEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3',6'-diaminospiro[2-benzofuran-3,9'-xanthene]-1-one Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(N)C=C1OC1=CC(N)=CC=C21 ACNUVXZPCIABEX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KKAJSJJFBSOMGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,6-diamino-10-methylacridinium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=C(N)C=C2[N+](C)=C(C=C(N)C=C3)C3=CC2=C1 KKAJSJJFBSOMGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UZFPOOOQHWICKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[13-[1-[1-[8,12-bis(2-carboxyethyl)-17-(1-hydroxyethyl)-3,7,13,18-tetramethyl-21,24-dihydroporphyrin-2-yl]ethoxy]ethyl]-18-(2-carboxyethyl)-8-(1-hydroxyethyl)-3,7,12,17-tetramethyl-22,23-dihydroporphyrin-2-yl]propanoic acid Chemical compound N1C(C=C2C(=C(CCC(O)=O)C(C=C3C(=C(C)C(C=C4N5)=N3)CCC(O)=O)=N2)C)=C(C)C(C(C)O)=C1C=C5C(C)=C4C(C)OC(C)C1=C(N2)C=C(N3)C(C)=C(C(O)C)C3=CC(C(C)=C3CCC(O)=O)=NC3=CC(C(CCC(O)=O)=C3C)=NC3=CC2=C1C UZFPOOOQHWICKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OWIRCRREDNEXTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-nitro-1h-indazole Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C([N+](=O)[O-])=NNC2=C1 OWIRCRREDNEXTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DWAOUXYZOSPAOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-[2-(diethylamino)ethoxy]furo[3,2-g]chromen-7-one;hydrochloride Chemical compound [Cl-].O1C(=O)C=CC2=C1C=C1OC=CC1=C2OCC[NH+](CC)CC DWAOUXYZOSPAOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PZTQNUMZYIQRGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methyl-6,7,8,9-tetrahydropyrano[3,2-g]quinolin-2-one Chemical compound C1=C2NCCCC2=CC2=C1OC(=O)C=C2C PZTQNUMZYIQRGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HSHNITRMYYLLCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methylumbelliferone Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=CC2=C1OC(=O)C=C2C HSHNITRMYYLLCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HXACOUQIXZGNBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-pyridoxic acid Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(CO)C(C(O)=O)=C1O HXACOUQIXZGNBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHPMCKVQTMMPCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5,8-dihydroxy-2-methoxy-6-methyl-7-(2-oxopropyl)naphthalene-1,4-dione Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(C)=O)C(O)=C2C(=O)C(OC)=CC(=O)C2=C1O UHPMCKVQTMMPCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ANORACDFPHMJSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 64339-18-0 Chemical compound [Cl-].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(C1=CC=2CCCN3CCCC(C=23)=C1O1)=C2C1=C(CCC1)C3=[N+]1CCCC3=C2 ANORACDFPHMJSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIUSGHALMCFISX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-(dimethylamino)-2,3-dihydro-1h-cyclopenta[c]chromen-4-one Chemical compound O=C1OC2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C2C2=C1CCC2 RIUSGHALMCFISX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QZXAEJGHNXJTSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-(ethylamino)-4,6-dimethylchromen-2-one Chemical compound O1C(=O)C=C(C)C2=C1C=C(NCC)C(C)=C2 QZXAEJGHNXJTSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRZJOTSUPLCYDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-(ethylamino)-6-methyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)chromen-2-one Chemical compound O1C(=O)C=C(C(F)(F)F)C2=C1C=C(NCC)C(C)=C2 NRZJOTSUPLCYDJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CFNMUZCFSDMZPQ-GHXNOFRVSA-N 7-[(z)-3-methyl-4-(4-methyl-5-oxo-2h-furan-2-yl)but-2-enoxy]chromen-2-one Chemical compound C=1C=C2C=CC(=O)OC2=CC=1OC/C=C(/C)CC1OC(=O)C(C)=C1 CFNMUZCFSDMZPQ-GHXNOFRVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBNOVHJXQSHGRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7-amino-4-(trifluoromethyl)coumarin Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(N)=CC=C21 JBNOVHJXQSHGRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-J ATP(4-) Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 241000588626 Acinetobacter baumannii Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000029483 Acquired immunodeficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C=C HRPVXLWXLXDGHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010000830 Acute leukaemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229930024421 Adenine Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenine Chemical compound NC1=NC=NC2=C1N=CN2 GFFGJBXGBJISGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000607534 Aeromonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607516 Aeromonas caviae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607528 Aeromonas hydrophila Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607522 Aeromonas sobria Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000710929 Alphavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712891 Arenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001225321 Aspergillus fumigatus Species 0.000 description 1
- BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aspirin Chemical compound CC(=O)OC1=CC=CC=C1C(O)=O BSYNRYMUTXBXSQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193388 Bacillus thuringiensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000217846 Bacteroides caccae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135322 Bacteroides eggerthii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606124 Bacteroides fragilis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135228 Bacteroides ovatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001148536 Bacteroides sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000204294 Bacteroides stercoris Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606123 Bacteroides thetaiotaomicron Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606219 Bacteroides uniformis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000606215 Bacteroides vulgatus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000023514 Barrett esophagus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000023665 Barrett oesophagus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910000952 Be alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000589562 Brucella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000722910 Burkholderia mallei Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001136175 Burkholderia pseudomallei Species 0.000 description 1
- CLDZYSUDOQXJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-M C5-oxacyanine Chemical compound [I-].O1C2=CC=CC=C2[N+](CC)=C1C=CC=CC=C1N(CC)C2=CC=CC=C2O1 CLDZYSUDOQXJOU-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- VWHSLUXEUKWKGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1cccc(OC)c1C(=O)C(C(C)CC(C)(C)C)P(=O)C(C(C)CC(C)(C)C)C(=O)c1c(OC)cccc1OC Chemical compound COc1cccc(OC)c1C(=O)C(C(C)CC(C)(C)C)P(=O)C(C(C)CC(C)(C)C)C(=O)c1c(OC)cccc1OC VWHSLUXEUKWKGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910004760 CaSiO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000589872 Campylobacter hyointestinalis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589875 Campylobacter jejuni Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589986 Campylobacter lari Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222120 Candida <Saccharomycetales> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000222122 Candida albicans Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910004613 CdTe Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241001502567 Chikungunya virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010008631 Cholera Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588923 Citrobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001112696 Clostridia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193163 Clostridioides difficile Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193403 Clostridium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193449 Clostridium tetani Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010010685 Congo-Crimean haemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000711573 Coronaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000307 Crimean Hemorrhagic Fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000003075 Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001135265 Cronobacter sakazakii Species 0.000 description 1
- 201000007336 Cryptococcosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000221204 Cryptococcus neoformans Species 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008574 D-amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005778 DNA damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000277 DNA damage Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002112 DNA intercalation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012625 DNA intercalator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000450599 DNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000001490 Dengue Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012310 Dengue fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010012735 Diarrhoea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058314 Dysplasia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000710945 Eastern equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102000016942 Elastin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010014258 Elastin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588914 Enterobacter Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000881810 Enterobacter asburiae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588697 Enterobacter cloacae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000043309 Enterobacter hormaechei Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001245440 Enterobacter kobei Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001468179 Enterococcus avium Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001522957 Enterococcus casseliflavus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194030 Enterococcus gallinarum Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010014896 Enterocolitis haemorrhagic Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000588722 Escherichia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001646719 Escherichia coli O157:H7 Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000000461 Esophageal Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004606 Fillers/Extenders Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000711950 Filoviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000192125 Firmicutes Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710831 Flavivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010016952 Food poisoning Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000019331 Foodborne disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000223218 Fusarium Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000001327 Förster resonance energy transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910002601 GaN Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JMASRVWKEDWRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium nitride Chemical compound [Ga]#N JMASRVWKEDWRBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000607259 Grimontia hollisae Species 0.000 description 1
- 229940033330 HIV vaccine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010018852 Haematoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108090001102 Hammerhead ribozyme Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000150562 Hantaan orthohantavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001453258 Helicobacter hepaticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000032843 Hemorrhage Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711549 Hepacivirus C Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700721 Hepatitis B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000005176 Hepatitis C Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000709721 Hepatovirus A Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000017604 Hodgkin disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000010747 Hodgkins lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000701044 Human gammaherpesvirus 4 Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010021143 Hypoxia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000712431 Influenza A virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713196 Influenza B virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710842 Japanese encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 208000012659 Joint disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000712890 Junin mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588748 Klebsiella Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588749 Klebsiella oxytoca Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588744 Klebsiella pneumoniae subsp. ozaenae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001534204 Klebsiella pneumoniae subsp. rhinoscleromatis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001245439 Kosakonia cowanii Species 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-phenylalanine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N L-tryptophane Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(C[C@H](N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N L-tyrosine Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010023927 Lassa fever Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000881808 Lelliottia amnigena Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010024264 Lethargy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000692235 Lipoptena cervi Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010024641 Listeriosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010058467 Lung neoplasm malignant Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000008771 Lymphadenopathy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000712899 Lymphocytic choriomeningitis mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010025323 Lymphomas Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711828 Lyssavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712898 Machupo mammarenavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001115401 Marburgvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010027406 Mesothelioma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000700627 Monkeypox virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000712045 Morbillivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- 101100521334 Mus musculus Prom1 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-bis{2-[bis(carboxymethyl)amino]ethyl}glycine Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(=O)O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O QPCDCPDFJACHGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000006746 NADH Dehydrogenase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010086428 NADH Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KKCBUQHMOMHUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Na2O Inorganic materials [O-2].[Na+].[Na+] KKCBUQHMOMHUOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000588653 Neisseria Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010030155 Oesophageal carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000725177 Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702259 Orbivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713112 Orthobunyavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000150218 Orthonairovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000702244 Orthoreovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 1
- 238000009193 PUVA therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241000606210 Parabacteroides distasonis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000204306 Parabacteroides merdae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000713137 Phlebovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001672678 Photobacterium damselae subsp. damselae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000709664 Picornaviridae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000881813 Pluralibacter gergoviae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000233872 Pneumocystis carinii Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010035664 Pneumonia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000711902 Pneumovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002732 Polyanhydride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000954 Polyglycolide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001710 Polyorthoester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000265 Polyparaphenylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052777 Praseodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000006994 Precancerous Conditions Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052773 Promethium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010060862 Prostate cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000236 Prostatic Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000588769 Proteus <enterobacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588768 Providencia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589516 Pseudomonas Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589517 Pseudomonas aeruginosa Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589540 Pseudomonas fluorescens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589776 Pseudomonas putida Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000589614 Pseudomonas stutzeri Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010037180 Psychiatric symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000531124 Raoultella ornithinolytica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588746 Raoultella planticola Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000588756 Raoultella terrigena Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010038111 Recurrent cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000713124 Rift Valley fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- IEBFEMIXXHIISM-YZOUKVLTSA-N Rosarin Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC\C=C\C=2C=CC=CC=2)O1 IEBFEMIXXHIISM-YZOUKVLTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEBFEMIXXHIISM-XZDFAHJYSA-N Rosarin Natural products O(C/C=C/c1ccccc1)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO[C@H]2[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)O1 IEBFEMIXXHIISM-XZDFAHJYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000702670 Rotavirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710801 Rubivirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000907329 Russian Spring-Summer encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000392514 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Dublin Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001354013 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Enteritidis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000531795 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Paratyphi A Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000577483 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Paratyphi B Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000577475 Salmonella enterica subsp. enterica serovar Paratyphi C Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010039491 Sarcoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001486234 Sciota Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607720 Serratia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607715 Serratia marcescens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000863432 Shewanella putrefaciens Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607766 Shigella boydii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607764 Shigella dysenteriae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607762 Shigella flexneri Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607760 Shigella sonnei Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000700584 Simplexvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010061363 Skeletal injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000453 Skin Neoplasms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000001203 Smallpox Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000026137 Soft tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241001149962 Sporothrix Species 0.000 description 1
- 229910002370 SrTiO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241001147691 Staphylococcus saprophyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000122973 Stenotrophomonas maltophilia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194017 Streptococcus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000194049 Streptococcus equinus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193998 Streptococcus pneumoniae Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000193996 Streptococcus pyogenes Species 0.000 description 1
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 1
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010042496 Sunburn Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Superoxide Chemical compound [O-][O] OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010043561 Thrombocytopenic purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000007023 Thrombotic Thrombocytopenic Purpura Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052775 Thulium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910010445 TiO2 P25 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000710771 Tick-borne encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 241000223238 Trichophyton Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001045770 Trichophyton mentagrophytes Species 0.000 description 1
- QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tryptophan Natural products C1=CC=C2C(CC(N)C(O)=O)=CNC2=C1 QIVBCDIJIAJPQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000012883 Tumor Necrosis Factor Ligand Superfamily Member 14 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010065158 Tumor Necrosis Factor Ligand Superfamily Member 14 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101150071882 US17 gene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000025865 Ulcer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052770 Uranium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 241000711975 Vesicular stomatitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607598 Vibrio Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607594 Vibrio alginolyticus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607296 Vibrio cincinnatiensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607291 Vibrio fluvialis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001148070 Vibrio furnissii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607618 Vibrio harveyi Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001135144 Vibrio metschnikovii Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607253 Vibrio mimicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607265 Vibrio vulnificus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000726445 Viroids Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010047642 Vitiligo Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000710951 Western equine encephalitis virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000710772 Yellow fever virus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607734 Yersinia <bacteria> Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607447 Yersinia enterocolitica Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000607477 Yersinia pseudotuberculosis Species 0.000 description 1
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSYMNDBTCKIDLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N [2-(carbamoyloxymethyl)-2-ethylbutyl] carbamate Chemical compound NC(=O)OCC(CC)(CC)COC(N)=O VSYMNDBTCKIDLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOVKLKKLYMXKNS-ZCSGCDBXSA-N [3-hexadecanoyloxy-2-[7-[2-[4-[3-(trifluoromethyl)diazirin-3-yl]phenyl]-1-tritioethoxy]heptanoyloxy]propyl] 2-(trimethylazaniumyl)ethyl phosphate Chemical compound C1=CC(CC([3H])OCCCCCCC(=O)OC(COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)=CC=C1C1(C(F)(F)F)N=N1 GOVKLKKLYMXKNS-ZCSGCDBXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OUAWJLNOTQAOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N [9-(diethylamino)benzo[a]phenoxazin-5-ylidene]azanium;perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O.C1=CC=C2C3=NC4=CC=C(N(CC)CC)C=C4OC3=CC(=[NH2+])C2=C1 OUAWJLNOTQAOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WOUDGKCAYZSDQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [9-(dimethylamino)-10-methylbenzo[a]phenoxazin-5-ylidene]azanium;perchlorate Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O.O1C2=CC(=[NH2+])C3=CC=CC=C3C2=NC2=C1C=C(N(C)C)C(C)=C2 WOUDGKCAYZSDQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GUCYFKSBFREPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N [phenyl-(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphoryl]-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)methanone Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(=O)P(=O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)C1=C(C)C=C(C)C=C1C GUCYFKSBFREPBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000230 acceptable toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000009825 accumulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001242 acetic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960001138 acetylsalicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine orange free base Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=NC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3C=C21 DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEUYATCJHJUQML-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine-3,6-diamine;10-methylacridin-10-ium-3,6-diamine;chloride;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.[Cl-].C1=CC(N)=CC2=NC3=CC(N)=CC=C3C=C21.C1=C(N)C=C2[N+](C)=C(C=C(N)C=C3)C3=CC2=C1 QEUYATCJHJUQML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940002707 acriflavine hydrochloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M acrylate group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)[O-] NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000009621 actinic keratosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000012190 activator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000016127 added sugars Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000643 adenine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004026 adhesive bonding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002998 adhesive polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001789 adipocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001335 aliphatic alkanes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005907 alkyl ester group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000000137 annealing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940124650 anti-cancer therapies Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005875 antibody response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011319 anticancer therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000427 antigen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091007433 antigens Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000036639 antigens Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000000436 anus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012736 aqueous medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940091771 aspergillus fumigatus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000035045 associative learning Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002238 attenuated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001363 autoimmune Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940065181 bacillus anthracis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940097012 bacillus thuringiensis Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001580 bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BHPNXACHQYJJJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N bacteriochlorin Chemical compound N1C(C=C2N=C(C=C3NC(=C4)C=C3)CC2)=CC=C1C=C1CCC4=N1 BHPNXACHQYJJJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003385 bacteriostatic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- DMFBEUCTHCSNKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-I barium(2+);yttrium(3+);pentafluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[Y+3].[Ba+2] DMFBEUCTHCSNKZ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000013361 beverage Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003833 bile salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093761 bile salts Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005842 biochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000031018 biological processes and functions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005082 bioluminescent agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000033558 biomineral tissue development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000005013 brain tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001710 bronchial artery Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N but-3-enoic acid;ethene Chemical compound C=C.OC(=O)CC=C DQXBYHZEEUGOBF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052980 cadmium sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940095731 candida albicans Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000298 carbocyanine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003915 cell function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000022534 cell killing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N cerium Chemical compound [Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce][Ce] ZMIGMASIKSOYAM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004770 chalcogenides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005465 channeling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002800 charge carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000013626 chemical specie Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000002797 childhood leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000017168 chlorine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910001914 chlorine tetroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical class Cl* 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019804 chlorophyll Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000024207 chronic leukemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940114081 cinnamate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000004087 circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001860 citric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000007012 clinical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M cobalt(2+);[(2r,3s,4r,5s)-5-(5,6-dimethylbenzimidazol-1-yl)-4-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] [(2r)-1-[3-[(1r,2r,3r,4z,7s,9z,12s,13s,14z,17s,18s,19r)-2,13,18-tris(2-amino-2-oxoethyl)-7,12,17-tris(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)-3,5,8,8,13,15,18,19-octamethyl-2 Chemical compound [Co+2].N#[C-].[N-]([C@@H]1[C@H](CC(N)=O)[C@@]2(C)CCC(=O)NC[C@@H](C)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]3[C@H]([C@H](O[C@@H]3CO)N3C4=CC(C)=C(C)C=C4N=C3)O)\C2=C(C)/C([C@H](C\2(C)C)CCC(N)=O)=N/C/2=C\C([C@H]([C@@]/2(CC(N)=O)C)CCC(N)=O)=N\C\2=C(C)/C2=N[C@]1(C)[C@@](C)(CC(N)=O)[C@@H]2CCC(N)=O AGVAZMGAQJOSFJ-WZHZPDAFSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000005515 coenzyme Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000019771 cognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000084 colloidal system Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001072 colon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000009137 competitive binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000295 complement effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004590 computer program Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002322 conducting polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001940 conductive polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000009508 confectionery Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010411 cooking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000498 cooling water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 1
- LLSRPENMALNOFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 106 Chemical compound C12=C3CCCN2CCCC1=CC1=C3OC(=O)C2=C1CCC2 LLSRPENMALNOFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KDTAEYOYAZPLIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 152 Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C21 KDTAEYOYAZPLIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSSSHNJONFTXHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 153 Chemical compound C12=C3CCCN2CCCC1=CC1=C3OC(=O)C=C1C(F)(F)F VSSSHNJONFTXHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRUYYVYCSJCVMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 30 Chemical compound C1=CC=C2N(C)C(C=3C4=CC=C(C=C4OC(=O)C=3)N(CC)CC)=NC2=C1 JRUYYVYCSJCVMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JBPCDMSEJVCNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 334 Chemical compound C1CCC2=C(OC(C(C(=O)C)=C3)=O)C3=CC3=C2N1CCC3 JBPCDMSEJVCNGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGDDFMCJIHJNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 337 Chemical compound C12=C3CCCN2CCCC1=CC1=C3OC(=O)C(C#N)=C1 LGDDFMCJIHJNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KCDCNGXPPGQERR-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 343 Chemical compound C1CCC2=C(OC(C(C(=O)O)=C3)=O)C3=CC3=C2N1CCC3 KCDCNGXPPGQERR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AFYCEAFSNDLKSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 460 Chemical compound CC1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(N(CC)CC)=CC=C21 AFYCEAFSNDLKSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XHXMPURWMSJENN-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 480 Chemical compound C12=C3CCCN2CCCC1=CC1=C3OC(=O)C=C1C XHXMPURWMSJENN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZTMNDOZYLMFQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 500 Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=CC(=O)OC2=CC(NCC)=CC=C21 GZTMNDOZYLMFQE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMJKUPWQKZFFCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 504 Chemical compound C1CCC2=C(OC(C(C(=O)OCC)=C3)=O)C3=CC3=C2N1CCC3 VMJKUPWQKZFFCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VBVAVBCYMYWNOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N coumarin 6 Chemical compound C1=CC=C2SC(C3=CC4=CC=C(C=C4OC3=O)N(CC)CC)=NC2=C1 VBVAVBCYMYWNOU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- CEJANLKHJMMNQB-UHFFFAOYSA-M cryptocyanin Chemical compound [I-].C12=CC=CC=C2N(CC)C=CC1=CC=CC1=CC=[N+](CC)C2=CC=CC=C12 CEJANLKHJMMNQB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013036 cure process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940104302 cytosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000034994 death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000517 death Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000005202 decontamination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007812 deficiency Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000025729 dengue disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003599 detergent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001784 detoxification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003460 diamond Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000029087 digestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K dihydroxy(stearato)aluminium Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al](O)O UGMCXQCYOVCMTB-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 1
- SBOSGIJGEHWBKV-UHFFFAOYSA-L dioctyltin(2+);dichloride Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[Sn](Cl)(Cl)CCCCCCCC SBOSGIJGEHWBKV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- VFHVQBAGLAREND-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylphosphoryl-(2,4,6-trimethylphenyl)methanone Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=CC(C)=C1C(=O)P(=O)(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 VFHVQBAGLAREND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003291 dopaminomimetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000004980 dosimetry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004679 doxorubicin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000001647 drug administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 241001493065 dsRNA viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000001848 dysentery Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000004064 dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001516 effect on protein Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012636 effector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002549 elastin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002003 electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005274 electronic transitions Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008030 elimination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003379 elimination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000295 emission spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 206010014599 encephalitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000750 endocrine system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000012202 endocytosis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940079360 enema for constipation Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940092559 enterobacter aerogenes Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007515 enzymatic degradation Effects 0.000 description 1
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000028104 epidemic louse-borne typhus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010015037 epilepsy Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000008029 eradication Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L erythrosin B Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(I)C(=O)C(I)=C2OC2=C(I)C([O-])=C(I)C=C21 IINNWAYUJNWZRM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004174 erythrosine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940011411 erythrosine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012732 erythrosine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 201000004101 esophageal cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960004667 ethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000005038 ethylene vinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011066 ex-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002964 excitative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001125 extrusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000030533 eye disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005294 ferromagnetic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005057 finger movement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003063 flame retardant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940093632 flavin-adenine dinucleotide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002538 fungal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 244000053095 fungal pathogen Species 0.000 description 1
- IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-M fusidate Chemical class O[C@@H]([C@@H]12)C[C@H]3\C(=C(/CCC=C(C)C)C([O-])=O)[C@@H](OC(C)=O)C[C@]3(C)[C@@]2(C)CC[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)CC[C@@H](O)[C@H]2C IECPWNUMDGFDKC-MZJAQBGESA-M 0.000 description 1
- MIKCAECBBIRHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N gadolinium(3+);oxygen(2-);trisulfide Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[S-2].[S-2].[S-2].[Gd+3].[Gd+3].[Gd+3].[Gd+3] MIKCAECBBIRHCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNTHITQWFMADLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N gallic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC(O)=C(O)C(O)=C1 LNTHITQWFMADLM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000030279 gene silencing Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001415 gene therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002695 general anesthesia Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002070 germicidal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004519 grease Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009499 grossing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000037824 growth disorder Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000026030 halogenation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005658 halogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003569 hematoporphyrin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000005252 hepatitis A Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000002672 hepatitis B Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000001534 heteroepitaxy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011796 hollow space material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 1
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-M hydroperoxide group Chemical group [O-]O MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920001477 hydrophilic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000005661 hydrophobic surface Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000004679 hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- TUJKJAMUKRIRHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyl Chemical compound [OH] TUJKJAMUKRIRHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000003016 hypothalamus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001146 hypoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005286 illumination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012216 imaging agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001900 immune effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001976 improved effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000415 inactivating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960004657 indocyanine green Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001524 infective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003480 inorganic solid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000138 intercalating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002452 interceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010253 intravenous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000001678 irradiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000302 ischemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002955 isolation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002147 killing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- MRELNEQAGSRDBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N lanthanum oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[La+3].[La+3] MRELNEQAGSRDBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003902 lesion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012263 liquid product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000005202 lung cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037841 lung tumor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000018555 lymphatic system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000004698 lymphocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000000527 lymphocytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002934 lysing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002521 macromolecule Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011553 magnetic fluid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003760 magnetic stirring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000873 masking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000012054 meals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000001370 mediastinum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940127554 medical product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000001441 melanoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005374 membrane filtration Methods 0.000 description 1
- QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N mercury Chemical compound [Hg] QSHDDOUJBYECFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052976 metal sulfide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 208000037819 metastatic cancer Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000011575 metastatic malignant neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061289 metastatic neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M methacrylate group Chemical group C(C(=C)C)(=O)[O-] CERQOIWHTDAKMF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HZVOZRGWRWCICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanediyl Chemical compound [CH2] HZVOZRGWRWCICA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940012189 methyl orange Drugs 0.000 description 1
- STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M methyl orange Chemical compound [Na+].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1 STZCRXQWRGQSJD-GEEYTBSJSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001047 methyl salicylate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M methylene blue Chemical compound [Cl-].C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=[S+]C3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 CXKWCBBOMKCUKX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229960000907 methylthioninium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002324 minimally invasive surgery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004065 mitochondrial dysfunction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000002161 motor neuron Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CLQSKAVTPLZPDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,n-diethylethanamine;3-[(2z)-2-[(2e)-2-[(3e)-3-[(2z)-2-[1,1-dimethyl-3-(3-sulfopropyl)benzo[e]indol-2-ylidene]ethylidene]-2-(4-ethoxycarbonylpiperazin-1-ium-1-ylidene)cyclopentylidene]ethylidene]-1,1-dimethylbenzo[e]indol-3-yl]propane-1-sulfonate Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC.C1CN(C(=O)OCC)CC[N+]1=C(\C(CC\1)=C\C=C\2C(C3=C4C=CC=CC4=CC=C3N/2CCCS(O)(=O)=O)(C)C)C/1=C\C=C/1C(C)(C)C2=C3C=CC=CC3=CC=C2N\1CCCS([O-])(=O)=O CLQSKAVTPLZPDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002078 nanoshell Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007922 nasal spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006218 nasal suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006199 nebulizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003739 neck Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- PLDDOISOJJCEMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium oxide Inorganic materials [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Nd+3].[Nd+3] PLDDOISOJJCEMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000005170 neoplastic cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000003767 neural control Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000926 neurological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007604 neuronal communication Effects 0.000 description 1
- PGSADBUBUOPOJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N neutral red Chemical compound Cl.C1=C(C)C(N)=CC2=NC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3N=C21 PGSADBUBUOPOJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006386 neutralization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 244000309711 non-enveloped viruses Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000000041 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021182 non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000011275 oncology therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000962 organic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005375 organosiloxane group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013021 overheating Methods 0.000 description 1
- GHTWDWCFRFTBRB-UHFFFAOYSA-M oxazine-170 Chemical compound [O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O.N1=C2C3=CC=CC=C3C(NCC)=CC2=[O+]C2=C1C=C(C)C(N(C)CC)=C2 GHTWDWCFRFTBRB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- KTUFCUMIWABKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxolanthaniooxy)lanthanum Chemical compound O=[La]O[La]=O KTUFCUMIWABKDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SIWVEOZUMHYXCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoyttriooxy)yttrium Chemical compound O=[Y]O[Y]=O SIWVEOZUMHYXCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000036284 oxygen consumption Effects 0.000 description 1
- SOQBVABWOPYFQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxygen(2-);titanium(4+) Chemical class [O-2].[O-2].[Ti+4] SOQBVABWOPYFQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930184652 p-Terphenyl Natural products 0.000 description 1
- GPRIERYVMZVKTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N p-quaterphenyl Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=C(C=2C=CC(=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=C1 GPRIERYVMZVKTC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003973 paint Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010422 painting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000496 pancreas Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009928 pasteurization Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008506 pathogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000009612 pediatric lymphoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003899 penis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000010451 perlite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019362 perlite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000575 pesticide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009512 pharmaceutical packaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylalanine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=CC=C1 COLNVLDHVKWLRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000013032 photocatalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000016 photochemical curing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000006552 photochemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001443 photoexcitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000019935 photoinhibition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007124 photooxygenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920002120 photoresistant polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012221 photothermal agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000554 physical therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005240 physical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002504 physiological saline solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000049 pigment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- QWYZFXLSWMXLDM-UHFFFAOYSA-M pinacyanol iodide Chemical compound [I-].C1=CC2=CC=CC=C2N(CC)C1=CC=CC1=CC=C(C=CC=C2)C2=[N+]1CC QWYZFXLSWMXLDM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 208000010626 plasma cell neoplasm Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000009430 pneumonic plague Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920003227 poly(N-vinyl carbazole) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001200 poly(ethylene-vinyl acetate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000553 poly(phenylenevinylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000548 poly(silane) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002401 polyacrylamide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000003367 polycyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000004633 polyglycolic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000123 polythiophene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960004293 porfimer sodium Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000027317 positive regulation of immune response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940098458 powder spray Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000004321 preservation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- VQMWBBYLQSCNPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N promethium atom Chemical compound [Pm] VQMWBBYLQSCNPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000644 propagated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011471 prostatectomy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 1
- KXXXUIKPSVVSAW-UHFFFAOYSA-K pyranine Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C2C(O)=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=C(C=C3)C2=C2C3=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C2=C1 KXXXUIKPSVVSAW-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000005297 pyrex Substances 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003581 pyridoxal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011674 pyridoxal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008164 pyridoxal Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011589 pyridoxal 5'-phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000007682 pyridoxal 5'-phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960001327 pyridoxal phosphate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011699 pyridoxamine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008151 pyridoxamine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011677 pyridoxine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008160 pyridoxine Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000006862 quantum yield reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- LISFMEBWQUVKPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinolin-2-ol Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(=O)C=CC2=C1 LISFMEBWQUVKPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006798 recombination Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005215 recombination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001603 reducing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007670 refining Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000011514 reflex Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005067 remediation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002271 resection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000027756 respiratory electron transport chain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001525 retina Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- MYFATKRONKHHQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N rhodamine 123 Chemical compound [Cl-].COC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=CC(=[NH2+])C=C2OC2=CC(N)=CC=C21 MYFATKRONKHHQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940043267 rhodamine b Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229960002477 riboflavin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011808 rodent model Methods 0.000 description 1
- IEBFEMIXXHIISM-UHFFFAOYSA-N rozarin Natural products OC1C(O)C(CO)OC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OCC=CC=2C=CC=CC=2)O1 IEBFEMIXXHIISM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RINHYCZCUGCZAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N rozavin Natural products OC1C(O)C(O)COC1OCC1C(O)C(O)C(O)C(OCC=CC=2C=CC=CC=2)O1 RINHYCZCUGCZAJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- COFLCBMDHTVQRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N sapphyrin Chemical compound N1C(C=2NC(C=C3N=C(C=C4NC(=C5)C=C4)C=C3)=CC=2)=CC=C1C=C1C=CC5=N1 COFLCBMDHTVQRA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000013515 script Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003248 secreting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000010865 sewage Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940007046 shigella dysenteriae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940115939 shigella sonnei Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000007727 signaling mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- SCPYDCQAZCOKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silanol Chemical compound [SiH3]O SCPYDCQAZCOKTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000004760 silicates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005624 silicic acid group Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003376 silicon Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon carbide Chemical compound [Si+]#[C-] HBMJWWWQQXIZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910010271 silicon carbide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920005573 silicon-containing polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003625 skull Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 201000002859 sleep apnea Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000000649 small cell carcinoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000000813 small intestine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium silicate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-][Si]([O-])=O NTHWMYGWWRZVTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052911 sodium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019351 sodium silicates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HQHVZNOWXQGXIX-UHFFFAOYSA-J sodium;yttrium(3+);tetrafluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[F-].[F-].[Na+].[Y+3] HQHVZNOWXQGXIX-UHFFFAOYSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 229910000679 solder Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000003980 solgel method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007790 solid phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075554 sorbate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004528 spin coating Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002693 spinal anesthesia Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- VQQDHBUBOPTRBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N st50307358 Chemical compound C1CC(C)(C)C2=C(OC(C(C(=O)OCC)=C3)=O)C3=CC3=C2N1CCC3(C)C VQQDHBUBOPTRBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000002784 stomach Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940031000 streptococcus pneumoniae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036435 stunted growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000005504 styryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000004960 subcellular localization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- COIVODZMVVUETJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulforhodamine 101 Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC(S([O-])(=O)=O)=CC=C1C1=C(C=C2C3=C4CCCN3CCC2)C4=[O+]C2=C1C=C1CCCN3CCCC2=C13 COIVODZMVVUETJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002511 suppository base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009182 swimming Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000946 synaptic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032312 synaptic target recognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001839 systemic circulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000057 systemic toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- PBCFLUZVCVVTBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum pentoxide Inorganic materials O=[Ta](=O)O[Ta](=O)=O PBCFLUZVCVVTBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BPJYAXCTOHRFDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L tetracopper;2,4,6-trioxido-1,3,5,2,4,6-trioxatriarsinane;diacetate Chemical compound [Cu+2].[Cu+2].[Cu+2].[Cu+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.[O-][As]1O[As]([O-])O[As]([O-])O1.[O-][As]1O[As]([O-])O[As]([O-])O1 BPJYAXCTOHRFDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000007725 thermal activation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002230 thermal chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007669 thermal treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000015 thermotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000008467 tissue growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000037816 tissue injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 1
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004448 titration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004992 toluidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M trans-cinnamate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 238000013518 transcription Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035897 transcription Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010361 transduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026683 transduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006276 transfer reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009261 transgenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001052 transient effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000032258 transport Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 1
- TYIZUJNEZNBXRS-UHFFFAOYSA-K trifluorogadolinium Chemical compound F[Gd](F)F TYIZUJNEZNBXRS-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- NMEPHPOFYLLFTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethoxy(octyl)silane Chemical compound CCCCCCCC[Si](OC)(OC)OC NMEPHPOFYLLFTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000026 trimethylsilyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])[Si]([*])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- PBYZMCDFOULPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungstate Chemical compound [O-][W]([O-])(=O)=O PBYZMCDFOULPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010061393 typhus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N tyrosine Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 OUYCCCASQSFEME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 231100000397 ulcer Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 241000701161 unidentified adenovirus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241001529453 unidentified herpesvirus Species 0.000 description 1
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002255 vaccination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007738 vacuum evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009777 vacuum freeze-drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000006266 variola major Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 201000000627 variola minor Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000014016 variola minor infection Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940118696 vibrio cholerae Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011514 vinification Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013603 viral vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000001835 viscera Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000001429 visible spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019155 vitamin A Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011719 vitamin A Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011715 vitamin B12 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011726 vitamin B6 Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019166 vitamin D Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011710 vitamin D Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019168 vitamin K Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011712 vitamin K Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940011671 vitamin b6 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002699 waste material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008215 water for injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052844 willemite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000003245 working effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037314 wound repair Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005253 yeast cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940051021 yellow-fever virus Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940098232 yersinia enterocolitica Drugs 0.000 description 1
- VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N yttrium atom Chemical compound [Y] VWQVUPCCIRVNHF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940105963 yttrium fluoride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910000164 yttrium(III) phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000859 α-Fe Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0601—Apparatus for use inside the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/01—Hydrocarbons
- A61K31/015—Hydrocarbons carbocyclic
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/335—Heterocyclic compounds having oxygen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. fungichromin
- A61K31/365—Lactones
- A61K31/366—Lactones having six-membered rings, e.g. delta-lactones
- A61K31/37—Coumarins, e.g. psoralen
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/465—Nicotine; Derivatives thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/495—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with two or more nitrogen atoms as the only ring heteroatoms, e.g. piperazine or tetrazines
- A61K31/505—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim
- A61K31/519—Pyrimidines; Hydrogenated pyrimidines, e.g. trimethoprim ortho- or peri-condensed with heterocyclic rings
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K33/00—Medicinal preparations containing inorganic active ingredients
- A61K33/24—Heavy metals; Compounds thereof
- A61K33/38—Silver; Compounds thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0057—Photodynamic therapy with a photosensitizer, i.e. agent able to produce reactive oxygen species upon exposure to light or radiation, e.g. UV or visible light; photocleavage of nucleic acids with an agent
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0057—Photodynamic therapy with a photosensitizer, i.e. agent able to produce reactive oxygen species upon exposure to light or radiation, e.g. UV or visible light; photocleavage of nucleic acids with an agent
- A61K41/0061—5-aminolevulinic acid-based PDT: 5-ALA-PDT involving porphyrins or precursors of protoporphyrins generated in vivo from 5-ALA
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K41/00—Medicinal preparations obtained by treating materials with wave energy or particle radiation ; Therapies using these preparations
- A61K41/0057—Photodynamic therapy with a photosensitizer, i.e. agent able to produce reactive oxygen species upon exposure to light or radiation, e.g. UV or visible light; photocleavage of nucleic acids with an agent
- A61K41/0066—Psoralene-activated UV-A photochemotherapy (PUVA-therapy), e.g. for treatment of psoriasis or eczema, extracorporeal photopheresis with psoralens or fucocoumarins
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M31/00—Devices for introducing or retaining media, e.g. remedies, in cavities of the body
- A61M31/002—Devices for releasing a drug at a continuous and controlled rate for a prolonged period of time
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N1/00—Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
- A61N1/40—Applying electric fields by inductive or capacitive coupling ; Applying radio-frequency signals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/02—Radiation therapy using microwaves
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0613—Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
- A61N5/062—Photodynamic therapy, i.e. excitation of an agent
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
- A61P31/12—Antivirals
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
- A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
- A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61M—DEVICES FOR INTRODUCING MEDIA INTO, OR ONTO, THE BODY; DEVICES FOR TRANSDUCING BODY MEDIA OR FOR TAKING MEDIA FROM THE BODY; DEVICES FOR PRODUCING OR ENDING SLEEP OR STUPOR
- A61M2205/00—General characteristics of the apparatus
- A61M2205/10—General characteristics of the apparatus with powered movement mechanisms
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N1/00—Electrotherapy; Circuits therefor
- A61N1/18—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes
- A61N1/32—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents
- A61N1/36—Applying electric currents by contact electrodes alternating or intermittent currents for stimulation
- A61N1/372—Arrangements in connection with the implantation of stimulators
- A61N1/37205—Microstimulators, e.g. implantable through a cannula
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0601—Apparatus for use inside the body
- A61N2005/0602—Apparatus for use inside the body for treatment of blood vessels
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0601—Apparatus for use inside the body
- A61N2005/0612—Apparatus for use inside the body using probes penetrating tissue; interstitial probes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N2005/065—Light sources therefor
- A61N2005/0651—Diodes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N2005/065—Light sources therefor
- A61N2005/0656—Chemical light sources
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N2005/0664—Details
- A61N2005/0665—Reflectors
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/02—Radiation therapy using microwaves
- A61N5/04—Radiators for near-field treatment
- A61N5/045—Radiators for near-field treatment specially adapted for treatment inside the body
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61N—ELECTROTHERAPY; MAGNETOTHERAPY; RADIATION THERAPY; ULTRASOUND THERAPY
- A61N5/00—Radiation therapy
- A61N5/06—Radiation therapy using light
- A61N5/0613—Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment
- A61N5/0624—Apparatus adapted for a specific treatment for eliminating microbes, germs, bacteria on or in the body
Definitions
- the invention relates to methods and systems for producing light inside a medium that is nominally opaque to light in the UV and VIS regime.
- light i.e., electromagnetic radiation from the radio frequency through the visible to the X-ray wavelength range
- ISM Industrial, Scientific and Medical
- Light in the infrared and visible range is typically generated from an electrical energy source which for example either heats a material to extremely high temperatures where black body emission occurs (as in an incandescent lamp).
- Light in the visible and ultraviolet range is typically generated by heating a gas to an electrical discharge where transitions from one electronic state of the gas atom or molecule occur with the emission of light.
- semiconductor based light sources as in light emitting diodes and semiconducting lasers
- electrons/holes in a material recombine to produce light emission.
- Visible light is defined as the electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths between 380 nm and 750 nm.
- electromagnetic radiation including light is generated by the acceleration and deceleration or changes in movement (vibration) of electrically charged particles, such as parts of molecules (or adjacent atoms) with high thermal energy, or electrons in atoms (or molecules). Both processes play a role in the glowing filament of incandescent lamps, whereas the latter process (electrons within atoms) occurs in fluorescent lamps.
- UV radiation just beyond the red end of the visible region; and, ultra-violet (UV) radiation has a shorter wavelength than violet light.
- the UV portion of the spectrum is divided into three regions: UVA (315-400 nm), UVB (280-315 nm) and UVC (100-280 nm).
- Thermal sources like heated filaments can be made of different type conductors, including W-filaments, halogen-protected W-filaments, and electrically induced high temperature plasmas (arc lamps).
- the power (energy emitted per second) of a radiant source is frequently expressed in watts (W), but light can also be expressed in lumens (lm) to account for the varying sensitivity of the eye to different wavelengths of light.
- the derived relevant units are the radiance (luminance) of a source in W/m 2 (lm/m 2 ) in a certain direction per steradian (unit of solid angle) and the irradiance (illuminance) of a surface in W/m 2 (lm/m 2 or lux).
- UV light is known to sterilize media and is known to drive a number of photo-activated chemical processes such as the cross-linking of polymers in adhesives or coatings.
- ultraviolet sources use gas discharge lamps to generate emitted light in the ultraviolet range. The emitted light is then optically filtered to remove many of not all of the non-ultraviolet frequencies.
- Ultraviolet light can also be produced in semiconductor phosphors from the excitation of these phosphors from high energy sources such as, for example, X-ray irradiation.
- UV radiation suffers from a lack of depth of penetration in matter especially biological media, polymers and most solids). For this reason, UV based photo-initiation is limited by direct line of site which prevents many volumetric applications. UV has been typically limited to reactions taking place on the outer surfaces of materials may they be solids or liquids; organic or inorganic; biological organs, living tissues and composites thereof, structural composites, materials residing inside chemical tanks/reactors for food processing or hydrocarbon chains fractionation (to name a few examples).
- a system for production of emitted light internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject includes 1) a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject and 2) an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit.
- the assembly unit includes 1) an emitter configured to emit light of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium and 2) a receiver that receives the signal and optionally 3) a receiving and transmitting device.
- the assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter thereby emitting the light interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
- a medical catheter including an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit.
- the assembly unit includes 1) an emitter, and 2) a receiver that receives an initiation signal.
- the assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the initiation signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit light interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject.
- the medical catheter includes an insertion sleeve having, at a distal end thereof, for insertion into a patient.
- an insertion device including an electronics assembly unit.
- the electronics assembly unit includes an emitter and a receiver that receives an initiation signal, and an internal controller having a memory programmed with instructions which when executed cause the controller to recognize the initiation signal and to power the emitter to thereby emit the light interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject or thereby emit the light interior to the medium to produce a change in the medium.
- a system for production of emitted light internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject includes an emitter configured to emit light of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium.
- the system includes a controller which 1) controls an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject to activate the emitter and 2) provides a control signal moderating an amount of said light being emitted in the human or animal subject.
- a system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject includes an embedded insertion device embedded within a region of a human or animal subject, a computerized control controlling an external source of electro-magnetic transmissions outside the human or animal subject, and a relay embedded within the region of a human or animal subject and disposed between the embedded insertion device and the outside world.
- the relay passes along the electro-magnetic transmissions to the embedded insertion device.
- a system for treating a patient or a subject with a photoactivatable drug includes a source of a wavelength of energy which is capable of activating the photoactivatable drug and a blood supply displacement system which temporarily displaces blood from a diseased site or organ to be treated with a biocompatible fluid which is less absorptive of the wavelength of energy than blood.
- FIG. 1A is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a medium having insertion devices dispersed within the medium;
- FIG. 1B is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a container enclosing a medium having insertion devices dispersed within the medium;
- FIG. 1C is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a container enclosing a medium having insertion devices segregated within the medium by way of intruding encapsulated structures holding UV or visible light emitters; and
- FIG. 1D is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a container enclosing a medium having insertion devices segregated within the medium in a fluidized bed configuration;
- FIG. 2A is a schematic of one embodiment of an insertion device of the invention with opposing electrodes for self attachment to a component of the medium to be treated;
- FIG. 2B is a sectional schematic of one embodiment of the microdevice of the invention.
- FIG. 2C are schematic views of two types of inorganic LED device designs incorporating nanoscale crystalline hetero-structures.
- FIG. 2D is a schematic of one embodiment of an insertion device of the invention attached to a catheter.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic of an exemplary system according to one embodiment of the invention having an initiation energy source directed at a subject to activate the insertion device(s) of the invention;
- FIG. 4 illustrates a computer system for implementing various embodiments of the invention.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic depiction of a ring-member insertion device
- FIG. 6 is a schematic depiction showing the placement of insertion devices about a tumor on a lung
- FIG. 7A is a schematic depiction of planar electroluminescent (EL) insertion device
- FIG. 7B is a schematic depiction of a coaxial electroluminescent (EL) insertion device
- FIG. 8 is a schematic depiction of a wireless EL insertion device 3 according to the invention.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic depiction of a flexible wireless UV or visible light emitting insertion device according to the invention.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic depicting a representative phosphorescent or fluorescent particle having a magnetic or paramagnetic component
- FIG. 11 is a schematic depicting particles secured in place in openings in a mesh
- FIG. 12A is a schematic depicting a representative phosphorous or fluorescent particle aligned under the influence of a magnetic field
- FIG. 12B is a schematic depicting a representation of multiple phosphorous or fluorescent particles aligned under the influence of a magnetic field where the net light emissions re-directed (preferentially) toward a target site;
- FIG. 13 is a process diagram showing various steps according to one embodiment for making the inter-layered phosphorous or fluorescent composite
- FIG. 14 is a schematic depicting x-ray excitation and a preferential light emission from the phosphor or photonic crystal along certain crystallographic planes;
- FIG. 15 is a schematic depiction of a free-floating particle inside a hard shell core of a hollow sphere
- FIG. 16 is a process diagram showing various steps according to one embodiment for making the free-floating particle construction
- FIG. 17 depicts another embodiment of the invention where the phosphorescent or fluorescent material is shaped in the form of a rod (or other elongated shape);
- FIG. 18 is a schematic representation of an insertion device grafted in place adjacent an organ (i.e. a target site);
- FIG. 19 is a schematic representation of an insertion device grafted in place nearby a region containing blood from a vasculature surrounding a diseased area.
- the invention is directed to methods and systems for producing light from an insertion device, where the insertion device is activatable once inserted inside a biological or non-biological medium.
- the medium may be nominally opaque to light in the UV and VIS regime.
- the light produced is produced within a human or animal subject for treating the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium.
- the present invention can utilize those and other pathways to cause reactions of the photoactivatable drugs with target cells by way of the insertion devices described herein.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,508 describes that psoralens are naturally occurring compounds which have been used therapeutically for millennia in Asia and Africa.
- the action of psoralens and light has been used to treat vitiligo and psoriasis (PUVA therapy; Psoralen Ultra Violet A).
- Psoralen is capable of binding to nucleic acid double helices by intercalation between base pairs; adenine, guanine, cytosine and thymine (DNA) or uracil (RNA).
- psoralen in its excited state reacts with a thymine or uracil double bond and covalently attaches to both strands of a nucleic acid helix.
- the crosslinking reaction appears to be specific for a thymine (DNA) or a uracil (RNA) base. Binding may proceed when psoralen is intercalated in a site containing thymine or uracil, but an initial photoadduct must absorb a second UVA photon to react with a second thymine or uracil on the opposing strand of the double helix in order to crosslink each of the two strands of the double helix, as shown below. This is a sequential absorption of two single photons as shown, as opposed to simultaneous absorption of two or more photons.
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,120 to Wiesehan is an example of the use of certain substituted psoralens by a photochemical decontamination process for the treatment of blood or blood products.
- Additives such as antioxidants are sometimes used with psoralens, such as 8-MOP, AMT and I-IMT, to scavenge singlet oxygen and other highly reactive oxygen species formed during photoactivation of the psoralens. It is well known that UV activation creates such reactive oxygen species, which are capable of seriously damaging otherwise healthy cells. Much of the viral deactivation may be the result of these reactive oxygen species rather than any effect of photoactivation of psoralens.
- photoactivatable compounds are derivatives of psoralen or coumarin, which are nucleic acid intercalators.
- this chemical pathway is likely to lead to the formation of a variety of ring-opened species, such as shown below for coumarin:
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,508 describes that 8-MOP and AMT are unacceptable photosensitizers, because each indiscriminately damages both cells and viruses.
- Studies of the effects of cationic side chains on furocoumarins as photosensitizers are reviewed in Psoralen DNA Photobiology, Vol. I, ed. F. Gaspano, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla., Chapter 2.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,508 gleans the following from this review: most of the amino compounds had a much lower ability to both bind and form crosslinks to DNA compared to 8-MOP, suggesting that the primary amino functionality is the preferred ionic species for both photobinding and crosslinking.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,216,176 describes a large number of psoralens and coumarins that have some effectiveness as photoactivated inhibitors of epidermal growth factor. Halogens and amines are included among the vast functionalities that could be included in the psoralen/coumarin backbone.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,984,887 describes using extracorporeal photopheresis with 8-MOP to treat blood infected with CMV.
- the treated cells as well as killed and/or attenuated virus, peptides, native subunits of the virus itself (which are released upon cell break-up and/or shed into the blood) and/or pathogenic noninfectious viruses are then used to generate an immune response against the virus, which was not present prior to the treatment.
- INA is hydrophobic compound that preferentially partitions into lipid bilayers of the Ebola virus. These authors reported that the “INA treatment renders ZEBOV completely noninfectious without structural perturbation” and that “INA-inactivated ZEBOV was immunogenic and protected mice from lethal challenge.”
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,049,110 entitled “Inactivation of West Nile virus and malaria using photosensitizers” describes the inactivation of microorganisms in fluids or on surfaces, preferably the fluids that contain blood or blood products and biologically active proteins. An effective, non-toxic amount of a photosensitizer was added to the fluid, and the fluid was exposed to photoradiation sufficient to activate the photosensitizer whereby microorganisms were inactivated.
- the '110 patent describes a7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl isoalloxazine photosensitizers and other photosensitizers including endogenous alloxazine or isoalloxazine photosensitizers.
- the '110 patent describes the treatment of a host carrying various microorganisms including viruses (both extracellular and intracellular), bacteria, bacteriophages, fungi, blood-transmitted parasites such as malaria, and protozoa.
- viruses include acquired immunodeficiency (HIV) virus, hepatitis A, B and C viruses, sinbis virus, cytomegaloviris, vesicular stomatitis virus, herpes simplex viruses, e.g.
- Bacteriophages include ⁇ X174, ⁇ 6, ⁇ , R17, T4, and T2.
- Exemplary bacteria include P. aeruginosa, S. aureus, S. epidermis, L. monocytogenes, E. coli, K. pneumonia and S. marcescens.
- One particular class of microorganisms is non-screened microorganisms—those microorganisms that are not screened by current blood banking processes. Some non-screened microorganisms include malaria and West Nile virus.
- One class of microorganisms includes those transmitted by mosquitoes, including malaria and West Nile virus.
- the '110 patent describes that the preferable use endogenous photosensitizers, including endogenous photosensitizers which function by interfering with nucleic acid replication.
- endogenous photosensitizers including endogenous photosensitizers which function by interfering with nucleic acid replication.
- the chemistry believed to occur between 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl isoalloxazine and nucleic acids does not proceed via singlet oxygen-dependent processes (i.e. Type II mechanism), but rather by direct sensitizer-substrate interactions (Type I mechanisms).
- 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl isoalloxazine appears not to produce large quantities of singlet oxygen upon exposure to UV light, but rather exerts its effects through direct interactions with substrate (e.g., nucleic acids) through electron transfer reactions with excited state sensitizer species.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,268,602 entitled “CELLUAR AND VIRAL INACTIVATION” describes procedures for providing compositions of inactivated viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites and tumor cells that can be used as vaccines, as well as methods for making such inactivated viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites and tumor cells are also provided. More specifically, the '602 patent describes methods for inactivating an infective agent or cancer cell that involve exposing the agent or cell to a hydrophobic photoactivatable compound, for example, 1,5-iodonaphthylazide (INA) activated by ultraviolet light.
- INA 1,5-iodonaphthylazide
- One system of the invention includes 1) an initiation source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject (or a medium to be changed by photoactivation of a reagent therein) and 2) an insertion device including an emitter associated with a microelectronics assembly unit.
- the assembly unit in one embodiment includes 1) for the emitter, a light emitting device (such as for example a light emitting diode or LED or electroluminescent device) configured to emit light of a predetermined wavelength to treat disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium, 2) an optional battery that powers the light emitting device, and 3) a receiver (e.g.
- the assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the initiation signal, to power the light emitting device thereby emitting light of the predetermined wavelength into the interior of the human or animal subject or into the interior of the medium.
- the insertion device is a microdevice or an array of insertion devices.
- microdevice refers to a device having features of 100s of microns or submicron dimensions.
- the insertion devices with these preferable dimensions can be used in any number of medical, physical, and/or chemical processes involving the irradiation of internal structures at prescribed optical wavelengths to directly or indirectly produce a change in the medium.
- the insertion devices in various embodiments can include channels or microchannels for injection of an activatable agent into the medium. Some of these channels can be used for blood separation functions for the purpose of increasing the efficacy of drug activation.
- the channels or microchannels in various non-limiting embodiments can be on the order of 1 ⁇ m to 200 ⁇ m in diameter, typically 10 ⁇ m to 75 ⁇ m in diameter, and approximately 0.1 to 50 cm in length.
- the channels or microchannels can be connected to or themselves form microvoids having for example a volume of about 1 nl to about 100 ⁇ l, typically about 10 nl to 20 ⁇ l.
- the insertion devices of the present invention can be larger or smaller in scale.
- an exemplary system may have an initiation energy source 1 directed at medium 4 .
- the medium 4 can be an artificial medium or a biological medium.
- Activatable agents 2 can be dispersed throughout the medium 4 or can be administered locally from the insertion devices 3 which has shown have been inserted into the medium to be treated.
- the initiation energy source 1 may be connected via a network 8 to a computer system 5 capable of directing the delivery of the initiation energy.
- the insertion device(s) 3 receive microwave radiation or radiofrequency radiation signals and generate emitted light of one or more predetermined wavelengths in the infrared, visible, or ultraviolet range to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce physical and/or biological changes in the medium.
- the term “change in the medium” includes but is not limited to the inducement of a photoactivated reaction such as for example drug activation, cell or bacteria or virus or yeast kill, radical generation, sterilization, polymerization, hardening, curing, localized heating from the emitted light, etc.
- a biological change includes the thermal activation or the photo-activation of a therapeutic agent that in turn triggers a response in the cell viability in the medium.
- Other changes in a biological medium such as those induced by photoactivation of drugs, photodynamic therapy, photobiomodulation, and photostimulation are discussed in detail below.
- the insertion device(s) 3 are encapsulated in silica or a polymer for biocompatibility.
- the silica or polymer in these embodiments is capable of transmitting the infrared, visible, or ultraviolet light into the medium 4 surrounding the insertion device(s) 3 .
- initiation energy 7 e.g. in the form of radiation from the initiation energy source 1
- the initiation energy 7 from the initiation energy source 1 may only permeate partially through the medium.
- the initiation energy source 1 can be a radio frequency or microwave source or infrared source emitting electromagnetic waves at a frequency which permeates at least a part of the medium and which triggers from the insertion device light emission.
- the emitted light can interact with energy modulation elements 6 in the medium surrounding insertion device(s) 3 .
- the activatable agents 2 or the energy modulation elements 6 can have plasmonics agents which enhance the effect of light emitted from the insertion device(s) 3 .
- a computer or processor or computing device 5 controls the initiation energy source and provides wireless signals for control of the insertion device(s) 3 . Communication from computer 5 to the imitation energy source occurs over a wired, fiber optic, or wireless communication network 8 .
- FIG. 1B is a schematic depicting another system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source 1 of FIG. 1A is directed to the insertion device(s) 3 which in turn irradiate energy modulation elements 6 placed in the vicinity of medium 4 (e.g., a liquid or other fluid-like medium) and held inside a container 9 .
- medium 4 e.g., a liquid or other fluid-like medium
- the insertion device(s) 3 by their positioning in the medium have the medium surrounding the insertion device(s) 3 .
- the insertion device(s) 3 in this embodiment are inside the medium and are therefore intimately in a vicinity of the medium to be activated.
- the container 9 is made of a material that is “transparent” to the initiation energy 7 .
- plastic, quartz, glass, or aluminum containers would be sufficiently transparent to X-rays, while plastic or quartz or glass containers would be transparent to microwave or radio frequency radiation.
- the insertion device(s) 3 or encapsulated insertion devices 6 can be dispersed uniformly throughout the medium or may be segregated in distinct parts of the medium or further separated physically from the medium by encapsulation structures 10 , as described below.
- a supply 11 provides the medium 4 to the container 9 .
- “in a vicinity of” refers to the insertion device(s) 3 or the encapsulated insertion devices 6 being disposed completely inside a medium, partly inside or partly outside a medium, adjacent a medium, or completely outside a medium where light from the insertion devices 3 irradiates a part or the whole of the medium.
- FIG. 1C is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a container enclosing a medium having insertion devices segregated within the medium by way of intruding encapsulated structures holding UV or visible light emitters.
- encapsulated structures 10 (containing the UV or visible light emitters) are aligned with an orientation in line with the external initiation energy source 1 .
- each of the encapsulated structures 10 has itself a “line-of-sight” to the external initiation energy source 1 without being occluded by other of the encapsulated structures 10 .
- the encapsulated structures 10 are not so aligned in that direction, but could be aligned perpendicular to the direction, or could be randomly placed.
- FIG. 1D is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed a container enclosing a medium having insertion device(s) 3 segregated within the medium in a fluidized bed 20 configuration.
- the fluidized bed 20 includes the insertion device(s) 3 inside encapsulated structures 10 in a configuration where a fluid to be treated is passed between the encapsulated structures 10 .
- the encapsulated structures 10 can include also energy modulation agents and/or other luminescent materials and/or plasmonics agents as described herein.
- the medium to be treated in one embodiment would flow by the encapsulated structures 10 , and the separation distance between the encapsulated structures 10 would be set a distance smaller than the UV penetration depth in the medium.
- the medium being treated does need not to be stationary in order for the encapsulated structures 10 to be in a vicinity of the medium to be treated. In other embodiments, the medium to be treated could be stationary.
- the concentration of insertion device(s) 3 in the medium or the spacing between the encapsulated structures 10 is set such that the insertion device(s) 3 are separated from each other in the medium by less than a UV depth of penetration into the medium.
- concentrations are certainly usable and will generate higher UV fluxes should the energy source have enough intensity to “light” all the luminescent particles.
- UV-B irradiance decreases to 1% after penetration into the water samples between 0.2 m and 1 m, whereas UV-A penetrates on the order of several meters.
- concentration of light emitter is more determined by the time needed for the intended UV flux to produce deactivation or activation of an agent in the medium, rather than having to be set based on a concentration of light emitter where the medium itself does not occlude the UV stimulated emission from penetrating throughout the medium.
- the placement of the light emitter in the vicinity of the medium is not restricted by the optical density of the medium.
- the insertion device(s) 3 described in this invention can include many of the electrical and housing components described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,358,514.
- electrodes were attached to a nerve or muscle without suturing permitting the microdevice of the '514 patent (and suitable here in the present invention) to stimulate the nerve or muscle, or sense signals associated with the nerve or muscle, using a minimal amount of energy.
- FIG. 2A is a schematic of an insertion device 3 of the present invention with opposing active or inactive electrodes 22 for self attachment to a muscle or nerve or organ.
- the opposing electrodes are attached to a device housing 24 .
- the main function of electrodes 24 in this invention is for attachment of device 3 to a muscle or nerve or target organ to be treated, although the electrodes 24 can supply electrical pulses to the muscle or nerve or target organ if needed as part of the treatment.
- Inside the housing 24 resides electronic control circuitry, a coil for receiving an initiation signal, and a battery to charge or power the electronic control circuitry, the light emitter, or the fluid injectors.
- the insertion device 3 includes a hermetically-sealed housing which is inert to body fluids and tissue or other components of the medium in which the insertion device is placed.
- FIG. 2B is a sectional schematic of one embodiment of the insertion device 3 of the present invention.
- This embodiment shows for the sake of simplicity two attachment electrodes 22 , although more attachment electrodes (or no attachment electrodes) could be used depending on how the device(s) 3 are to be used.
- the electrode is connected to the interior of housing 24 by attachment section 28 sealed to the housing 24 .
- at least one emitter, e.g., light emitting source 26 is contained inside housing 24 .
- the light emitting source 26 can include one or more light emitting diodes for emission of the same or different wavelengths of light.
- the light emitting source 26 emits light which is transmitted through wall 24 into the medium surrounding device 3 .
- the light emitting source is shown in FIG.
- conduit channel 46 inside conduit 44 can include an optical channel for transmitting the light from device 3 along with fluids (e.g., light activatable agents) from fluid reservoir 38 .
- conduit channel 46 is a double wall clad design with the interior space of the double wall clad channeling light while the outer wall carries the fluid or vice versa.
- Coil windings 30 acting as a receiver can receive signals from the initiation energy source.
- the received signals can contain control instructions. These signals can also be rectified to provide power and recharge battery 32 inside housing 24 .
- the battery 32 supplies power to IC chip 36 and to the light emitting source or emitter 26 .
- the coil windings 30 are configured to receive signals for power, and the coil 22 is configured to receive the control signals, which are supplied to IC chip 36 .
- Emitter 26 in other embodiments could emit sonic or infrared or RF signals or other energy of a predetermined kind as discussed below.
- IC chip 36 can be an iCode Philips chip.
- the iCode Philips chip is a compliant transponder that has fast access and read/write times. The higher frequency operation allows communication rates up to 53 kbaud.
- the iCode Philips chip hasflexible memory structure and requires for only a few turns of wire or printed foil tracks for the antenna.
- the iCode Philips chip has its memory organized as 4-byte blocks with the first two blocks containing a factory programmed 8-byte unique serial number (UID). The other blocks can store programming instructions for operation of the insertion device.
- UID factory programmed 8-byte unique serial number
- IC chip 36 serving as an internal controller is mounted on surface 34 of a fluid reservoir 38 .
- Fluid reservoir 38 can hold for example a photoactivatable substance such as a photoactivatable drug or a photoactivatable adhesive.
- a pump/valve 40 can supply/pump the photoactivatable substance(s) (or other substances such as energy modulation agents and plasmonic agents or optical coupling fluids) from the fluid reservoir 38 to fluid conduit channel 46 inside conduit 44 extending through wall 24 to the outside of device 3 .
- Conduit 44 is shown in FIG. 2B secured to wall 24 of the microdevice by way of wall insert 42 , which permits access to and assembly of the interior components of device 3 .
- insertion device 3 is of a size and weight that permits implantation through an incision in the patient's skin.
- such incision may be as small as the puncture hole of a hypodermic needle, with device 3 being implanted through the lumen of such needle.
- the incision may be made in conventional manner, but is still preferably (but not necessarily) of relatively small dimensions, e.g., having linear dimensions of no more than about 5 to 10 mm.
- the fluid reservoir 38 can itself be refilled by way of a surgical connection to the conduit 44 .
- the insertion device 3 can be implanted by a surgeon having a fiber optic probe with saline flowing therethrough.
- the fiber optic probe would permit the surgeon to view the nerve or muscle or organ by looking through the fiber optic probe; and when properly positioned, the surgeon can position the electrode(s) 22 around the muscle or nerve or organ.
- any type of self-attaching electrode can be used with the insertion device of the present invention.
- Self-attaching electrodes are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,920,979 (helical electrodes); U.S. Pat. No. 4,934,368 (cuff electrodes); or U.S. Pat. No. 4,573,481 (helical electrode arrays).
- sutured electrodes or electrode arrays affixed to substrates that are sutured may also be used, such as is shown in U.S. Pat. No. 4,026,300 (woven sheet material coupling) or U.S. Pat. No. 4,590,946 (electrodes helically wound and secured to a sutured substrate); although using a sutured electrode configuration defeats one of the advantages of using self-attaching electrodes—ease of implantation.
- insertion device 3 can include a sensor (e.g., included in for example in IC Chip 36 which can sense a desired biomedical parameter, e.g., voltage, body position, pressure, magnetic field, chemical parameters such as pH, oxygen, salinity, glucose concentration, or the like, converts such sensed parameter to an electrical signal (if not already an electrical signal), and telemeters such sensed signal to a location outside the body.
- a sensor e.g., included in for example in IC Chip 36 which can sense a desired biomedical parameter, e.g., voltage, body position, pressure, magnetic field, chemical parameters such as pH, oxygen, salinity, glucose concentration, or the like, converts such sensed parameter to an electrical signal (if not already an electrical signal), and telemeters such sensed signal to a location outside the body.
- insertion device 3 includes coil 30 which, depending on the particular application, has approximately a number of turns (e.g., 200 turns or more), to provide the necessary induction for the coupling of a magnetic flux associated with an alternating magnetic field so as to couple power to the insertion device from an external source. In one embodiment, the insertion device 3 does not include a coil and relies only on battery 32 for power.
- the device housing 24 can be filled with an inert gas. Prior to sealing the housing 24 , the inert gas may be introduced into the insertion device, or the insertion device may be assembled in an inert gas atmosphere.
- the inert gas can be helium, argon, krypton, nitrogen, or a mixture thereof including for example a 10% helium and 90% argon or krypton mixture, or other commonly-used, suitable, biologically-compatible gas. Sealing can be accomplished by way of an epoxy seal/cure.
- the insertion device 3 in one embodiment of the invention can be fabricated to include the pump and valve components described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,271,724.
- the '724 patent describes a microvalve (and process of making) for the administration of medicaments.
- the '724 patent describes a wafer of silicon or any other material capable of being etched by photolithographic technology bonded to a glass wafer, which in the present invention would serve as fluid reservoir 38 . This silicon wafer is machined so as to form an inlet valve, a pump chamber, and an outlet valve (which forms a regulating valve).
- a glass sealing wafer is bonded to the wafer of silicon above the inlet valve, a piezolectric disc is formed to the wall of the pump chamber.
- the inlet valve in the '724 patent and suitable here comprises a membrane of substantially circular form with near its center an orifice and, adjacent to the side of an inlet channel, an annular sealing ring. When this valve is open, the inlet channel is in communication with the pump chamber by the orifice and another orifice.
- the outlet valve is equipped with a position detector.
- the micropump in one embodiment of the present invention would function as follows. At rest, the inlet and outlet valves are in the closed position. When an electrical voltage is applied, the wall of the pump chamber deforms and the pressure increases therein until the outlet valve opens. The fluid contained in the pump chamber is then driven towards the outlet channel, in this case toward fluid conduit channel 46 . During this phase the inlet valve is held closed by the pressure prevailing in the pump chamber. When, however, the electrical potential is removed or reversed, the pressure therein diminishes. This causes closure of the outlet valve and opening of the entry valve. Fluid is thereby drawn into the pump chamber from the fluid reservoir 38 .
- insertion device(s) 3 of this invention can utilize the micropumping devices and communication devices described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,454,759.
- the '759 patent describes a microfabricated, fully integrated drug delivery system capable of secreting controlled dosages of multiple drugs over long periods of time (up to a year).
- the 759 patent device includes a long and narrow shaped implant with a sharp leading edge for implantation under the skin of a human in a manner analogous to a sliver.
- the implant in the '759 patent includes: 1) one or more micromachined, integrated, zero power, high and constant pressure generating osmotic engine; 2) low power addressable one-shot shape memory polymer (SMP) valves for switching on the osmotic engine, and for opening drug outlet ports; 3) microfabricated polymer pistons for isolating the pressure source from drug-filled microchannels.
- the device in the '759 patent includes an externally mounted controller for controlling on-board electronics which activates the SMP microvalves, etc. of the implant.
- insertion device(s) 3 of this invention can utilize the structured LED devices and component structures described in U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 2011/0168976 for the light emitting elements of insertion device(s) 3 .
- the '976 publication describes use of micro- or nano-structured features that reduce lattice strain and improve p-doping in inorganic LEDs, and facilitate carrier injection and recombination of OLEDs.
- insertion device(s) 3 of this invention can utilize nano-heteroepitaxy techniques in the '976 publication to produce nanometer (i.e., 5 to ⁇ 1000 nm, particularly 50-500 nm, e.g., 100 nm feature size emitters. In the present invention, these micro- and nano-emitters would form the basis for light emitting source 26 .
- an external controller communicates to the circuitry in the insertion device 3 by way of broadcast from the initiation energy source 1 .
- the initiation energy source 1 can include an oscillator for broadcasting control information to the microsensor 3 .
- the signal received by the microsensor 3 can be demodulated by a demodulator circuit in IC Chip 36 , with a resultant data signal being directed to control the microdevice 3 .
- the IC Chip 36 serves as an internal controller having a memory programmed with instructions which when executed cause the controller to recognize the initiation signal and to power the LED thereby emitting ultraviolet light interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject or emitting ultraviolet light interior to the medium to produce a change in the medium.
- the IC Chip 36 can already be programmed with instructions or can be programmed by the initiation signal. Such instructions would control the insertion device to at least one of:
- FIG. 2D is a schematic of one embodiment of an insertion device 3 of the invention attached to catheter 50 .
- Catheter 50 includes an emitter capsule 52 having a microelectronics assembly unit 54 .
- the microelectronics assembly unit 54 includes a UV or visible light emitter, a receiver that receives an initiation signal, and the corresponding circuitry, as described above with regard to FIG. 2B , IC Chip 36 , and emitter 26 , for example.
- the microelectronics assembly unit 54 is configured, upon receiving the initiation signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit the energy of the predetermined type into the interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject or to effect a change in a biological or non-biological medium.
- Catheter 50 includes an insertion sleeve 60 having, at a distal end thereof, emitter capsule 52 including one or more of the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention for insertion into a patient.
- an inflatable balloon 62 which is shown in the inflated state in FIG. 2D .
- Cooling water tubes 64 and sensor lines 66 can also be also disposed in the catheter 50 .
- multiple insertion device(s) 3 can be attached to a target tumor site.
- the insertion device 3 provides UV (or visible) light to trigger desirable reactions.
- UV and visible light emitting diodes and UV and visible light emitting electroluminescent devices are known in the art, and would be useable in the present invention as the emitters 26 for example.
- Photo-initiation is a known mechanism used in various medicinal, pharmaceutical and chemical reactions.
- the photo initiation can be performed at 360 nm (+/ ⁇ 50 nm) to trigger for example psoralen (and psoralen derivatives with bio-therapeutic functionality) inside a diseased cell or nucleus of the target tumor site.
- subject is not intended to be limited to humans, but may also include animals, plants, or any suitable biological organism.
- cell proliferation disorder refers to any condition where the growth rate of a population of cells is less than or greater than a desired rate under a given physiological state and conditions. Although, preferably, the proliferation rate that would be of interest for treatment purposes is faster than a desired rate, slower than desired rate conditions may also be treated by methods of the invention.
- Exemplary cell proliferation disorders may include, but are not limited to, cancer, bacterial infection, immune rejection response of organ transplant, solid tumors, viral infection, autoimmune disorders (such as arthritis, lupus, inflammatory bowel disease, Sjogrens syndrome, multiple sclerosis) or a combination thereof, as well as aplastic conditions wherein cell proliferation is low relative to healthy cells, such as aplastic anemia.
- Particularly preferred cell proliferation disorders for treatment using the present methods are cancer, Staphylococcus aureus (particularly antibiotic resistant strains such as methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus or MRSA), and autoimmune disorders.
- an “activatable agent” is an agent that normally exists in an inactive state in the absence of an activation signal (e.g., one or more photons). When the agent is activated by an activation signal under activating conditions, the agent is capable of producing a desired pharmacological, cellular, chemical, electrical, or mechanical effect in a medium (i.e. a predetermined change in the medium).
- Signals that may be used to activate a corresponding agent may include, but are not limited to, photons of specific wavelengths (e.g. x-rays, ultraviolet, or visible light).
- an activatable agent such as a photosensitizer
- UV-A radiation e.g., by UV-A radiation generated internally in the medium
- an activatable agent, such as a photosensitizer may be activated by UV-B or UV-C radiation. Once activated, the agent in its active-state may then directly proceed to produce a predetermined change.
- the activatable agent When activated, the activatable agent may effect changes that include, but are not limited to an increase in organism activity, a decrease in organism activity, apoptosis, and/or a redirection of metabolic pathways.
- an “activatable pharmaceutical agent” is an agent that normally exists in an inactive state in the absence of an activation signal. When the agent is activated, it is capable of affecting the desired pharmacological effect on a target cell (i.e. preferably a predetermined cellular change).
- a photoactive compound that achieves its pharmaceutical effect by binding (with mono adducts formation or cross links formation) to certain cellular structure in its active state may require physical proximity to the target cellular structure when the activation signal is delivered.
- Some examples of activating conditions may include, but are not limited to, temperature, pH, location, state of the cell, presence or absence of co-factors. Selection of an activatable pharmaceutical agent greatly depends on a number of factors such as the desired cellular change, the desired form of activation, as well as the physical and biochemical constraints that may apply.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent When activated for example by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices, the activatable pharmaceutical agent may affect cellular changes that include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, lysis, redirection of metabolic pathways, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, production or modulation of reactive oxygen species or combinations thereof.
- an activatable pharmaceutical agent may achieve its desired effect. Such mechanisms may include direct action on a predetermined target as well as indirect actions via alterations to the biochemical pathways.
- a preferred direct action mechanism is by binding the agent to a critical cellular structure such as nuclear DNA, mRNA, rRNA, ribosome, mitochondrial DNA, or any other functionally important structures.
- Indirect mechanisms may include modulation of or releasing metabolites upon activation to interfere with normal metabolic pathways, releasing chemical signals (e.g. agonists or antagonists) upon activation to alter the targeted cellular response, and other suitable biochemical or metabolic alterations.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent is capable of chemically binding to the DNA or mitochondriat at a therapeutically effective amount.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent preferably a photoactivatable agent, is exposed in situ to light internally generated for example by CR and/or an energy modulation agent.
- An activatable agent may be a small molecule; a biological molecule such as a protein, a nucleic acid or lipid; a supramolecular assembly; a nanoparticle; a nanostructure, or combinations thereof or any other molecular entity having a pharmaceutical activity once activated.
- Additional photoactive agents include, but are not limited to, carbene precursors, nitrene precursors, thio derivatives, benzophenones, and halogenated pyrimidines.
- photo-chemistries are routinely employed to achieve protein-DNA photocross-links but none has been achieved using an indirect method as presented herein, for example where X-Ray radiation is converted to UV radiation to activate the species and achieve DNA photocross-links.
- Endogenously-based derivatives include synthetically derived analogs and homologs of endogenous photoactivated molecules, which may have or lack lower (1 to 5 carbons) alkyl or halogen substituents of the photosensitizers from which they are derived, and which preserve the function and substantial non-toxicity. Endogenous molecules are inherently non-toxic and may not yield toxic photoproducts after photoradiation.
- exemplary cellular changes may include, but are not limited to, morphologic changes, apoptosis, necrosis, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, modulation of or secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, or a combination thereof.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent When activated for example by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices, the activatable pharmaceutical agent may effect cellular changes that include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, redirection of metabolic pathways, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, production of reactive oxygen species or combinations thereof.
- a preferred method of treating a cell proliferation disorder of the invention administers a photoactivatable agent to a patient, stimulates the photoactivatable agent by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices to induce cell damage (or kill), and generates an auto vaccine effect.
- energy modulation agents may be included in the medium to be treated.
- the energy modulation agents could be used to supplement the internally generated UV light by down-conversion of the UV light into UV light at a different wavelength or into visible or infrared light.
- an “energy modulation agent” refers to an agent that is capable of receiving an energy input from a source and then re-emitting a different energy to a receiving target. Energy transfer among molecules may occur in a number of ways. The form of energy may be electronic, thermal, electromagnetic, kinetic, or chemical in nature. Energy may be transferred from one molecule to another (intermolecular transfer) or from one part of a molecule to another part of the same molecule (intramolecular transfer). For example, a modulation agent may receive electromagnetic energy and re-emit the energy in the form of thermal energy which otherwise contributes to heating the environment in vicinity of the light emission. Some modulation agents may have a very short energy retention time (on the order of fs, e.g.
- the energy modulation agent materials can preferably include any materials that can absorb X-Ray and/or UV light and emit light at a different wavelength in order to excite the PA molecule.
- Quantum dots, semiconductor nanostructures and various materials related to quantum dots, semiconductor materials, etc. can be used as energy modulation agents.
- Scintillator materials can be used as energy modulation agents.
- Various scintillator materials can be used as energy modulation agents emitting luminescence emission, which can be used to excite the PA system.
- Suitable energy modulation agents include, but are not limited to, a phosphor, a scintillator, a biocompatible fluorescing metal nanoparticle, fluorescing dye molecule, gold nanoparticle, quantum dots, such as a water soluble quantum dot encapsulated by polyamidoamine dendrimers, a luciferase, a biocompatible phosphorescent molecule, a combined electromagnetic energy harvester molecule, a lanthanide chelate capable of intense luminescence, metals (gold, silver, etc); semiconductor materials; organic solids, metal complexes, inorganic solids, crystals, rare earth materials (lanthanides), polymers, and materials that exhibit excitonic properties.
- quantum dots such as a water soluble quantum dot encapsulated by polyamidoamine dendrimers, a luciferase, a biocompatible phosphorescent molecule, a combined electromagnetic energy harvester molecule, a lanthanide chelate capable of intense luminescence, metal
- the energy modulation agents include down converters (such as for example phosphors which can convert UV light from the insertion device(s) 3 into light at a different wavelength including for example visible light. These down converters when used in combination can activate a variety of UV-stimulated photoreactions as well as activate any visible light activated reactions.
- down converters such as for example phosphors which can convert UV light from the insertion device(s) 3 into light at a different wavelength including for example visible light.
- luminescing particles can include gold particles (such as for example the nanoparticles of gold), BaFBr:Eu particles, CdSe particles, Y 2 O 3 :Eu 3+ particles, and/or other known stimulated luminescent materials such as for example ZnS:Mn 2+ ; ZnS:Mn 2+ , Yb 3+ , Y 2 O 3 :Eu 3+ ; BaFBr:Tb 3+ ; and YF 3 :Tb 3 +.
- downconverters include, but are not limited to: BaFCl:Eu 2+ , BaSO 4 ⁇ :Eu 2+ , LaOBr:Tm 3+ , YTaO 4 , YTaO 4 :Nb (*),CaWO 4 , LaOBr:Tb 3+ , Y 2 O 2 S:Tb 3+ , ZnS:Ag, (Zn,Cd)S:Ag, Gd 2 O 2 S:Tb 3+ , La 2 O 2 S:Tb 3+ .
- a downconverting energy modulation agent can comprise inorganic particulates selected from the group consisting of: metal oxides; metal sulfides; doped metal oxides; and mixed metal chalcogenides.
- the downconverting material can comprise at least one of Y 2 O 3 , Y 2 O 2 S, NaYF 4 , NaYbF 4 , YAG, YAP, Nd 2 O 3 , LaF 3 , LaCl 3 , La 2 O 3 , TiO 2 , LuPO 4 , YVO 4 , YbF 3 , YF 3 , Na-doped YbF 3 , ZnS; ZnSe; MgS; CaS; CaWO 4 , CaSiO 2 :Pb, and alkali lead silicate including compositions of SiO 2 , B 2 O 3 , Na 2 O, K 2 O, PbO, MgO, or Ag, and combinations or alloys or layers thereof.
- the downconverting material can include a dopant including at least one of Er, Eu, Yb, Tm, Nd, Mn Tb, Ce, Y, U, Pr, La, Gd and other rare-earth species or a combination thereof.
- the dopant can be included at a concentration of 0.01%-50% by mol concentration.
- the downconverting energy modulation agent can comprise materials such as ZnSeS:Cu, Ag, Ce, Tb; CaS: Ce,Sm; La 2 O 2 S:Tb; Y 2 O 2 S:Tb; Gd 2 O 2 S:Pr, Ce, F; LaPO 4 .
- the downconverting material can comprise phosphors such as ZnS:Ag and ZnS:Cu, Pb.
- the downconverting material can be alloys of the ZnSeS family doped with other metals.
- suitable materials include ZnSe x S y :Cu, Ag, Ce, Tb, where the following x, y values and intermediate values are acceptable: x:y; respectively 0:1; 0.1:0.9; 0.2:0.8; 0.3:0.7; 0.4:0.6; 0.5:0.5; 0.6:0.4; 0.7:0.3; 0.8:0.2; 0.9:0.1; and 1.0:0.0.
- the downconverting energy modulation agent can be materials such as sodium yttrium fluoride (NaYF 4 ), lanthanum fluoride (LaF 3 ), lanthanum oxysulfide (La 2 O 2 S), yttrium oxysulfide (Y 2 O 2 S), yttrium fluoride (YF 3 ), yttrium gallate, yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG), gadolinium fluoride (GdF 3 ), barium yttrium fluoride (BaYF 5 , BaY 2 F 8 ), gadolinium oxysulfide (Gd 2 O 2 S), calcium tungstate (CaWO 4 ), yttrium oxide:terbium (Yt 2 O 3 Tb), gadolinium oxysulphide:europium (Gd 2 O 2 S:Eu), lanthanum oxysulphide:europium (La 2 O 2 S:Eu), and gad
- the downconverting energy modulation agent can be near-infrared (NIR) down-conversion (DC) phosphors such as KSrPO 4 :Eu 2+ , Pr 3+ , or NaGdF 4 :Eu or Zn 2 SiO 4 :Tb 3+ ,Yb 3+ or ⁇ -NaGdF 4 co-doped with Ce 3+ and Tb 3+ ions or Gd 2 O 2 S:Tm or BaYF 5 :Eu 3+ or other down converters which emit NIR from visible or UV light exposure (as in a cascade from UV to NIR).
- NIR near-infrared
- DC down-conversion
- some of the phosphors noted above can absorb in the 390 to 410 nm range and then in turn down convert the UV radiation into red shifted emissions for activation in the visible.
- the excitation wavelength can be between 300 nm and 450 nm, and the emission can be centered around 650 nm as is the case for 6MgO. As 2 O 5 :Mn 4+ and for 3.5MgO 0.5MgF 2 GeO 2 :Mn 2+ .
- the following luminescent polymers are also suitable as energy modulation agents: poly(phenylene ethynylene), poly(phenylene vinylene), poly(p-phenylene), poly(thiophene), poly(pyridyl vinylene), poly(pyrrole), poly(acetylene), poly(vinyl carbazole), poly(fluorenes), and the like, as well as copolymers and/or derivatives thereof.
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,008,559 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes the upconversion performance of ZnS where excitation at 767 nm produces emission in the visible range.
- the materials described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,008,559 including the ZnS as well as Er 3+ doped BaTiO 3 nanoparticles and Yb 3+ doped CsMnCl 3 are suitable in various embodiments of the invention.
- the up converters can permit further tailoring of an energy cascade producing a targeted wavelength of interest by way of UV down conversion followed by up conversion of the down-converted visible or infrared wavelengths.
- the up converters can be used in combination with the down converters (or mixtures of down converters) or in combination with various up converters.
- Various up converters suitable for this invention include CdTe, CdSe, ZnO, CdS, Y 2 O 3 , MgS, CaS, SrS and BaS.
- Such up conversion materials may be any semiconductor and more specifically, but not by way of limitation, sulfide, telluride, selenide, and oxide semiconductors and their nanoparticles, such as Zn 1-x Mn x S y , Zn 1-x Mn x Se y , Zn 1-x Mn x Te y , Cd 1-x MnS y , Cd 1-x Mn x Se y , Cd 1-x Mn x Te y , Pb 1-x Mn x S y , Pb 1-x Mn x Se y , Pb 1-x Mn x Te y , Mg 1-x MnS y , Ca 1-x Mn x S y , Ba 1-x Mn x S y and Sr 1-x , etc.
- Additional conversion materials include insulating and nonconducting materials such as BaF 2 , BaFBr, and BaTiO 3 , to name but a few exemplary compounds.
- nanoparticles such as ZnS:Tb 3+ , Er 3+ ; ZnS:Tb 3+ ; Y 2 O 3 :Tb 3+ ; Y 2 O 3 :Tb 3+ , Er3 + ; ZnS:Mn 2+ ; ZnS:Mn,Er 3+ are known in the art to have two functions, capable of functioning for both down-conversion luminescence and upconversion luminescence.
- one embodiment of the invention described here coats the nanoparticles and/or or the insertion device(s) with silica.
- Silica is used as a coating material in a wide range of industrial colloid products from paints and magnetic fluids to high-quality paper coatings. Further, silica is both chemically and biologically inert and also is optically transparent.
- Other coatings suitable for this invention include a polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) coating and an ethyl-cellulose coating.
- the insertion device(s) are preferably sterilized and packaged in a sterile environment and suitable for insertion in a patient or subject.
- Other coating such as Diamond Like Coating such as those derived from Physical Vapor Deposition reactors can be used. Coatings derived from Chemical Vapor Deposition (like nano-crystalline diamonds) are possible. Other coatings such as those derived from Sol-Gel Processes (like a silicate coating) are desirable.
- Various coating methods can be used to coat the microdevices prior to insertion inside the body.
- the energy modulation agent can be used alone or as a series of two or more energy modulation agents wherein the energy modulation agents provide an energy cascade from the light of the phosphors or scintillators.
- the first energy modulation agent in the cascade will absorb the UV light, convert it to a different energy which is then absorbed by the second energy modulation in the cascade, and so forth until the end of the cascade is reached with the final energy modulation agent in the cascade emitting the energy necessary to activate the activatable pharmaceutical agent.
- a chemical reaction cascade can be triggered.
- the UV or visible light from the insertion device(s) 3 can activate a chemical which in turn can activate a bio-therapeutic in parallel to or independent of a photonic pathway.
- the energy modulation agents or the photoactivatable agent may further be coupled to a carrier for cellular targeting purposes.
- a UV or visible light emitting insertion device may be concentrated in the tumor site by physical insertion.
- photoactivatable agents may be stimulated by light from UV or visible from the insertion device(s) 3 of the present invention, leading to subsequent irradiation, resonance energy transfer, exciton migration, electron injection, or chemical reaction, to an activated energy state that is capable of effecting the predetermined cellular change desired.
- the photoactivatable agent upon activation, binds to DNA or RNA or other structures in a cell.
- the activated energy state of the agent is capable of causing damage to cells, inducing apoptosis.
- the mechanism of apoptosis is associated with an enhanced immune response that reduces the growth rate of cell proliferation disorders and may shrink solid tumors, depending on the state of the patient's immune system, concentration of the agent in the tumor, sensitivity of the agent to stimulation, and length of stimulation.
- the light absorbing species include natural chromophores in tissue or exogenous dye compounds such as indocyanine green, naphthalocyanines, and porphyrins coordinated with transition metals and metallic nanoparticles and nanoshells of metals. Natural chromophores, however, suffer from very low absorption.
- the choice of the exogenous photothermal agents is made on the basis of their strong absorption cross sections and highly efficient light-to-heat conversion. This feature greatly minimizes the amount of energy needed to induce local damage of the diseased cells, making therapy method less invasive.
- PDT is a relatively new light-based treatment, which has recently been approved by the United States Food & Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of both early and late-stage lung cancer. Other countries have approved PDT for treatment of various cancers as well. Unlike chemotherapy, radiation, and surgery, PDT is useful in treating all cell types, whether small cell or non-small cell carcinoma. PDT involves treatment of diseases such as cancer using light action on a special photoactive class of drugs, by photodynamic action in vivo to destroy or modify tissue [Dougherty T. J. and Levy J. G., “Photodynamic Therapy and Clinical Applications”, in Biomedical Photonics Handbook, Vo-Dinh T., Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton Fla. (2003)].
- FDA United States Food & Drug Administration
- PDT which was originally developed for treatment of various cancers, has now been used to include treatment of pre-cancerous conditions, e.g. actinic keratoses, high-grade dysplasia in Barrett's esophagus, and non-cancerous conditions, e.g. various eye diseases, e.g. age related macular degeneration (AMD).
- pre-cancerous conditions e.g. actinic keratoses, high-grade dysplasia in Barrett's esophagus
- non-cancerous conditions e.g. various eye diseases, e.g. age related macular degeneration (AMD).
- AMD age related macular degeneration
- Photodynamic therapy is approved for commercialization worldwide both for various cancers (lung, esophagus) and for AMD.
- the insertion devices described above can directly activate the PA drug or directly excite endogenous oxygen.
- the insertion devices emit visible light which interacts with a photosensitizer (see discussion below) which in turn generates singlet oxygen or other radical species in the vicinity of the diseased site.
- the insertion devices emit ultraviolet or visible light which generates (from the endogenous oxygen) singlet oxygen or other radical species in the vicinity of the diseased site.
- the PDT process requires three elements: (1) a PA drug (i.e., photosensitizer), (2) light that can excite the photosensitizer and (3) endogenous oxygen.
- the putative cytotoxic agent is singlet oxygen, an electronically excited state of ground state triplet oxygen formed according to the Type II photochemical process, as follows.
- PA photo-active drug at the ground state
- PA*(S) excited singlet state
- PA*(T) excited triplet state
- O* 2 singlet excited state of oxygen
- the triplet state has a relatively long lifetime (pec to seconds) only photosensitizers that undergo efficient intersystem crossing to the excited triplet state will have sufficient time for collision with oxygen in order to produce singlet oxygen.
- the energy difference between ground state and singlet oxygen is 94.2 kJ/mol and corresponds to a transition in the near-infrared at 1270 nm.
- Most PA photosensitizers in clinical use have triplet quantum yields in the range of 40-60% with the singlet oxygen yield being slightly lower. Competing processes include loss of energy by deactivation to ground state by fluorescence or internal conversion (loss of energy to the environment or surrounding medium).
- PDT drug activity involves apoptosis in cells.
- the photosensitiser (PS) or the UV light initiates chemical reactions that lead to the direct or indirect production of cytotoxic species such as radicals and singlet oxygen.
- the reaction of the cytotoxic species with subcellular organelles and macromolecules (proteins, DNA, etc) can lead to apoptosis and/or necrosis of the cells hosting the PDT drug.
- the preferential accumulation of PDT drug molecules in cancer cells combined with the localized delivery of light to the tumor possible with the insertion device(s) 3 of the present invention may result in the selective destruction of a cancerous lesion.
- PDT does not involve generalized destruction of healthy cells.
- PDT can also act on the vasculature, reducing blood flow to the tumor causing its necrosis. In particular cases, it can be used as a less invasive alternative to surgery.
- porphyrin-based sensitizers There are several chemical species used for PDT including porphyrin-based sensitizers.
- a purified hematoporphyrin derivative, Photofrin® has received approval of the US Food and Drug Administration.
- Porphyrins are generally used for tumors on or just under the skin or on the lining of internal organs or cavities because theses drug molecules absorbs light shorter than 640 nm in wavelength.
- second generation sensitizers which have absorbance in the NIR region, such as porphyrin-based systems [R. K. Pandey, “ Synthetic Strategies in designing Porphyrin - Based Photosensitizers’, in Biomedical Photonics Handbook, Vo-Dinh T., Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton Fla. (2003)], chlorines, phthalocyanine, and naphthalocyanine have been investigated.
- Photodynamic therapy uses light of a specific wavelength to activate the photosensitizing agent.
- Various light sources have been developed for PDT, which include dye lasers and diode lasers. Light generated by lasers can be coupled to optical fibers that allow the light to be transmitted to the desired site. See Pass 1-11, “Photodynamic therapy in oncology: mechanisms and clinical use,” J Natl Cancer Inst 1993, 85:443-456. According to researchers, the cytotoxic effect of PDT is the result of photooxidation reactions, as disclosed in Foote C S, “Mechanisms of photooxygenation,” Proa Clin Biol Res 1984, 170:3-18. Light causes excitation of the photosensitizer, in the presence of oxygen, to produce various toxic species, such as singlet oxygen and hydroxyl radicals.
- an initiation energy source can provide an initiation energy that the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 receive, instructing these devices to emit light or to emit some form of energy which activates an activatable pharmaceutical agent to treat target cells within a subject.
- the emitted light or energy is applied indirectly to the activatable pharmaceutical agent, preferably in proximity to the target cells.
- the phrase “applied indirectly” or variants of this phrase, such as “applying indirectly”, “indirectly applies”, “indirectly applied”, “indirectly applying”, etc.), when referring to the application of the initiation energy, means the penetration by the initiation energy into the subject beneath the surface of the subject and to the insertion device(s) 3 within a subject.
- subject is not intended to be limited to humans, but may also include animals, plants, or any suitable biological organism.
- cell proliferation disorder refers to any condition where the growth rate of a population of cells is less than or greater than a desired rate under a given physiological state and conditions. Although, preferably, the proliferation rate that would be of interest for treatment purposes is faster than a desired rate, slower than desired rate conditions may also be treated by methods of the present invention.
- Exemplary cell proliferation disorders may include, but are not limited to, cancer, bacterial infection, immune rejection response of organ transplant, solid tumors, viral infection, autoimmune disorders (such as arthritis, lupus, inflammatory bowel disease, Sjogrens syndrome, multiple sclerosis) or a combination thereof, as well as aplastic conditions wherein cell proliferation is low relative to healthy cells, such as aplastic anemia.
- Particularly preferred cell proliferation disorders for treatment using the present methods are cancer, staphylococcus aureus (particularly antibiotic resistant strains such as methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus or MRSA), and autoimmune disorders.
- Activation of the agent may be as simple as delivering the signal to the agent or may further premise on a set of activation conditions.
- an activatable pharmaceutical agent such as a photosensitizer
- UV-A radiation e.g., UV-A light from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention.
- activation may further premise upon other conditions, mere delivery of the activation signal may not be sufficient to bring about the desired cellular change.
- a photoactive compound that achieves its pharmaceutical effect by binding to certain cellular structure in its active state may require physical proximity to the target cellular structure when the activation signal is delivered.
- delivery of the activation signal under non-activating conditions will not result in the desired pharmacologic effect.
- Some examples of activating conditions may include, but are not limited to, temperature, pH, location, state of the cell, presence or absence of co-factors. Selection of an activatable pharmaceutical agent greatly depends on a number of factors such as the desired cellular change, the desired form of activation, as well as the physical and biochemical constraints that may apply.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent When activated, may affect cellular changes that include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, redirection of metabolic pathways, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, production of reactive oxygen species or combinations thereof.
- an activatable pharmaceutical agent may achieve its desired effect. Such mechanisms may include direct action on a predetermined target as well as indirect actions via alterations to the biochemical pathways.
- a preferred direct action mechanism is by binding the photoactivatable agent (e.g., psoralen or an alkylating agent to be discuss in detail later) to a critical cellular structure such as nuclear DNA, mRNA, rRNA, ribosome, mitochondrial DNA, or any other functionally important structures.
- Indirect mechanisms may include releasing metabolites upon activation to interfere with normal metabolic pathways, releasing chemical signals (e.g. agonists or antagonists) upon activation to alter the targeted cellular response, and other suitable biochemical or metabolic alterations.
- the treatment can be by those methods described in U.S. application Ser. No. 11/935,655, filed Nov. 6, 2007 (incorporated by reference), or by a modified version of a conventional treatment such as PDT, but using a plasmonics-active agent to enhance the treatment by modifying or enhancing the energy emitted from insertion device(s) 3 .
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent is capable of chemically binding to the DNA or mitochondriat a therapeutically effective amount.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent preferably a photoactivatable agent, is exposed in situ to an activating energy emitted from insertion device(s) 3 .
- the activatable agent may be derived from a natural or synthetic origin. Any such molecular entity that may be activated by a suitable activation signal source to effect a predetermined cellular change may be advantageously employed in the present invention.
- Suitable photoactive agents include, but are not limited to: psoralens and psoralen derivatives, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin, organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines such as 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl isoalloxazine (riboflavin), 7,8,10-trimethylisoalloxazine (lumiflavin), 7,8-dimethylalloxazine (lumichrome), isoalloxazine-adenine dinucleotide
- Endogenously-based derivatives include synthetically derived analogs and homologs of endogenous photoactivated molecules, which may have or lack lower (1 to 5 carbons) alkyl or halogen substituents of the photosensitizers from which they are derived, and which preserve the function and substantial non-toxicity. Endogenous molecules are inherently non-toxic and may not yield toxic photoproducts after photoradiation.
- Table 1 below lists some photoactivatable molecules capable of being photoactivated to induce an auto vaccine effect.
- predetermined cellular change will depend on the desired pharmaceutical outcome.
- exemplary cellular changes may include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, necrosis, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, or a combination thereof.
- Energy from light emitted from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention may be transferred from one molecule to another (intermolecular transfer) or from one part of a molecule to another part of the same molecule (intramolecular transfer).
- the received electromagnetic energy may be converted into thermal energy.
- Energy transfer processes are also referred to as molecular excitation.
- energy modulation agents may be included in the medium to be treated.
- the energy modulation agents may upon receiving of light from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention re-emit a light specific to a desired photo-driven reaction.
- Energy modulation agents can have a very short energy retention time (on the order of fs-ns, e.g. fluorescent molecules) whereas others may have a very long half-life (on the order of seconds to hours, e.g. luminescent inorganic molecules or phosphorescent molecules).
- fs-ns e.g. fluorescent molecules
- a very long half-life on the order of seconds to hours, e.g. luminescent inorganic molecules or phosphorescent molecules.
- the modulation agents may further be coupled to a carrier for cellular targeting purposes.
- a biocompatible molecule such as a fluorescing metal nanoparticle or fluorescing dye molecule that emits in the UV-A band, may be selected as the energy modulation agent.
- Light from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention may be preferably directed to the desired site (e.g. a tumor) by systemic administration to a subject.
- photoactivatable agents may be stimulated by light from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention, leading to subsequent irradiation, resonance energy transfer, exciton migration, electron injection, or chemical reaction, to an activated energy state that is capable of effecting the predetermined cellular change desired.
- the photoactivatable agent upon activation, binds to DNA or RNA or other structures in a cell.
- the activated energy state of the agent is capable of causing damage to cells, inducing apoptosis.
- the mechanism of apoptosis is associated with an enhanced immune response that reduces the growth rate of cell proliferation disorders and may shrink solid tumors, depending on the state of the patient's immune system, concentration of the agent in the tumor, sensitivity of the agent to stimulation, and length of stimulation.
- a preferred method of treating a cell proliferation disorder of the invention administers a photoactivatable agent to a patient, stimulates the photoactivatable agent by light from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention to induce cell damage, and generates an auto vaccine effect.
- the photoactivatable agent is stimulated via resonance energy transfer (described below in more detail).
- One advantage is that multiple wavelengths of emitted radiation from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention may be used to selectively stimulate one or more photoactivatable agents or energy modulation agents capable of stimulating the one or more photoactivatable agents.
- the energy modulation agent is preferably stimulated at a wavelength and energy that causes little or no damage to healthy cells, with the energy from one or more energy modulation agents being transferred, such as by Foerster Resonance Energy Transfer, to the photoactivatable agents that damage the cell and cause the onset of the desired cellular change, such as apoptosis of the cells.
- Another advantage is that side effects can be greatly reduced by limiting the production of free radicals, singlet oxygen, hydroxides and other highly reactive groups that are known to damage healthy cells. Furthermore, additional additives, such as antioxidants, may be used to further reduce undesired effects of irradiation.
- Another object of the invention is to treat a condition, disorder or disease in a subject using an activatable pharmaceutical agent activated using the above-described light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention.
- ferritin could be internalized by some tumor tissues, and the internalization was associated with the membrane-specific receptors [S. Fargion, P. Arosio, A. L. Fracanzoni, V. Cislaghi, S. Levi, A. Cozzi, A Piperno and A. G. Firelli, Blood, 1988, 71, 753-757; P. C. Adams, L. W. Powell and J. W. Halliday, Hepatology, 1988, 8, 719-721].
- Previous studies have shown that ferritin-binding sites and the endocytosis of ferritin have been identified in neoplastic cells [M. S. Bretscher and J. N. Thomson, EMBO J., 1983, 2, 599-603].
- Ferritin receptors have the potential for use in the delivery of anticancer drugs into the brain [S. W. Hulet, S. Powers and J. R. Connor, J. Neurol. Sci., 1999, 165, 48-55].
- the invention uses ferritin or apoferritin to both encapsulate PA and energy modulation agent-PA systems and also target tumor cells selectively for enhanced drug delivery and subsequent phototherapy. In this case, no additional bioreactors are needed.
- the photoactive drug molecules can be given to a patient by oral ingestion, skin application, or by intravenous injection.
- the photoactive drug molecules drugs travel through the blood stream inside the body towards the targeted tumor (either via passive or active targeting strategies).
- the invention treatment may also be used for inducing an auto vaccine effect for malignant cells, including those in solid tumors.
- any rapidly dividing cells or stem cells may be damaged by a systemic treatment, then it may be preferable to direct the stimulating energy directly toward the tumor, preventing damage to most normal, healthy cells or stem cells by avoiding photoactivation or resonant energy transfer of the photoactivatable agent.
- a treatment may be applied that slows or pauses mitosis.
- a treatment is capable of slowing the division of rapidly dividing healthy cells or stem cells during the treatment, without pausing mitosis of cancerous cells.
- a blocking agent is administered preferentially to malignant cells prior to administering the treatment that slows mitosis.
- an aggressive cell proliferation disorder has a much higher rate of mitosis, which leads to selective destruction of a disproportionate share of the malignant cells during even a systemically administered treatment.
- Stem cells and healthy cells may be spared from wholesale programmed cell death, even if exposed to photoactivated agents, provided that such photoactivated agents degenerate from the excited state to a lower energy state prior to binding, mitosis or other mechanisms for creating damage to the cells of a substantial fraction of the healthy stem cells.
- an auto-immune response may not be induced.
- a blocking agent may be used that prevents or reduces damage to stem cells or healthy cells, selectively, which would otherwise be impaired.
- the blocking agent is selected or is administered such that the blocking agent does not impart a similar benefit to malignant cells, for example.
- stem cells are targeted, specifically, for destruction with the intention of replacing the stem cells with a donor cell line or previously stored, healthy cells of the patient.
- no blocking agent is used.
- a carrier or photosensitizer is used that specifically targets the stem cells.
- the amount of singlet oxygen required to cause cell lysis, and thus cell death is 0.32 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 3 mol/liter or more, or 10 9 singlet oxygen molecules/cell or more.
- the level of singlet oxygen production caused by the initiation energy used or activatable pharmaceutical agent upon activation be less than level needed to cause cell lysis.
- methods in accordance with the invention may further include adding an additive to alleviate treatment side-effects.
- additives may include, but are not limited to, antioxidants, adjuvant, or combinations thereof.
- psoralen is used as the activatable pharmaceutical agent
- UV light is used as the activating energy
- antioxidants are added to reduce the unwanted side-effects of irradiation.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent and derivatives thereof as well as the energy modulation agents and plasmonics compounds and structures, can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration.
- Such compositions typically comprise the activatable pharmaceutical agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the pharmaceutical composition also comprises at least one additive having a complementary therapeutic or diagnostic effect, wherein the additive is one selected from an antioxidant, an adjuvant, or a combination thereof.
- “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration.
- the use of such mediand agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated.
- Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. Modifications can be made to the compound of the present invention to affect solubility or clearance of the compound. These molecules may also be synthesized with D-amino acids to increase resistance to enzymatic degradation. If necessary, the activatable pharmaceutical agent can be co-administered with a solubilizing agent, such as cyclodextran.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention (including the drug or photoactivatable agent or energy modulation agent) is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration.
- routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, rectal administration, and direct injection into the affected area, such as direct injection into a tumor.
- Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose.
- the pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide.
- the parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion.
- suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, or phosphate buffered saline (PBS).
- PBS phosphate buffered saline
- the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteriand fungi.
- the carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof.
- the proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization.
- dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above.
- methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. These oral compositions can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition.
- the tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin
- an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, primogel, or corn starch
- a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes
- a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide
- the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- a suitable propellant e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means.
- penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation.
- penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives.
- Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories.
- the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
- the compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- suppositories e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides
- retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- a controlled release formulation including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems.
- Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially.
- Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
- Dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier.
- the specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
- compositions can be included in a container, pack, kit or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
- Methods of administering agents are not limited to the conventional means such as injection or oral infusion, but include more advanced and complex forms of energy transfer.
- genetically engineered cells that carry and express energy modulation agents may be used.
- Cells from the host may be transfected with genetically engineered vectors that express bioluminescent agents.
- Transfection may be accomplished via in situ gene therapy techniques such as injection of viral vectors or gene guns, or may be performed ex vivo by removing a sample of the host's cells and then returning to the host upon successful transfection.
- Such transfected cells may be inserted or otherwise targeted at the site where diseased cells are located.
- the order of administering the different agents is not particularly limited. It will be appreciated that different combinations of ordering may be advantageously employed depending on factors such as the absorption rate of the agents, the localization and molecular trafficking properties of the agents, and other pharmacokinetics or pharmacodynamics considerations.
- An advantage of the methods of this approach is that by specifically targeting cells affected by a cell proliferation disorder, such as rapidly dividing cells, and triggering a cellular change, such as apoptosis, in these cells in situ, the immune system of the host may be stimulated to have an immune response against the diseased cells. Once the host's own immune system is stimulated to have such a response, other diseased cells that are not treated by the activatable pharmaceutical agent may be recognized and be destroyed by the host's own immune system.
- Such autovaccine effects may be obtained, for example, in treatments using psoralen and UV light, where the UV light comes from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention.
- the methods described here can be used alone or in combination with other therapies for treatment of cell proliferation disorders. Additionally, the methods described can be used, if desired, in conjunction with recent advances in chronomedicine, such as that detailed in Giacchetti et al, Journal of Clinical Oncology, Vol 24, No 22 (August 1), 2006: pp. 3562-3569, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- chronomedicine it has been found that cells suffering from certain types of disorders, such as cancer, respond better at certain times of the day than at others.
- chronomedicine could be used in conjunction with the present methods in order to augment the effect of the treatments of the invention.
- Another object of the invention is to treat a condition, disorder or disease in a subject using an activatable pharmaceutical agent activated using the above-described light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention.
- exemplary conditions, disorders or diseases may include, but are not limited to, cancer, autoimmune diseases, cardiac ablasion (e.g., cardiac arrhythmiand atrial fibrillation), photoangioplastic conditions (e.g., de novo atherosclerosis, restinosis), intimal hyperplasia, arteriovenous fistula, macular degeneration, psoriasis, acne, hopeciareata, portwine spots, hair removal, rheumatoid and inflammatory arthritis, joint conditions, lymph node conditions, and cognitive and behavioral conditions.
- cardiac ablasion e.g., cardiac arrhythmiand atrial fibrillation
- photoangioplastic conditions e.g., de novo atherosclerosis, restinosis
- intimal hyperplasia arteriovenous fis
- the invention in one embodiment provides methods utilizing the principle of energy transfer to and among molecular agents to control delivery and activation of pharmaceutically active agents such that delivery of the desired pharmacological effect is more focused, precise, and effective than the conventional techniques.
- the energy transfer can include energy transfer from light from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention.
- subject is not intended to be limited to humans, but may also include animals, plants, or any suitable biological organism.
- a disease or condition refers to a condition, disorder or disease that may include, but are not limited to, cancer, soft and bone tissue injury, chronic pain, wound healing, nerve regeneration, viral and bacterial infections, fat deposits (liposuction), varicose veins, enlarged prostate, retinal injuries and other ocular diseases, Parkinson's disease, and behavioral, perceptional and cognitive disorders.
- exemplary conditions also may include nerve (brain) imaging and stimulation, a direct control of brain cell activity with light, control of cell death (apoptosis), and alteration of cell growth and division.
- exemplary a condition, disorder or disease may include, but are not limited to, cardiac ablasion (e.g., cardiac arrhythmiand atrial fibrillation), photoangioplastic conditions (e.g., de novo atherosclerosis, restinosis), intimal hyperplasia, arteriovenous fistula, macular degeneration, psoriasis, acne, hopeciareata, portwine spots, hair removal, rheumatoid and inflammatory arthritis, joint conditions, and lymph node conditions.
- cardiac ablasion e.g., cardiac arrhythmiand atrial fibrillation
- photoangioplastic conditions e.g., de novo atherosclerosis, restinosis
- intimal hyperplasia arteriovenous fistula
- macular degeneration e.g., psoriasis
- psoriasis e.g., psoriasis
- acne e.g., hopeciareata,
- target structure refers to an eukaryotic cell, prokaryotic cell, a subcellular structure, such as a cell membrane, a nuclear membrane, cell nucleus, nucleic acid, mitochondria, ribosome, or other cellular organelle or component, an extracellular structure, virus or prion, and combinations thereof.
- predetermined cellular change will depend on the desired pharmaceutical outcome.
- exemplary cellular changes may include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, necrosis, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, regulation of cytochrome c oxidase and flavoproteins, activation of mitochondria, stimulation antioxidant protective pathway, modulation of cell growth and division, alteration of firing pattern of nerves, alteration of redox properties, generation of reactive oxygen species, modulation of the activity, quantity, or number of intracellular components in a cell, modulation of the activity, quantity, or number of extracellular components produced by, excreted by, or associated with a cell, or a combination thereof.
- Predetermined cellular changes may or may not result in destruction or inactivation of the target structure.
- Energy or light from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention is provided at an energy at a level sufficient to cause cellular changes directly or via a modulation agent which is capable of causing the predetermined cellular changes.
- the energy or light from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be any energy source capable of providing energy at a level sufficient activate the activatable agent directly, or to provide the energy to a modulation agent with the input needed to emit the activation energy for the activatable agent (indirect activation).
- An additional embodiment of the invention is to provide a method for treatment of a condition, disease or disorder by the in-situ generation of energy by way of the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention in a subject in need thereof, where the energy generated can be used directly to effect a change thereby treating the condition, disease or disorder, or the energy can be used to activate an activatable pharmaceutical agent, which upon activation effects a change thereby treating the condition, disease or disorder.
- the energy can be generated in-situ by any desired method, including, but not limited to, chemical reaction such as chemiluminescence, or by conversion of an energy applied to from the insertion device(s) 3 , which can be converted in-situ to a different energy (of lower or higher energy than that applied), through the use of one or more energy modulation agents.
- chemical reaction such as chemiluminescence
- conversion of an energy applied to from the insertion device(s) 3 which can be converted in-situ to a different energy (of lower or higher energy than that applied), through the use of one or more energy modulation agents.
- a further embodiment of the invention combines the treatment of a condition, disease or disorder with the generation of heat in the affected target structure in order to enhance the effect of the treatment.
- a photoactivatable pharmaceutical agent such as a psoralen or derivative thereof
- this emitted energy from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be of any type, so long as it is suitable for or can be converted to an energy suitable for activating the pharmaceutical compound.
- additional energy is applied that causes heating of the target structure.
- the heating would increase the proliferation rate of the cancer cells. While this may seem counterintuitive at first, when the cell proliferation disorder is being treated using a DNA intercalation agent, such as psoralen or a derivative thereof, this increase in cell proliferation can actually assist the psoralen in causing apoptosis. In particular, when psoralen becomes intercalated into DNA, apoptosis occurs when the cell goes through its next division cycle. By increasing the rate at which the cells divide, one can use the present invention methods to enhance the onset of apoptosis.
- heat can be generated by any desired manner.
- the heat can be generated using the application of Radio Frequencies, microwaves, terahertz or NIR energy to the target structure or by the use of use of nanoparticles of metal or having metal shells.
- Heat can also be generated by the absorption of light from the light emitting insertion devices of the invention.
- magnetic metal nanoparticles can be targeted to cancer cells using conventional techniques, then used to generate heat by application of a magnetic field to the subject under controlled conditions.
- the photoactivatable agent can be a photocaged complex having an active agent contained within a photocage.
- the active agent is bulked up with other molecules that prevent it from binding to specific targets, thus masking its activity.
- the photocage complex is photoactivated, the bulk falls off, exposing the active agent.
- the photocage molecules can be photoactive (i.e. when photoactivated, they are caused to dissociate from the photocage complex, thus exposing the active agent within), or the active agent can be the photoactivatable agent (which when photoactivated causes the photocage to fall off), or both the photocage and the active agent are photoactivated, with the same or different wavelengths.
- a toxic chemotherapeutic agent can be photocaged, which will reduce the systemic toxicity when delivered. Once the agent is concentrated in the tumor, the agent is irradiated with an activation energy. This causes the “cage” to fall off, leaving a cytotoxic agent in the tumor cell.
- Suitable photocages include those disclosed by Young and Deiters in “Photochemical Control of Biological Processes”, Org. Biomol. Chem., 5, pp. 999-1005 (2007) and “Photochemical Hammerhead Ribozyme Activation”, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 16(10), pp. 2658-2661 (2006), the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
- the use of light e.g. or other energy
- the light e.g. or other energy
- the use of light (e.g. or other energy) from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention for uncaging a compound or agent is used for elucidation of neuron functions and imaging, for example, two-photon glutamine uncaging (Harvey C D, et al., Nature, 450:1195-1202 (2007); Eder M, et al., Rev. Neurosci., 15:167-183 (2004)).
- Other signaling molecules can be released by UV light stimulation, e.g., GABA, secondary messengers (e.g., Ca 2+ and Mg 2+ ), carbachol, capsaicin, and ATP (Zhang F., et al., 2006).
- Ca 2+ is involved in controlling fertilization, differentiation, proliferation, apoptosis, synaptic plasticity, memory, and developing axons.
- Ca 2+ waves can be induced by UV irradiation (single-photon absorption) and NIR irradiation (two-photon absorption) by releasing caged Ca 2+ , an extracellular purinergic messenger InsP3 (Braet K., et al., Cell Calcium, 33:37-48 (2003)), or ion channel ligands (Zhang F., et al., 2006).
- a light-sensitive protein is introduced into cells or live subjects via number of techniques including electroporation, DNA microinjection, viral delivery, liposomal transfection, creation of transgenic lines and calcium-phosphate precipitation.
- lentiviral technology provides a convenient combination a conventional combination of stable long-term expression, ease of high-titer vector production and low immunogenicity.
- the light-sensitive protein may be, for example, channelrhodopsin-2 (ChR2) and chloride pump halorhodopsin (NpHR).
- the light protein encoding gene(s) along with a cell-specific promoter can be incorporated into the lentiviral vector or other vector providing delivery of the light-sensitive protein encoding gene into a target cell.
- ChR2 containing a light sensor and a cation channel provides electrical stimulation of appropriate speed and magnitude to activate neuronal spike firing, when the cells harboring Ch2R are pulsed with light.
- a lanthanide chelate capable of intense luminescence can be used.
- a lanthanide chelator may be covalently joined to a coumarin or coumarin derivative or a quinolone or quinolone-derivative sensitizer.
- Sensitizers may be a 2- or 4-quinolone, a 2- or 4-coumarin, or derivatives or combinations of these examples.
- a carbostyril 124 (7-amino-4-methyl-2-quinolone), a coumarin 120 (7-amino-4-methyl-2-coumarin), a coumarin 124 (7-amino-4-(trifluoromethyl)-2-coumarin), aminoinethyltrimethylpsoralen or other similar sensitizer may be used.
- Chelates may be selected to form high affinity complexes with lanthanides, such as terbium or europium, through chelator groups, such as DTPA.
- Such chelates may be coupled to any of a wide variety of well known probes or carriers, and may be used for resonance energy transfer to a psoralen or psoralen-derivative, such as 8-MOP, or other photoactive molecules capable of binding DNA.
- the lanthanide chelate is localized at the site of the disease using an appropriate carrier molecule, particle or polymer, and a source of electromagnetic energy is introduced by minimally invasive procedures (e.g., the gas containing upconverters of the invention) to irradiate the target structure, after exposure to the lanthanide chelate and a photoactive molecule.
- a biocompatible, endogenous fluorophore emitter can be selected to stimulate resonance energy transfer to a photoactivatable molecule.
- a biocompatible emitter e.g. light from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention
- an emission maxima within the absorption range of the biocompatible, endogenous fluorophore emitter may be selected to stimulate an excited state in fluorophore emitter.
- One or more halogen atoms may be added to any cyclic ring structure capable of intercalation between the stacked nucleotide bases in a nucleic acid (either DNA or RNA) to confer new photoactive properties to the intercalator.
- any intercalating molecule may be selectively modified by halogenation or addition of non-hydrogen bonding ionic substituents to impart advantages in its reaction photochemistry and its competitive binding affinity for nucleic acids over cell membranes or charged proteins, as is known in the art.
- Skin photosensitivity is a major toxicity of photosensitizers. Severe sunburn occurs if skin is exposed to direct sunlight for even a few minutes. Early murine research hinted at a vigorous and long term stimulation of immune response; however, actual clinical testing has failed to achieve the early promises of photodynamic therapies.
- the early photosensitizers for photodynamic therapies targeted type II responses, which created singlet oxygen when photoactivated in the presence of oxygen. The singlet oxygen caused cellular necrosis and was associated with inflammation and an immune response. Some additional photosensitizers have been developed to induce type I responses, directly damaging cellular structures.
- Porfimer sodium (Photofrin; QLT Therapeutics, Vancouver, BC, Canada), is a partially purified preparation of hematoporphyrin derivative (HpD).
- Photofrin has been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of obstructing esophageal cancer, microinvasive endobronchial non-small cell lung cancer, and obstructing endobronchial non-small cell lung cancer.
- Photofrin is activated with 630 nm, which has a tissue penetration of approximately 2 to 5 mm. Photofrin has a relatively long duration of skin photosensitivity (approximately 4 to 6 weeks).
- Tetra (m-hydroxyphenyl) chlorin (Foscan; Ontario Pharmaceuticals, Stirling, UK), is a synthetic chlorine compound that is activated by 652 nm light.
- Clinical studies have demonstrated a tissue effect of up to 10 mm with Foscan and 652 nm light.
- Foscan is more selectively a photosensitizer in tumors than normal tissues, and requires a comparatively short light activation time.
- a recommended dose of 0.1 mg/kg is comparatively low and comparatively low doses of light may be used. Nevertheless, duration of skin photosensitivity is reasonable (approximately 2 weeks).
- Foscan induces a comparatively high yield of singlet oxygen, which may be the primary mechanism of DNA damage for this molecule.
- Motexafin lutetium (Lutetium texaphryin) is activated by light in the near infrared region (732 nm). Absorption at this wavelength has the advantage of potentially deeper penetration into tissues, compared with the amount of light used to activate other photosensitizers. Lutetium texaphryin also has one of the greatest reported selectivities for tumors compared to selectivities of normal tissues. Young S W, et al.: Lutetium texaphyrin (PCI-0123) a near-infrared, water-soluble photosensitizer. Photochem Photobiol 1996, 63:892-897. In addition, its clinical use is associated with a shorter duration of skin photosensitivity (24 to 48 hours). Lutetium texaphryin has been evaluated for metastatic skin cancers. It is currently under investigation for treatment of recurrent breast cancer and for locally recurrent prostate cancer. The high selectivity for tumors promises improved results in clinical trials.
- the approach may be used with any source for the excitation an activatable molecule.
- the process may be a photopheresis process or may be similar to photophoresis. While photophoresis is generally thought to be limited to photonic excitation, such as by UV-light, other forms of radiation may be used as a part of a system to activate an activatable molecule.
- Light emission from the insertion device(s) 3 can stimulate the activation of an activatable molecule, such as 8-MOP.
- light or other energy emission from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention is directed at a solid tumor and stimulates, directly or indirectly, activation of 8-MOP.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent preferably a photoactive agent
- a carrier having a strong affinity for the receptor site.
- the carrier may be a polypeptide and may form a covalent bond with a photo active agent, for example.
- the polypeptide may be an insulin, interleukin, thymopoietin or transferrin, for example.
- a photoactive pharmaceutical agent may have a strong affinity for the target cell without a binding to a carrier.
- a treatment may be applied that acts to slow or pause mitosis.
- Such a treatment is capable of slowing the division of rapidly dividing healthy cells or stem cells without pausing mitosis of cancerous cells.
- the difference in growth rate between the non-target cells and target cells are further differentiated to enhance the effectiveness of the methods of the invention.
- methods in accordance with the invention may further include adding an additive to alleviate treatment side-effects.
- additives may include, but are not limited to, antioxidants, adjuvant, or combinations thereof.
- psoralen is used as the activatable pharmaceutical agent
- UV-A is used as the activating energy
- antioxidants are added to reduce the unwanted side-effects of irradiation.
- the invention also provides methods for producing an autovaccine, including: (1) providing a population of targeted cells; (2) treating the cells ex vivo with a psoralen or a derivative thereof (3) activating the psoralen ex-vivo or in vivo to induce a predetermined change in a target structure in the population of the target cells by inducing an autovaccine effect against the targeted cell, wherein the treated cells cause an autovaccine effect.
- Photobiomodulation also known as low level laser therapy (LLLT), cold laser therapy, and laser biostimulation, is an emerging medical and veterinary technique in which exposure to low-level laser light can stimulate or inhibit cellular function leading to beneficial clinical effects.
- LLLT low level laser therapy
- the “best” combination of wavelength, intensity, duration, and treatment interval is complex and sometimes controversial with different diseases, injuries and dysfunctions needing different treatment parameters and techniques.
- the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention provide the light for producing photobiomodulation.
- Certain wavelengths of light emitted from the light emitting insertion devices of the invention at certain intensities will, for example, aid tissue regeneration, resolve inflammation, relieve pain and boost the immune system.
- Observed biological and physiological effects to be expected include changes in cell membrane permeability, and up-regulation and down-regulation of adenosine triphosphate and nitric oxide.
- All light-induced biological effects depend on the parameters of the irradiation (wavelength, dose, intensity, irradiation time, depth of a target cell, and continuous wave or pulsed mode, pulse parameters). (See, e.g., Karu I T, Low-Power Laser Therapy”, in Biomedical Photonics Handbook, Vo-Dinh T. Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., pp. 48-1 to 48-25, (2003)).
- the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be programmed or instructed to deliver light comparable to that of known photobiomodulation treatments.
- the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be programmed or instructed to deliver light with an average power typically in the range of 1-500 mW; or with peak power and short pulse width in the range of 1-100 W with 200 ns pulse widths.
- the average beam irradiance would typically be 10 mW/cm 2 -5 W/cm 2 .
- the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at a wavelength typically in the range 600-1000 nm.
- down converting phosphors could be coated on the light emitting surface of the insertion devices to convert UV or visible light to these or other appropriate wavelengths.
- the light emission source in the insertion devices could itself directly produce these or other appropriate wavelengths.
- the red-to-near infrared (NIR) region is preferred for photobiomodulation.
- Other wavelengths may be also used, e.g., UV light for neurons and green light for prostate tissue.
- Maximum biological responses have been seen to occur from prior work when the tissues were irradiated at 620, 680, 760, and 820-830 nm (Karu T I, et al., (1998).
- UV excitation is known to enhance the ultra-weak emission and a method for detecting UV-A-laser-induced ultra-weak photon emission was used to evaluate differences between cancer and normal cells.
- a method for detecting UV-A-laser-induced ultra-weak photon emission was used to evaluate differences between cancer and normal cells.
- the initiation energy contacts the target structure and induces a predetermined change in said target structure in situ
- the predetermined change is the enhancement of energy emission from the target, which then mediates, initiates or enhances a biological activity of other target structures in the subject, or of a second type of target structure (e.g., a different cell type).
- a photoacceptor first absorbs the light used for the irradiation. After promotion of electronically excited states, primary molecule processes from these states can lead to a measurable biological effect (via secondary biochemical reaction, or photosignal transduction cascade, or cellular signaling) at the cellular level.
- a photoacceptor for eukaryotic cells in red-to-NIR region is believed to be the terminal enzyme of the respiratory chain cytochrome c oxidase located in cell mitochondrion. In the violet-to blue spectra region, flavoprotein (e.g., NADHdehydrogenase in the beginning of the respiratory chain) is also among the photoacceptors.
- the light emitting insertion devices of the invention can be programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- Clinical applications of photobiomodulation include, for example, treating soft tissue and bone injuries, chronic pain, wound healing and nerve and sensory regeneration/restoration, and possibly even resolving viral and bacterial infections, treating neurological and phychiatric diseases (e.g., epilepsy and Parkinson's disease) (e.g., Zhang F., et al., Nature, 446:617-9 (Apr. 5, 2007; Han X., et al., PloS ONE, 2(3):e299 (Mar. 21, 2007); Arany P R, et al., Wound Repair Regen., 15(6):866-74 (2007); Lopes C B, et al., Photomed. Laser Surg., 25(2):96-101 (2007)).
- neurological and phychiatric diseases e.g., epilepsy and Parkinson's disease
- Zhang F., et al., Nature, 446:617-9 Apr. 5, 2007; Han X., et al., PloS ONE, 2
- An NIR light treatment can prevent cell death (apoptosis) in cultured neurons (brain) cells (Wong-Reiley M T, et al., JBC, 280(6):4761-71 (2005)). Specific wavelengths of light can promote cellular proliferation to the activation of mitochondria, the energy-producing organelles within the cell via cytochrome c oxidase.
- An NIR treatment can augment mitochondrial function and stimulate antioxidant protective pathways. The evidence that the NIR treatment can augment mitochondrial function and stimulate antioxidant protective pathways comes from photobiomodulation experiments carried out using a laboratory model of Parkinson's disease (PD) (cultures of human dopaminergic neuronal cells) (Whelan H., et. al., SPIE, Newsroom, pages 1-3 (2008)).
- the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to and/or configured to deliver light at these NIR wavelengths.
- the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- the excitable cells e.g., neurons, cardiomyocites
- the photoacceptors are also believed to be components of respiratory chain. It is clear from experimental data (Karu, T. I., (2002). Low-power laser therapy. In: CRC Biomedical Photonics Handbook, T. Vo-Dinh, Editor-in-Chief, CRC Press, Boca Raton (USA)) that irradiation can cause physiological and morphological changes in nonpigmental excitable cells viabsorption in mitochondria. Later, similar irradiation experiments were performed with neurons in connection with low-power laser therapy.
- the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- Photobiological action via activation of respiratory chain is believed to be a general mechanism occurring in cells.
- Crucial events of this type of cell metabolism activation are occurring due to a shift of cellular redox potential into more oxidized direction as well as due to ATP extrasynthesis.
- Susceptibility to irradiation and capability for activation depend on physiological status of irradiated cells: the cells, which overall redox potential is shifted to more reduced state (example: some pathological conditions) are more sensitive to the irradiation.
- the specificity of final photobiological response is determined not at the level of primary reactions in the respiratory chain but at the transcription level during cellular signaling cascades. In some cells, only partial activation of cell metabolism happens by this mechanism (example: redox priming of lymphocytes).
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- Red-to-NIR radiation has been shown to promote wound healing, e.g., infected, ischemic, and hypoxic wounds (Wong-Reley, W T T, JBC, 280(6):4761-4771 (2005)). Red-to-NIR radiation also protects the retina against the toxic actions of methanol-derived formic acid in a rodent model of methanol toxicity and may enhance recovery from retinal injury and other ocular diseases in which mitochondrial dysfunction is postulated to play a role (Eells J T., PNAS, 100(6):3439-44 (2003)). Another clinical application of photobiomodulation is repair of soft and bone tissues by IR laser irradiation (Martinez M E, et al., Laser in Med. Sci., 2007).
- Invasive laser assisted liposuction is a recently developed method, wherein a laser fiber is introduced through a tube into the skin and directly to the fat cells causing the cells to rapture and drain away as liquid (Kim K H, Dermatol. Surg., 32(2):241-48 (2006)). Tissue around the area is coagulated.
- another application of photobiomodulation is a non-surgical varicose vein treatment (an endovenous laser therapy), wherein a laser is threaded through an incision and the full length of the varicose vein (Kim H S, J. Vasc. Interv. Radiol., 18(6):811 (2007)). When the laser is slowly withdrawn, heat is applied to the vein walls, causing the vein to permanently close and disappear.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- the green light laser is a laser that vaporizes and removes the enlarged prostate tissue (Heinrich E., Eur. Urol., 52(6):1632-7 (2007)).
- the significance of the color of the laser light (green) is that this results in absorption by hemoglobin which is contained within red blood cells and not absorbed by water.
- the procedure may also be known as laser prostatectomy or laser Transurethral resection of the prostate (TURP).
- the technique involves painting the enlarged prostate with the laser until the capsule of the prostate is reached. By relieving this portion of the prostate, patients are able to void much easier through a wide-open channel in the prostate. The procedure needs to be performed under general or spinal anesthesia.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- photobiomodulation is a direct control of brain cell activity with light.
- the technique is based upon NIR spectroscopy and is simpler to use and less expensive than other methods such as functional magnetic resonance imaging and positron emission tomography.
- hemoglobin oxygen concentrations in the brain obtained simultaneously by NIR spectroscopy and by functional MRI, the current “gold standard” in brain studies, was compared. Both methods were used to generate functional maps of the brain's motor cortex during a periodic sequence of stimulation by finger motion and rest. Spatial congruence between the hemoglobin signal and the MRI signal in the motor cortex related to finger movement was demonstrated. The researchers also demonstrated collocation between hemoglobin oxygen levels and changes in scattering due to brain activities. The changes in scattering associated with fast neuron signals came from exactly the same locations.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- a low-intensity laser light-oxygen cancer therapy is another application of photobiomodulation.
- the light-oxygen effect (LOE), which involves activation of or damage to biosystems by optical radiation at low optical doses by direct photoexcitation of molecular oxygen dissolved in a biosystem so that it is converted to the singlet state, i.e., by photogeneration of molecular singlet oxygen from O 2 dissolved in cells, similar to photodynamic effect (Zakharov S D, et al., Quantum Electronics, 29(12):1031-53 (1999)). It was shown that the He—Ne laser radiation destroys tumor cells in the presence or absence of the photosensitiser.
- the LOE can be activated by small optical doses, which are 4-5 orders of magnitude lower that those found if a comparison is made with the familiar analogue in the form of the photodynamic effect (PDE).
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- photobiomodulation methods fall into two general categories: one set of methods uses light to uncage a compound that then becomes biochemically active, binding to a downstream effector; the other set uses light to activate a light-sensitive protein such as rhodopsin (ChR2), which can then excite the cell expressing the opsin.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and or instructed to or configured to deliver light for these types of photobiomodulation.
- this method involves applying “caged” chemicals to a sample and then using light to open the cage to invoke a reaction.
- Modified glutamate is useful for finding excitatory connections between neurons, since the uncaged glutamate mimics the natural synaptic activity of one neuron impinging upon another.
- This method is used for elucidation of neuron functions and imaging in brain slices using, for example, two-photon glutamine uncageing (Harvey C D, et al., Nature, 450:1195-1202 (2007); Eder M, et al., Rev. Neurosci., 15:167-183 (2004)).
- UV light stimulation e.g., GABA
- secondary messengers e.g., Ca 2+ and Mg 2+
- carbachol e.g., achol
- capsaicin e.g., ATP
- ion channels and receptors e.g., Ca 2+ and Mg 2+
- carbachol e.g., achol
- capsaicin e.g., ATP
- ion channels and receptors e.g., ATP
- Ca 2+ is involved in controlling fertilization, differentiation, proliferation, apoptosis, synaptic plasticity, memory, and developing axons.
- Ca 2+ waves can be induced by UV irradiation (single-photon absorption) and NIR irradiation (two-photon absorption) by releasing caged Ca 2+ , an extracellular purinergic messenger InsP3 (Braet K., et al., Cell Calcium, 33:37-48 (2003)), or ion channel ligands (Zhang F., et al., 2006).
- channelrhodopsin-2 a monolithic protein containing a light sensor and a cation channel, provides electrical stimulation of appropriate speed and magnitude to activate neuronal spike firing.
- photoinhibition the inhibition of neural activity with light, has become feasible with the application of molecules such as the light-activated chloride pump halorhodopsin to neural control.
- blue-light activated channelrhodopsin-2 and the yellow light-activated chloride pump halorhodopsin enable multiple-color, optical activation and silencing of neural activity.
- ChR2 photostimulation involves genetic targeting ChR2 to neurons and light pulsing the neurons expressing ChR2 protein.
- the experiments have been conducted in vitro and in vivo in mice by in vivo deep-brain photostimulaiton using optical fibers to deliver light into the lateral hypothalamus (Adamantidis A R, et al., Nature 450:420-425 (2007)).
- Genetic targeting of ChR2 allows exclusive stimulation of defined cellular subsets and avoids the need for addition of the caged glutamate, facilitating photostimulation in vivo (Wang H., et al., PNAS, 104(19):8143-48 (2007)).
- ChR2 photostimulation has been used for restoring visual activity in mice with impaired vision, to evoke behavioral responses in worms and flies (Wang H., et al., 2007).
- the robust associative learning induced by ChR2-assisted photostimulaiton in mice opens the door to study the circuit basis of perception and cognition in vivo (Huber D., et al., 2007).
- This kind of neuronal targeting and stimulation might have clinical application, e.g., deep brain stimulation to treat Parkinson's disease and other disorders, controlling behavioral, perceptional and cognitive characteristics, and for imaging and studying how the brain works (Zhang F., et al., Nature Methods, 3(10):785-792 (2006); Wong-Riley M T., et al., JBC, 280(6):4761-4771 (2005)).
- NpHR chloride pump
- Light-sensitive proteins can be introduced into cells or live subjects via number of techniques including electroporation, DNA microinjection, viral delivery, liposomal transfection and calcium-phosphate precipitation.
- a photostimulation technique involves chemical modification of ion channels and receptors to render them light-responsive.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and or instructed to or configured to deliver light for this technique.
- Some of the most fundamental signaling mechanisms in a cell involve the release and uptake of Ca 2+ ions.
- Ca 2+ is involved in controlling fertilization, differentiation, proliferation, apoptosis, synaptic plasticity, memory, and developing axons.
- Ca 2+ waves can be induced by UV irradiation (single-photon absorption) and NIR irradiation (two-photon absorption) by releasing caged Ca 2+ , an extracellular purinergic messenger InsP3 (Braet K., et al., Cell Calcium, 33:37-48 (2003)), or ion channel ligands (Zhang F., et al., 2006).
- Directly controlling a brain cell activity with light is a novel means for experimenting with neural circuits and could lead to therapies for some disorders. This accomplishment is a step toward the goal of mapping neural circuit dynamics on a millisecond timescale to see if impairments in these dynamics underlie severe psychiatric symptoms. Knowing the effects that different neurons have could ultimately help researchers figure out the workings of healthy and unhealthy brain circuits. If use of the technique can show that altered activity in a particular kind of neuron underlies symptoms, for example, this insight will allow development of targeted genetic or pharmaceutical treatments to fix those neurons. Conceivably, direct control of neuronal activity with light could someday become a therapy in itself.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and or instructed to or configured to deliver light for direct control of neuronal activity.
- mice were able to use the technique to cause neurons to signal or stop on the millisecond timescale, just as they do naturally. Other experiments showed that cells appear to suffer no ill effects from exposure to the light. The mice resume their normal function once the exposure ends.
- neural communications Another potential application is experimenting with simulating neural communications. Because neurons communicate by generating patterns of signals-sometimes on and sometimes off like the 0s and 1s of binary computer code-flashing blue and yellow lights in these patterns could compel neurons to emit messages that correspond to real neural instructions. In the future, this could allow researchers to test and tune sophisticated neuron behaviors. Much farther down the road, the ability to artificially stimulate neural signals, such as movement instructions, could allow doctors to bridge blockages in damaged spinal columns, perhaps restoring some function to the limbs of paralyzed patients.
- the technique could be useful in teasing out the largely unknown functioning of healthy brains.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and or instructed to or configured to deliver light for control of these and other neuron activities.
- kits to facilitate application of the present invention.
- a kit including a psoralen, and fractionating containers for easy fractionation and isolation of autovaccines is contemplated.
- a further embodiment of kit would comprise at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent capable of causing a predetermined cellular change, at least one energy modulation agent capable of activating the at least one activatable agent when energized, and containers suitable for storing the agents in stable form, and preferably further comprising instructions for administering the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent and at least one energy modulation agent to a subject, and for applying an initiation energy from an initiation energy source to activate the insertion device(s) which in turn activate the pharmaceutical agent.
- the instructions could be in any desired form, including but not limited to, printed on a kit insert, printed on one or more containers, as well as electronically stored instructions provided on an electronic storage medium, such as a computer readable storage medium. Also optionally included is a software package on a computer readable storage medium that permits the user to integrate the information and calculate a control dose, to calculate and control intensity of the irradiation of initiation source.
- UV ultraviolet
- a thin film reactor constructed from glass has been used with the juice flowing along the inner surface of a vertical glass tube as a thin film. See “Ultraviolet Treatment of Orange Juice” by Tran et al. published in Alternative Food Science & Emerging Technologies (Volume 5, Issue 4, December 2004, Pages 495-502), the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Tran et al.
- the invention described herein offers advantages over this approach in that the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be placed inside fixtures such as quartz or glass (encapsulation structures) within the orange juice (or other fluid medium) and irradiated with microwave or RF power supplied to activate insertion device(s) 3 in the orange juice.
- fixtures such as quartz or glass (encapsulation structures) within the orange juice (or other fluid medium) and irradiated with microwave or RF power supplied to activate insertion device(s) 3 in the orange juice.
- any other medium to be sterilized including food products, medical products and cosmetic products could be treated using the technique of the invention described herein.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,087,141 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes an ultraviolet light activated psoralen process for sterilization of blood transfusion products.
- the invention can be applied for the neutralization of AIDS and HIV or other viral or pathogenic agents in blood transfusion products.
- At least one photoactivatable agent is selected from psoralens, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines, vitamin Ks, vitamin L, vitamin metabolites, vitamin precursors, naphthoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and derivatives thereof having planar molecular conformations, porphorinporphyrins, dyes and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolones, quinones, anthroquinones, porphycene, rubyrin, rosarin, hexaphyrin, sapphyrin, chlorophyl, chlorin, phthalocynine, porphyrazine,
- the recipient in this and other embodiments of the invention can include at least one of a laser dye, a fluorophore, a lumophore, or a phosphor.
- the laser dye can be at least one of p-terphenyl, sulforhodamine B, p-quaterphenyl, Rhodamine 101, curbostyryl 124, cresyl violet perchlorate, popop, DODC iodide, coumarin 120, sulforhodamine 101, coumarin 2, oxozine 4 perchlorate, coumarin 339, PCM, coumarin 1, oxazine 170 perchlorate, coumarin 138, nile blue A perchlorate, coumarin 106, oxatine 1 perchlorate, coumarin 102, pyridine 1, coumarin 314T, styryl 7, coumarin 338, HIDC iodide, coumarin 151, PTPC
- the recipients are secondary agents performing other functions.
- Suitable secondary agents for the invention include secondary emitters, cytotoxic agents, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) agents, positron emission tomography (PET) agents, radiological imaging agents, or photodynamic therapy (PDT) agents.
- photoactivatable agents are introduced into the blood product (or a patient's blood stream). Microwave or RF power is applied to the blood product (or to the patient).
- the insertion device(s) 3 either included in the blood product or in encapsulated structures generate secondary light such as UV light which activates the photoactivatable agents in the blood products.
- the photoactivatable agent is a psoralen, a coumarin, or a derivative thereof, and as discussed above, one can sterilize blood products in vivo (i.e., in a patient) or in a container of the blood product (such as for example donated blood).
- the treatment can be applied to treat disorders such as for example a cancer cell, a tumor cell, an autoimmune deficiency symptom virus, or a blood-borne germicide is treated by the psoralen, the coumarin, or the derivative thereof.
- Photocatalysis has also been used as tertiary treatment for wastewater to comply with regulatory discharge limits and to oxidize compounds that have not been oxidized in the biological treatment.
- Photocatalysis has been used to reduce or eliminate several pollutants (e.g., alkanes, alkenes, phenols, aromatics, pesticides) with great success. In many cases, total mineralization of the organic compounds has been observed.
- pollutants e.g., alkanes, alkenes, phenols, aromatics, pesticides
- total mineralization of the organic compounds has been observed.
- Several photocatalysts, such as CdS, Fe 2 O 3 , ZnO, WO 3 , and ZnS have been studied, but the best results have been achieved with TiO 2 P 25 . These photocatalyst can be used in the invention.
- the wastewaters of an oil refinery are the waters resulting from washing the equipment used in the process, undesirable wastes, and sanitary sewage. These effluents have high oil and grease contents, besides other organic compounds in solution. These pollutants form a residual chemical oxygen demand (COD) that may pose serious toxic hazards to the environment.
- COD chemical oxygen demand
- the water feedstock was mixed with photocatalytic semiconductor particles (e.g., TiO 2 , ZnO, CdS, CdSe, SnO 2 , SrTiO 3 , WO 3 , Fe 2 O 3 , and Ta 2 O 5 particles) having a particle size in the range of about 0.01 to about 1.0 micron and in an amount of between about 0.01% and about 0.2% by weight of the water.
- the water including the semiconductor mixture is exposed to band-gap photons for a time sufficient to affect an oxidation of the oxidizable contaminant to purify the water.
- Crossflow membrane filtration was used to separate the purified water from the semiconductor particles.
- Cooper et al. identified that one important aspect of the photocatalytic process is the adsorption of the organic molecules onto the extremely large surface area presented by the finely divided powders dispersed in the water.
- Cooper et al. further indicated that, in photoelectrochemical applications, advantage is taken of the fact that the solid phase (a metal oxide semiconductor) is also photo-active and that the generated charge carriers are directly involved in the organic oxidation.
- the adsorption of the band-gap photon by the semiconductor particle results in the formation of an electron (e ⁇ )/hole(h + ) pair.
- Cooper et al. identified that one important aspect of the photocatalytic process is the adsorption of the organic molecules onto the extremely large surface area presented by the finely divided powders dispersed in the water.
- Cooper et al. further indicated that, in photoelectrochemical applications, advantage is taken of the fact that the solid phase (a metal oxide semiconductor) is also photo-active and that the generated charge carriers are directly involved in the organic
- the refining capacity of the refinery is 41,000 m 3 /day, generating 1,100 m 3 /h of wastewater, which are discharged directly into the Guanabara Bay (Rio de Janeiro). Treating the residual and persistent COD remains a priority.
- Santos et al. conducted a first set of experiments carried out in an open 250 mL reactor containing 60 mL of wastewater.
- a Pyrex® annular reactor containing 550 mL of wastewater was used (De Paoli and Rodrigues, 1978).
- the reaction mixtures inside the reactors were maintained in suspension by magnetic stirring.
- air was continuously bubbled through the suspensions.
- a 250 W Phillips HPL-N medium pressure mercury vapor lamp (with its outer bulb removed) was used as the UV-light source (radiant flux of 108 J ⁇ m ⁇ 2 ⁇ s ⁇ 1 at ⁇ >254 nm).
- the lamp was positioned above the surface of the liquid at a fixed height (12 cm).
- the lamp was inserted into the well. All experiments by Santos et al. were performed at 25 ⁇ 1° C.
- the catalyst concentration ranged from 0.5 to 5.5 g L ⁇ 1 and the initial pH ranged from 3.5 to 9.
- the insertion device(s) 3 would be placed inside quartz or glass fixtures within the waste water or would be placed on silica encapsulated structures within the waste water which, like the photocatalytic TiO 2 , could be entrained in the waste water during the irradiation.
- the insertion device(s) 3 Upon irradiation with for example microwave or RF power, the insertion device(s) 3 would generate UV light in nearby presence of the photocatalytic agent.
- the insertion device(s) 3 are mixed along with the photocatalytic semiconductor particles in the waste water fluid stream, and the exterior activation energy source penetrates the container (e.g., a plastic or aluminum container) and irradiates the bulk of the waste water, producing UV light throughout the waste water which in turn drives the photocatalytic reactions.
- the insertion device(s) 3 are complexed with the down converting particles or other energy modulation agents.
- Photostimulation is a field in which light is applied to in order to alter or change a physical property.
- biodegradable polymers in consumer and biomedical fields.
- Polylactic acid (PLA) plastics and polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHA) plastics have been playing a vital role in fulfilling the objectives.
- PHA polylactic acid
- PHA polyhydroxyalkanoates
- their relatively hydrophobic surfaces limit their use in various applications.
- UV-assisted photografting in ethanol has been used to grow hydrophilic polymers (e.g., poly(acrylic acid) and polyacrylamide) from the surfaces of PLA, PHA, and PLA/PHA blend films.
- hydrophilic polymers e.g., poly(acrylic acid) and polyacrylamide
- PU functional polyurethane
- DMAEM N,N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate
- PU membrane was photo-oxidized to introduce the hydroperoxide groups onto the surface, then the membrane previously immersed in monomer solution was irradiated by UV light. Results have shown prior to the invention that UV irradiation can realize graft copolymerization effectively.
- these processes are expedited by the inclusion of the insertion device(s) 3 in dispersion in the fluid medium being used for photostimulation.
- the insertion device(s) 3 Upon microwave or RF power irradiation, the insertion device(s) 3 would generate UV light permitting batch or bulk type processing to occur in parallel inside the container.
- yeasts are used to produce changes in a medium such as the conversion of sugars in the raw product.
- a medium such as the conversion of sugars in the raw product.
- One particularly prominent example is in the wine industry. Stopping the wine from fermenting any further would preserve the current level of sweetness. Likewise, allowing the wine to continue fermenting further would only make the wine less sweet with each passing day. Eventually the wine would become completely dry at which time the fermentation would stop on its own. This is because during the fermentation process yeast turns the sugar into alcohol.
- Potassium sorbate is another ingredient that many winemakers consider when trying to stop a wine from fermenting any further. There is a lot of misunderstanding surrounding this product. It is typically called for by home wine making books when sweetening a wine. This is a situation where the fermentation has already completed and is ready for bottling. One adds the potassium sorbate along with the sugar that is added for sweetening.
- the potassium sorbate stops the yeast from fermenting the newly added sugar. So, many winemakers assume potassium sorbate can stop an active fermentation as well, but, potassium sorbate does not kill the yeast at all, but rather it makes the yeast sterile. In other words, it impairs the yeast's ability to reproduce itself. But, it does not hinder the yeast's ability to ferment sugar into alcohol.
- Ultraviolet light is known to destroy yeast cultures, but has restricted applications due to the inability of UV light to penetrate throughout the fluid medium. While heat can be used to destroy the yeast activity, cooking of the product may be premature or may produce undesirable changes in the consistency and taste.
- heat can be used to destroy the yeast activity
- cooking of the product may be premature or may produce undesirable changes in the consistency and taste.
- energy modulation agents with little and preferably no toxicity (e.g. Fe oxides or titanium oxides) could be added.
- concentration of these additives would likely be limited by any unexpected changes in taste.
- UV light produced by the insertion device(s) 3 would deactivate the yeasts.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention are provided and distributed into an uncured polymer based medium for the activation of photosensitive agents in the medium to promote cross-linking and curing of the polymer based medium.
- the insertion device(s) 3 are provided with down-converting luminescent particles or other energy modulation agents prior to being added to the polymer.
- light activated processing is limited due to the penetration depth of UV light into the processed medium.
- the primary limitation is that the material to be cured must see the light—both in type (wavelength or spectral distribution) and intensity. This limitation has meant that one medium typically has to transmit the appropriate light.
- any “shaded” area will require a secondary cure mechanism, increasing cure time over the non-shaded areas and further delaying cure time due to the existent of a sealed skin through which subsequent curing must proceed.
- moisture-curing mechanisms are used to initiate cure, i.e., cross-linking, of reactive compositions, such as reactive silicones, polymers, and adhesives.
- reactive compositions such as reactive silicones, polymers, and adhesives.
- These mechanisms are based on either condensation reactions, whereby moisture hydrolyzes certain groups, or addition reactions that can be initiated by a form of energy, such as electromagnetic radiation or heat.
- the invention described herein can use any of the following light activated curing polymers as well as others known in the art to which the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention are added.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention are provided and distributed into an uncured polymer based medium for the activation of photosensitive agents in the medium to promote cross-linking and curing of the polymer based medium.
- light activated processing is limited due to the penetration depth of UV light into the processed medium.
- the primary limitation is that the material to be cured must see the light—both in type (wavelength or spectral distribution) and intensity. This limitation has meant that one medium typically has to transmit the appropriate light.
- any “shaded” area will require a secondary cure mechanism, increasing cure time over the non-shaded areas and further delaying cure time due to the existent of a sealed skin through which subsequent curing must proceed.
- moisture-curing mechanisms are used to initiate cure, i.e., cross-linking, of reactive compositions, such as reactive silicones, polymers, and adhesives.
- reactive compositions such as reactive silicones, polymers, and adhesives.
- These mechanisms are based on either condensation reactions, whereby moisture hydrolyzes certain groups, or addition reactions that can be initiated by a form of energy, such as electromagnetic radiation or heat.
- the invention described herein can use any of the following light activated curing polymers as well as others known in the art to which the insertion devices 3 of the invention are added.
- Loctite Corporation has designed and developed UV and UV/moisture dual curable silicone compositions, which also demonstrate high resistance to flammability and combustibility, where the flame-retardant component is a combination of hydrated aluminand a member selected from the group consisting of organo ligand complexes of transition metals, organosiloxane ligand complexes of transition metals, and combinations thereof. See U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,281,261 and 6,323,253 to Bennington. These formulations are also suitable for the invention.
- UV photoactivatable silicones include silicones functionalized with, for example, carboxylate, maleate, cinnamate and combinations thereof. These formulations are also suitable for the invention.
- Other known UV photoactivatable silicones suitable for the invention include benzoin ethers (“UV free radical generator”) and a free-radical polymerizable functional silicone polymers, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,051,625 whose content is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
- the UV free radical generator i.e., the benzoin ether
- the UV free radical generator is contained at from 0.001 to 10 wt % based on the total weight of the curable composition.
- Free radicals produced by irradiating the composition function as initiators of the polymerization reaction, and the free radical generator can be added in a catalytic quantity relative to the polymerizable functionality in the subject composition.
- silicone resins can be silicon-bonded divalent oxygen atom compounds which can form a siloxane bond while the remaining oxygen in each case can be bonded to another silicon to form a siloxane bond, or can be bonded to methyl or ethyl to form an alkoxy group, or can be bonded to hydrogen to form silanol.
- Such compounds can include trimethylsilyl, dimethylsilyl, phenyldimethylsilyl, vinyldimethylsilyl, trifluoropropyldimethylsilyl, (4-vinylphenyl)dimethylsilyl, (vinylbenzyl)dimethylsilyl, and (vinylphenethyl)dimethylsilyl.
- the photoinitiator component of this invention is not limited to those free radical generators given above, but may be any photoinitiator known in the art, including the aforementioned benzoin and substituted benzoins (such as alkyl ester substituted benzoins), Michler's ketone, dialkoxyacetophenones, such as diethoxyacetophenone (“DEAP”), benzophenone and substituted benzophenones, acetophenone and substituted acetophenones, and xanthone and substituted xanthones.
- benzoin and substituted benzoins such as alkyl ester substituted benzoins
- Michler's ketone dialkoxyacetophenones, such as diethoxyacetophenone (“DEAP”)
- benzophenone and substituted benzophenones such as diethoxyacetophenone (“DEAP”)
- benzophenone and substituted benzophenones such as diethoxyacetophenone (“DEAP”)
- photoinitiators include DEAP, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, diethoxyxanthone, chloro-thio-xanthone, azo-bisisobutyronitrile, N-methyl diethanolaminebenzophenone, and mixtures thereof.
- Visible light initiators include camphoquinone, peroxyester initiators and non-fluorene-carboxylic acid peroxyesters.
- photoinitiators suitable for the invention include those from Vantico, Inc., Brewster, N.Y. under the IRGACURE and DAROCUR tradenames, specifically IRGACURE 184 (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone), 907 (2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholino propan-1-one), 369 (2-benzyl-2-N,N-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone), 500 (the combination of 1-hydroxy cyclohexyl phenyl ketone and benzophenone), 651 (2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenyl acetophenone), 1700 (the combination of bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl-2,4,4-trimethyl pentyl) phosphine oxide and 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one), and 819 [bis(2,4,6-trimethyl benzoy
- the amount of photoinitiator should be in the range of about 0.1% to about 10% by weight, such as about 2 to about 6% by weight.
- the free radical generator concentration for benzoin ether is generally from 0.01 to 5% based on the total weight of the curable composition.
- a moisture cure catalyst can also be included in an amount effective to cure the composition.
- the moisture cure catalyst can be used in the invention to facilitate the cure process beyond that of photo-activated curing.
- examples of such catalysts include organic compounds of titanium, tin, zirconium and combinations thereof. Tetraisopropoxytitanate and tetrabutoxytitanate are suitable as moisture cure catalyst. See also U.S. Pat. No. 4,111,890.
- the conventional silicone composition (and other inorganic and organic adhesive polymers) suitable for the invention are various inorganic fillers.
- hollow microspheres supplied by Kish under the trade name Q-CEL are free flowing powders, white in color.
- these borosilicate hollow microspheres are promoted as extenders in reactive resin systems, ordinarily to replace heavy fillers, such as calcium carbonate, thereby lowering the weight of composite materials formed therewith.
- Q-CEL 5019 hollow microspheres are constructed of a borosilicate, with a liquid displacement density of 0.19 g/cm 2 , a mean particle size of 70 microns, and a particle size range of 10-150 um.
- Other Q-CEL products are shown below in tabular form.
- SPHERICEL 110P8 has a mean particle size of about 11.7 microns, and a crush strength of greater than 10,000 psi.
- Yet other commercially available hollow glass microsphere are sold by the Schundler Company, Metuchen, N.J. under the PERLITE tradename, Whitehouse Scientific Ltd., Chester, UK and 3M, Minneapolis, Minn. under the SCOTCHLITE trade name.
- these inorganic filler components add structural properties to the cured composition, as well as confers flowability properties to the composition in the uncured state and increase the transmissivity for the UV cure radiation.
- the fumed silica can be used at a level of up to about 50 weight percent, with a range of about 4 to at least about 10 weight percent, being desirable. While the precise level of silica may vary depending on the characteristics of the particular silica and the desired properties of the composition and the reaction product thereof, care should be exercised by those persons of ordinary skill in the art to allow for an appropriate level of transmissivity of the inventive compositions to permit a UV cure to occur.
- Desirable hydrophobic silicas include hexamethyldisilazane-treated silicas, such as those commercially available from Wacker-Chemie, Adrian, Mich. under the trade designation HDK-2000. Others include polydimethylsiloxane-treated silicas, such as those commercially available from Cabot Corporation under the trade designation CAB-O-SIL N70-TS, or Degussa Corporation under the trade designation AEROSIL R202.
- Still other silicas include trialkoxyalkyl silane-treated silicas, such as the trimethoxyoctyl silane-treated silica commercially available from Degussa under the trade designation AEROSIL R805; and 3-dimethyl dichlorosilane-treated silicas commercially available from Degussa under the trade designation R972, R974 and R976.
- trialkoxyalkyl silane-treated silicas such as the trimethoxyoctyl silane-treated silica commercially available from Degussa under the trade designation AEROSIL R805; and 3-dimethyl dichlorosilane-treated silicas commercially available from Degussa under the trade designation R972, R974 and R976.
- these inorganic fillers have extended the use of conventional UV cured silicone systems to permit the curing of materials beyond a skin depth of UV penetration, these inorganic fillers alone do not overcome shadowing effects and suffer from UV scattering which effectively makes for a smaller penetration depth.
- the inclusion of these inorganic fillers along with phosphor or scintillator particles provide a mechanism by which uniform light activated cures can occur deep inside of the body of adhesive-solidified assemblies in regions that would normally be shadowed or not with the reach of external UV or other light sources.
- conventional silicone and polymeric adhesive or release or coating compositions are prepared using conventional mixing, heating, and incubation techniques. Included in these conventional compositions are the upconverter structures of the invention. These compositions can then be applied to surfaces of objects to be fixed together or to surfaces where a hard coating is desired or cast in a curable form for the production of molded objects. These compositions upon activation will produce radiant light for photoactivated cure of the polymer composition. The density of the phosphors in these compositions will depend on the “light transparency” of the luminescing particle containing composition.
- FIG. 1 U.S. Pat. No. 7,294,656 to Bach et al., the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, describes a non-aqueous composition curable by UV radiation broadly containing a mixture of two UV curable urethane acrylates that have several advantages over conventional radiation-curable compositions.
- the Bache et al. compositions can be cured in a relatively short time using UV-C (200-280 nm), UV-B (280-320 nm), UV-A (320-400 nm) and visible (400 nm and above) radiation.
- Bache et al. compositions can be cured using radiation having a wavelength of 320 nm or more. When fully cured (regardless of the type of radiation used), the Bach et al. compositions exhibit hardnesses and impact resistances at least comparable to conventional coatings.
- the light emitting insertion devices of the invention are added to these Bach et al. compositions. Due to the fact that the exterior energy source penetrates deeper into the entirety of the Bach et al. compositions, thicker surface coatings can be realized. Further, the coatings can be applied to intricate surfaces having for example been prepared with recesses or protrusions.
- one suitable light activated polymer compound includes UV curing silicones having methacrylate functional groups.
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,675,346 to Lin is directed to UV curable silicone compositions including at least 50% of a specific type of silicone resin, at least 10% of a fumed silica filler and a photoinitiator, and cured compositions thereof.
- Other known UV curing silicone compositions suitable for the invention include organopolysiloxane containing a (meth)acrylate functional group, a photosensitizer, and a solvent, which cures to a hard film.
- UV curing silicone compositions suitable for the invention include compositions of an organopolysiloxane having an average of at least one acryloxy and/or methacryloxy group per molecule; a low molecular weight polyacrylyl crosslinking agent; and a photosensitizer.
- conventional silicone and polymeric adhesive or release or coating compositions are prepared using conventional mixing, heating, and incubation techniques. Included in these conventional compositions are the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention. These compositions can then be applied to surfaces of objects to be fixed together or to surfaces where a hard coating is desired or cast in a curable form for the production of molded objects. These compositions upon activation will produce radiant light for photoactivated cure of the luminescing particle containing polymer composition. The density of the upconverter structures in these compositions will depend on the “light transparency” of the luminescing particle containing composition. Where these compositions contain a significant amount of the inorganic filler as discussed above, the concentration of the insertion device(s) 3 can be reduced for example as compared to a composition with a black color pigment where the light transparency will be significantly reduced.
- FIG. 1 U.S. Pat. No. 7,294,656 to Bach et al., the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, describes a non-aqueous composition curable by UV radiation broadly containing a mixture of two UV curable urethane acrylates that have several advantages over conventional radiation-curable compositions.
- the Bache et al. compositions can be cured in a relatively short time using UV-C (200-280 nm), UV-B (280-320 nm), UV-A (320-400 nm) and visible (400 nm and above) radiation.
- Bache et al. compositions can be cured using radiation having a wavelength of 320 nm or more. When fully cured (regardless of the type of radiation used), the Bach et al. compositions exhibit hardnesses and impact resistances at least comparable to conventional coatings.
- insertion devices 3 are added to these Bach et al. compositions. Due to the fact that the exterior energy source penetrates deeper into the entirety of the Bach et al. compositions, thicker surface coatings can be realized. Further, the coatings can be applied to intricate surfaces having for example been prepared with recesses or protrusions.
- a subject is administered an activatable pharmaceutical agent including at least one photoactive drug.
- the insertion device(s) 3 are inserted in the subject preferably in vicinity of the diseased site. UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 activates the at least one photoactive drug inside the subject to thereby treat the subject for the cell proliferation disorder.
- another aspect of the invention includes a method for treating a subject carrying a virus in which the method provides within the subject at least one photoactive drug for treatment of the subject carrying the virus and inserts one of more insertion devices inside the subject.
- the at least one photoactive drug is activated directly or indirectly at the target inside the subject by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices 3 (or light from energy modulation agents) to thereby treat the subject carrying the virus.
- Mechanisms included in the invention can involve photoactivation of a drug such as a psoralen or its derivatives or an alkylating agent.
- Mechanisms included in the invention can involve the formation of highly reactive oxygen species, such as singlet oxygen. Any of these mechanisms can be used in combination or selectively to treat a subject with a cell proliferation disorder, or who is carrying viruses and/or has associated disorders or symptoms thereof.
- the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices can be used to activate an alkylating agent (e.g., iodonophthylazide) for its attachment to a virus.
- an alkylating agent e.g., iodonophthylazide
- the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices can be used to activate a psoralen (or a derivative or substitute thereof) for treatment of a bacterial infection or other disorders in the patient.
- one wavelength of the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices can be used to activate an alkylating agent (e.g., iodonophthylazide) for its attachment to a virus, while another different wavelength of the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices can be used to activate a psoralen (or a derivative or substitute thereof) for treatment of a bacterial infection or other disorders in the patient.
- an alkylating agent e.g., iodonophthylazide
- another different wavelength of the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices can be used to activate a psoralen (or a derivative or substitute thereof) for treatment of a bacterial infection or other disorders in the patient.
- one wavelength can be used to activate an alkylating agent or a psoralen, while another wavelength is used for a different purpose such as for example production of singlet oxygen (i.e., highly reactive oxygen species) or for production of sterilizing UV light or to promote cell growth or reduce inflammation, etc.
- singlet oxygen i.e., highly reactive oxygen species
- one or more wavelengths of the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices could be used for treatment a host or arrest of viruses such as Ebola, West Nile, encephalitis, HIV, etc., and/or for the regulation and control of biological responses having varying degrees of apoptosis (the process of programmed cell death PCD) and necrosis (the premature death of cells and living tissue typically from external factors).
- apoptosis the process of programmed cell death PCD
- necrosis the premature death of cells and living tissue typically from external factors.
- factors external to the cell or tissue such as infection, toxins, or trauma that result in the unregulated digestion of cell components.
- apoptosis is a naturally occurring programmed and targeted cause of cellular death. While apoptosis often provides beneficial effects to the organism, necrosis is almost always detrimental and may be fatal.
- the alkylating agent can be at least one or more of drugs from the iodonophthylazide family, such as 1,5-iodonaphthylazide (INA).
- INA 1,5-iodonaphthylazide
- These photoactivatable compounds are non-toxic, hydrophobic compounds that can penetrate into the innermost regions of biological membrane bilayers and selectively accumulate in such inner membrane regions.
- UV light or visible light
- energy modulation agents generated inside or nearby the membrane region, it is believed that a reactive derivative of the compound is generated that binds to membrane proteins deep in the lipid bilayer.
- the inactivated agent constitutes a vaccine created inside the subject animal or bird or human with the vaccine specific to the viral or bacterial infection of the animal or bird or human.
- a photoactive drug such as a psoralen or its derivatives is used separately or in conjunction with at least one alkylating agent.
- the psoralen is photactivated inside the cell by ultraviolet or visible light generated within the cell or nearby the cell by the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices or by light from energy modulation agents.
- the activated psoralen attaches to the virus's genetic contents, prevents its replication, and causes local cell death (one form of treatment).
- the psoralen-inactivated virus can induce an autoimmune response from the animal or bird or human resulting in the body effectively eliminating untreated viruses in other regions of the body.
- 1,5-iodonaphthyl azide INA
- INA is employed as a photoactivatable hydrophobic compound.
- INA is a nontoxic hydrophobic compound.
- the structure for 1,5-iodonaphthyl azide (INA) is provided below.
- the photoactivatable hydrophobic compounds Upon exposure to cells, the photoactivatable hydrophobic compounds can penetrate into the innermost regions of biological membrane bilayers and will accumulate selectively in these regions.
- ultraviolet light e.g., 320 to 400 nm
- UV light or visible light
- a reactive derivative is generated that binds to membrane proteins deep in the lipid bilayer.
- the photoactivatable hydrophobic compounds of the invention can be used for inactivation of viruses, bacteria, parasites and tumor cells using visible light.
- a photosensitizer when visible light is used a photosensitizer, a chromophore is typically needed unless the photoactive drug is developed to be activated directly by visible light.
- a photosensitizer chromophore has an absorption maximum in the visible light range and can photosensitize the photoactivatable hydrophobic compounds of the invention.
- the photosensitizer chromophores have absorption maxima in the range of about 450 to about 525 nm or about 600 to about 700 nm.
- Suitable photosensitizer chromophores can include one or more of a porphyrin, chlorin, bacteriochlorin, purpurin, phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, merocyanines, carbocyanine, texaphyrin, non-tetrapyrrole, or other photosensitizers known in the art.
- Specific examples of photosensitizer chromophores include fluorescein, eosin, bodipy, nitro-benzo-diazol (NBD), erythrosine, acridine orange, doxorubicin, rhodamine 123, picoerythrin and the like.
- viruses, bacteria, parasites and tumor cells and other infectious structures and microorganisms can be inactivated by exposure to photoactivatable hydrophobic compounds which were themselves activated by light generated internally within the animal or bird or human subject by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices or light from energy modulation agents or light from photosensitizer chromophores.
- the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound is 1,5-iodonaphthyl azide (INA) or a related compound.
- the virus, parasite or tumor cell is contacted with the recently photoactivated hydrophobic compound, which was photoactivated by ultraviolet light generated internally using the energy modulation agents of the invention.
- the virus, parasite, tumor cell or other infectious structures and microorganisms are contacted with both the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound and a photosensitizer chromophore that absorbs visible light
- visible light generated internally by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 or light from energy modulation agents or light from photosensitizer chromophores can photoactivate the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound.
- exposure to internally generated ultraviolet light directly photoactivates the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound within viral and cellular membranes.
- exposure to internally generated visible light first photoactivates the photosensitizer chromophore, which then activates or photosensitizes the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound within viral or cellular membranes.
- a reactive derivative of the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound is generated that binds to membrane proteins deep within the lipid bilayer. This process is believed to cause specific inactivation of integral membrane proteins embedded in the membrane, while maintaining the integrity and activity of proteins that protrude outside of the membrane.
- the invention with internally generated light can provide a method that can inactivate a wide variety of viruses, bacteria, parasites and tumor cells in a way that the inactivated species can be safely used as immunological compositions or vaccines to inhibit the disease they cause.
- the activated drug agents (generated indirectly from the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 activating a photoactivatable drug) kill the organism or cell in a specific manner that maintains its structure and conformation.
- the structure of the inactivated virus/cell is similar to that of the live virus/cell.
- the inactivated viruses, bacteria, cancer cells, or parasites generated inside the animal or bird or human subject can be used for vaccination without causing disease or other negative side effects.
- the INA internal treatment procedures generate inactive viruses inside the subject that can be used in a manner similar to aldrithiol inactivated HIV (developed by the AIDS vaccine program SAIC).
- the INA-internal-inactivation procedures of this invention can be used in conjunction with aldrithiol inactivation procedures to generate inactive HIV that comply with the requirements of the FDA.
- two mechanistically independent methods of inactivation can be used to provide a prophylactic AIDS or HIV vaccine.
- prevention or treatment of microbial infections, viral infections, parasitic infections, prion infection or cancer is intended to include the alleviation of or diminishment of at least one symptom typically associated with the infection or cancer. Prevention or treatment also includes alleviation or diminishment of more than one symptom.
- treatment with the internally inactivated agents of the invention generates immunity in the animal or bird or human towards the agent while prevention by the inactivated agents of the invention substantially eliminates the symptoms associated with the infection or cancer.
- infections that can be treated by the present internally activated drug agents include infections by any target infectious organisms and structures that can infect a mammal or other animal or a bird.
- target infectious organisms and structures include, but are not limited to, any virus, bacterium, fungus, single cell organism, prion conformations or parasite that can infect an animal, including mammals.
- target microbial organisms include viruses, bacteria, fungi, yeast strains and other single cell organisms.
- the inactivated agents of the invention can give rise to immunity against both gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria.
- Exemplary viral infections that can be treated by this invention include infections by any virus that can infect animals (including but not limited to mammals or birds), including enveloped and non-enveloped viruses, DNA and RNA viruses, viroids, and prions.
- infections or unwanted levels of the following viruses and viral types can be treated internally: human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV), hemorrhagic fever viruses, hepatitis A virus, hepatitis B virus, hepatitis C virus, poxviruses, herpes viruses, adenoviruses, papovaviruses, parvoviruses, reoviruses, orbiviruses, picornaviruses, rotaviruses, alphaviruses, rubiviruses, influenza virus type A and B, flaviviruses, coronaviruses, paramyxoviruses, morbilliviruses, pneumoviruses, rhab
- HBVs hemorrhagic fever viruses
- Chikungunya virus Japanese encephalitis virus
- Monkey pox virus variola virus
- Congo-Crimean hemorrhagic fever virus Junin virus
- Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus
- Dengue fever virus Lassa fever virus
- Rift valley fever virus Western equine encephalitis virus
- Eastern equine encephalitis virus Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus
- Russian Spring-Summer encephalitis virus White pox, Ebola virus, Machupo virus, Smallpox virus, Yellow fever virus, Hantaan virus, Marburg virus, and Tick-borne encephalitis virus.
- Aeromonas spp. including, for example, Aeromonas hydrophila, Aeromonas caviae and Aeromonas sobria
- Bacillus spp. including, for example, Bacillus cereus, Bacillus anthracis and Bacillus thuringiensis
- Bacteroides spp. including, for example, B. fragilis, B. thetaiotaomicron, B. vulgatus, B. ovatus, B. distasonis, B. uniformis, B. stercoris, B. eggerthii, B. merdae, and B.
- Campylobacter spp. including, for example, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter laridis, and Campylobacter hyointestinalis
- Clostridium spp. such as the pathogenic clostridia including all types of Clostridium botulinum (including those in Groups I, II, III and IV, and including those that produce botulism A, B, C, D, E, F and G), all types of Clostridium tetani, all types of Clostridium difficile, and all types of Clostridium perfringens ), Ebola spp. (e.g. EBOV Zaire), Enterobacter spp.
- EBOV Zaire Enterobacter spp.
- Enterobacter aerogenes also sometimes referred to as Klebsiella mobilis
- Enterobacter agglomerans also sometimes referred to as Pantoea agglomerans
- Enterobacter amnigenus Enterobacter asburiae
- Enterobacter cancerogenus also sometimes referred to as Enterobacter taylorae and/or Erwinia cancerogena
- Enterobacter cloacae Enterobacter cowanii, Enterobacter dissolvens (also sometimes referred to as Erwinia dissolvens ), Enterobacter gergoviae, Enterobacter hormaechei, Enterobacter intermedium, Enterobacter intermedius (also sometimes referred to as Enterobacter intermedium ), Enterobacter kobei, Enterobacter nimipressuralis (also sometimes referred to as Erwinia nimipressuralis ), Enterobacter sakazakii, and Enterobacter taylorae (also sometimes referred to as Enterobacter aerogenes (also sometimes
- ETEC enterotoxigenic
- EPEC enteropathogenic
- EHEC enterohemorrhagic
- EIEC enteroinvasive
- Helicobacter spp. including, for example, Gastrospirillum hominis (also sometimes now referred to as Helicobacter heilmannii ), Helicobacter spp. (including, for example, Helicobacter pylori and Helicobacter hepaticus ), Klebsiella spp. (including, for example, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Klebsiella ozaenae, Klebsiella rhinoscleromatis, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella planticola, Klebsiella terrigena, and Klebsiella ornithinolytica ), Salmonella spp. (including, for example, S. typhi and S. paratyphi A, B, and C, S.
- Shigella spp. including, for example, Shigella sonnei, Shigella boydii, Shigella flexneri, and Shigella dysenteriae
- Staphylococcus spp. including, for example, Staphylococcus aureus, methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), Staphylococcus saprophyticus and Staphylococcus epidermis
- Streptococcus ssp including, for example, Shigella sonnei, Shigella boydii, Shigella flexneri, and Shigella dysenteriae
- Staphylococcus spp. including, for example, Staphylococcus aureus, methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), Staphylococcus saprophyticus and Staphylococcus epidermis
- Streptococcus ssp including, for example, Staphylococcus aureus, meth
- Streptococcus pneumoniae including Groups A (one species with 40 antigenic types, Streptococcus pyogenes ), B, C, D (five species ( Streptococcus faecalis, Streptococcus faecium, Streptococcus durans, Streptococcus avium, and Streptococcus bovis )), F, and G, including Streptococcus pneumoniae ), Pseudomonas spp.
- Yersinia pestis including, for example, Yersinia pestis, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pseudotuberculosis
- Neisseria Proteus, Citrobacter, Aerobacter, Providencia
- Serratia Brucella
- Francisella tularensis also sometimes referred to as Pasteurella tularensis, Bacillus tularensis, Brucella tularensis, tularemia, rabbit fever, deerfly fever, Ohara's disease, and/or Francis disease
- various bacterial infections or unwanted levels of bacteria that can be treated, prevented or addressed by the present invention include but are not limited to those associated with anthrax ( Bacillus anthracia ), staph infections ( Staphylococcus aureus ), typhus ( Salmonella typhi ), food poisoning ( Escherichia coli, such as O157:H7), bascillary dysentery ( Shigella dysenteria ), pneumonia ( Psuedomonas aerugenosa and/or Pseudomonas cepacia ), cholera ( Vibrio cholerae ), ulcers ( Helicobacter pylori ), Bacillus cereus, Salmonella, Clostridium perfringens, Campylobacter, Listeria monocytogenes, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, botulism ( Clostridium botulinum ), smallpox (variola major), listeriosis ( Listeria monocytogenes ), t
- E. coli serotype 0157:H7 has been implicated in the pathogenesis of diarrhea, hemorrhagic colitis, hemolytic uremic syndrome (HUS) and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP).
- HUS hemolytic uremic syndrome
- TTP thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura
- the internally inactivated agents of this invention are also active against drug-resistant and multiply-drug resistant strains of bacteria, for example, multiply-resistant strains of Staphylococcus aureus and vancomycin-resistant strains of Enterococcus faecium and Enterococcus faecalis.
- Fungal infections that can be treated or prevented by this invention include infections by fungi that infect a mammal or a bird, including Histoplasma capsulatum, Coccidioides immitis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Candida ssp. including Candida albicans, Aspergilli ssp. including Aspergillus fumigatus, Sporothrix, Trichophyton ssp., Fusarium ssp., Tricosporon ssp., Pneumocystis carinii, and Trichophyton mentagrophytes.
- infections or unwanted levels of target fungi can be treated, prevented or addressed by the present inactivated agents.
- Such fungi also include fungal pathogens that may have potential for use biological weapons, including Coccidioides immitis and Histoplasma capsulatum.
- Prions that are treatable in the invention are proteins that can access multiple conformations, at least one of which is beta-sheet rich, infectious and self-perpetuating in nature. These infectious proteins show several remarkable biological activities, including the ability to form multiple infectious prion conformations, also known as strains or variants, encoding unique biological phenotypes, and to establish and overcome prion species (transmission) barriers. See, e.g., Tessier et al., Unraveling infectious structures, strain variants and species barriers for the yeast prion [PSI+], Nat. Struct. Mol. Biol. 2009 June; 16(6):598-605.
- Solid mammalian tumors include cancers of the head and neck, lung, mesothelioma, mediastinum, esophagus, stomach, pancreas, hepatobiliary system, small intestine, colon, colorectal, rectum, anus, kidney, urethra, bladder, prostate, urethra, penis, testis, gynecological organs, ovaries, breast, endocrine system, skin central nervous system; sarcomas of the soft tissue and bone; and melanoma of cutaneous and intraocular origin.
- Hematological malignancies include childhood leukemia and lymphomas, Hodgkin's disease, lymphomas of lymphocytic and cutaneous origin, acute and chronic leukemia, plasma cell neoplasm and cancers associated with AIDS.
- a cancer at any stage of progression can be treated, such as primary, metastatic, and recurrent cancers. Both human and veterinary uses are contemplated.
- a method for treating a subject with a virus or a bacterium which 1) provides within lymph nodes of the subject at least one photoactive or photoactivatable drug for treatment of the virus or the bacterium, and 2) applies initiation energy from at least one source to the lymph nodes.
- the method 3) activates by the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 directly or indirectly the at least one photoactive or photoactivatable drug at the target inside the lymph nodes.
- the method 4) reacts the activated drug with the virus or bacterium to inactivate the virus or the bacterium to thereby treat the subject.
- Light or energy from the insertion device(s) 3 as noted above can produce a change in a medium in which the insertion device(s) 3 are in a vicinity of, whether or not the insertion device(s) 3 are interior or proximate the medium being treated.
- the changes induced can be changes in biological or non-biological medium.
- the change produced can cure a radiation-curable medium by activating a photoinitiator in the radiation-curable medium.
- the emitted light or energy can be of a wavelength appropriate to induce photo-catalytic effects such as coupling to a photo-initiator or a UV cross-linking agent to produce curing in the uncured medium. Curing or polymerization of the medium results in the formation of a partial or complete three-dimensional network.
- the radiation-curable medium can be cured by activating a photo-initiator in the radiation-curable medium.
- an uncured state of a material can be considered a state at which the material exhibit liquid-like behavior with a viscosity that can be high or that can be low.
- the cured state typically results in a state at which the material exhibits solid-like or rubbery-like behavior or a visco-elastic behavior and can result in a state where limited flow under an applied stress is produced.
- the change produced can result in a photo-stimulated change to a medium.
- the change produced can result in a radiation cured medium.
- the change produced can result in a sterilized medium.
- the change produced can activate a therapeutic drug.
- the insertion device(s) 3 can be activated by signals transmitted from low frequency sources such as microwave or radio frequency irradiation. In one embodiment of the invention, reception of the microwave or radio frequency radiation by the insertion device(s) 3 results in subsequent emission at visible and/or ultraviolet light.
- the invention utilizes microwave or radiofrequency energy to trigger light generation from the insertion device(s) 3 , whose light emission in turn produces a number of the physical and biological changes described above.
- At least one activatable pharmaceutical agent that is capable of activation a predetermined cellular change when activated is administering to a subject.
- Light or energy from the insertion device(s) 3 interacts with the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent to activate the activatable pharmaceutical agent in situ, thus causing the predetermined cellular change to occur in the medium of the subject.
- the cell proliferation disorder being treated by light from the insertion device(s) 3 is at least one member selected from the group consisting of cancer, bacterial infection, viral infection, immune rejection response, autoimmune disorders, aplastic conditions, and combinations thereof.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent is a photoactivatable agent activatable by light from the insertion device(s) 3 .
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent can be selected from psoralens, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines, vitamin Ks, vitamin L, vitamin metabolites, vitamin precursors, naphthoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and derivatives thereof having planar molecular conformations, porphorinporphyrins, dyes and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolones, quinones, and anthroquinones.
- the pharmaceutical agent activated by light from the insertion device(s) 3 is a psoralen, a coumarin, a porphyrin or a derivative thereof. In one embodiment of the invention, the pharmaceutical agent is 8-MOP or AMT.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent is one selected from 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl, isoalloxazine, 7,8,10-trimethylisoalloxazine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, isoalloxazine-adenine dinucleotide, alloxazine mononucleotide, aluminum (III) phthalocyanine tetrasulonate, hematophorphyrin, and phthadocyanine.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent is coupled to a carrier that is capable of binding to a receptor site.
- the carrier can be one selected from insulin, interleukin, thymopoietin or transferrin.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent is coupled to the carrier by a covalent bond.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent is coupled to the carrier by non-covalent bond.
- the receptor site is one selected from nucleic acids of nucleated cells, antigenic sites on nucleated cells, or epitopes.
- the pharmaceutical agent has affinity for a target cell.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent is capable of being preferentially absorbed by a target cell.
- the predetermined cellular change is apoptosis in a target cell.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent causes an auto-vaccine effect in the subject that reacts with a target cell.
- the auto-vaccine effect can be generated in a joint or lymph node.
- the activatable pharmaceutical agent is a DNA intercalator or a halogenated derivative thereof.
- light or energy from the insertion device(s) 3 is applied to a target structure in a subject in need of treatment, wherein the light contacts the target structure and induces a predetermined change in the target structure in situ in the medium of the subject, and the predetermined change modifies the target structure and modulates the biological activity of the target structure.
- the emitted light or energy can induce a predetermined change in the target structure with or without an energy modulator or photoactive agent.
- an energy modulation agent can be administered to the subject which adsorbs, intensifies or modifies the light emitted from insertion device(s) 3 into an energy that effects the predetermined change in the target structure.
- the energy modulation agent can be specifically located around, on, or in the target structure.
- the energy modulation agent can also transform the initiation electromagnetic energy into a photonic or another electromagnetic energy that effects the predetermined change in the target structure.
- the energy modulation agent can decrease the wavelength of the initiation energy.
- the energy modulation agent can increase the wavelength of the initiation energy.
- the energy modulation agent(s) can include one or more members selected from a biocompatible fluorescing metal nanoparticle, fluorescing metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing metal coated metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing dye molecule, gold nanoparticle, silver nanoparticle, gold-coated silver nanoparticle, a water soluble quantum dot encapsulated by polyamidoamine dendrimers, a luciferase, a biocompatible phosphorescent molecule, a combined electromagnetic energy harvester molecule, and a lanthanide chelate exhibiting intense luminescence.
- the predetermined change can or cannot result in destruction, lysis orinactivation of the target structure.
- the predetermined change can enhance an activity of the target structure.
- the activity enhanced can be energy emission from the target, which then mediates, initiates or enhances a biological activity of other target structures in the subject, or of a second target structure.
- the target structure can be at least one of a eukaryotic cell, a prokaryotic cell, a subcellular structure.
- the subcellular structure can be a cell membrane, a nuclear membrane, cell nucleus, nucleic acid, mitochondria, ribosome, or other cellular organelle or component.
- the target structure can be at least one of an extracellular structure, a virus or prion, a cellular tissue.
- the predetermined change can result in treatment of a condition, disorder or disease in the subject.
- the condition, disorder or disease can be at least one of a cancer, a disease occurring in a soft tissue and/or cartilage, a disease occurring in bone tissue, a chronic pain, an autoimmune disease, a prion, viral, bacterial, fungal, or parasitic infection, a disease characterized by varicose veins, a disease characterized by an enlarged prostate, a disease characterized by retinal injuries and other ocular diseases, a disease characterized by a behavioral, perceptional and/or cognitive disorder, or Parkinson's disease.
- the predetermined change can be a wound healing, an enhancement of tissue growth, nerve regeneration or sensory regeneration/restoration, reduction or removal of fat deposits (liposuction), nerve (brain) imaging and stimulation or direct control of brain cell activity with light, modulation of cell death (apoptosis), modulating cell growth and division, modulation of an activity, quantity, or number of intracellular components in a cell, or modulation of an activity, quantity, or number of extracellular components produced by, excreted by, or associated with a cell.
- a wound healing an enhancement of tissue growth, nerve regeneration or sensory regeneration/restoration, reduction or removal of fat deposits (liposuction), nerve (brain) imaging and stimulation or direct control of brain cell activity with light, modulation of cell death (apoptosis), modulating cell growth and division, modulation of an activity, quantity, or number of intracellular components in a cell, or modulation of an activity, quantity, or number of extracellular components produced by, excreted by, or associated with a cell.
- heat can be generated in the target structure from the light or energy from insertion device(s) 3 , and the heat can enhance the induction of the predetermined change.
- the predetermined change can modify the target structure and modulate the biological activity of the target structure thus treating a condition, disorder or disease affecting the target structure.
- FIG. 3 illustrates a system according to one exemplary embodiment of the invention.
- an exemplary system according to one embodiment of the invention may have an initiation energy source 1 directed at the subject 4 .
- An activatable pharmaceutical agent 2 and an insertion device 3 can be administered to the subject 4 .
- the initiation energy source may additionally be controlled by a computer system 5 that is capable of directing the delivery of the initiation energy (e.g., radio-wave or microwave communications).
- a computer implemented system for designing and selecting suitable combinations of initiation energy source, energy transfer agent, and activatable pharmaceutical agent to provide in a vicinity of the insertion device(s) 3 when inserted into a medium to be treated or a subject or patient comprising:
- CPU central processing unit
- a first computation module for identifying and designing an excitable compound (e.g., a photoactivatable drug) that optionally is capable of binding with a target cellular structure or component;
- a second computation module predicting the UV light (or visible light) dose or flux from the insertion device(s) 3 needed for excitation of the excitable compound
- system upon selection of a target cellular structure or component, computes an excitable compound that is capable of interacting with the target structure.
- the computer-implemented system may have a central processing unit (CPU) connected to a memory unit, configured such that the CPU is capable of processing user inputs and selecting a combination of initiation source (or initiation energies or distances), activatable pharmaceutical agent, and energy modulation or energy transfer agents for use in a method of the invention along with the insertion device(s) 3 .
- CPU central processing unit
- memory unit configured such that the CPU is capable of processing user inputs and selecting a combination of initiation source (or initiation energies or distances), activatable pharmaceutical agent, and energy modulation or energy transfer agents for use in a method of the invention along with the insertion device(s) 3 .
- the computer-implemented system includes (or is programmed to act as) a control device configured to calculate and provide control instructions to the insertion device(s) 3 for a prescribed ultraviolet light exposure.
- the computer system 5 shown in FIG. 3 can include a central processing unit (CPU) having a storage medium on which is provided: a database of excitable compounds, a first computation module for a photoactivatable agent or energy transfer agent, and a second computation module predicting the requisite ultraviolet or visible flux needed to sufficiently activate the energy transfer agent or photoactivatable agent.
- CPU central processing unit
- the initiation energy source 1 can be an external energy source or an energy source located at least partially in a biological or non-biological medium 4 .
- activatable agents 2 and/or energy modulation agents and/or plasmonics agents (which enhance either the ultraviolet or visible flux from the insertion device(s) 3 ) can be introduced into the medium so as to directly or indirectly produce a change in the biological or non-biological medium.
- FIG. 4 illustrates a computer system 1201 for implementing various embodiments of the invention.
- the computer system 1201 may be used as the computer system 5 to perform any or all of the functions described above.
- the computer system 1201 includes a bus 1202 or other communication mechanism for communicating information, and a processor 1203 coupled with the bus 1202 for processing the information.
- the computer system 1201 also includes a main memory 1204 , such as a random access memory (RAM) or other dynamic storage device (e.g., dynamic RAM (DRAM), static RAM (SRAM), and synchronous DRAM (SDRAM)), coupled to the bus 1202 for storing information and instructions to be executed by processor 1203 .
- the main memory 1204 may be used for storing temporary variables or other intermediate information during the execution of instructions by the processor 1203 .
- the computer system 1201 further includes a read only memory (ROM) 1205 or other static storage device (e.g., programmable read only memory (PROM), erasable PROM (EPROM), and electrically erasable PROM (EEPROM)) coupled to the bus 1202 for storing static information and instructions for the processor 1203 .
- ROM read only memory
- PROM programmable read only memory
- EPROM erasable PROM
- EEPROM electrically erasable PROM
- the computer system 1201 also includes a disk controller 1206 coupled to the bus 1202 to control one or more storage devices for storing information and instructions, such as a magnetic hard disk 1207 , and a removable media drive 1208 (e.g., floppy disk drive, read-only compact disc drive, read/write compact disc drive, compact disc jukebox, tape drive, and removable magneto-optical drive).
- a removable media drive 1208 e.g., floppy disk drive, read-only compact disc drive, read/write compact disc drive, compact disc jukebox, tape drive, and removable magneto-optical drive.
- the storage devices may be added to the computer system 1201 using an appropriate device interface (e.g., small computer system interface (SCSI), integrated device electronics (IDE), enhanced-IDE (E-IDE), direct memory access (DMA), or ultra-DMA).
- SCSI small computer system interface
- IDE integrated device electronics
- E-IDE enhanced-IDE
- DMA direct memory access
- ultra-DMA ultra-DMA
- the computer system 1201 may also include special purpose logic devices (e.g., application specific integrated circuits (ASICs)) or configurable logic devices (e.g., simple programmable logic devices (SPLDs), complex programmable logic devices (CPLDs), and field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs)).
- ASICs application specific integrated circuits
- SPLDs simple programmable logic devices
- CPLDs complex programmable logic devices
- FPGAs field programmable gate arrays
- the computer system 1201 may also include a display controller 1209 coupled to the bus 1202 to control a display, such as a cathode ray tube (CRT), for displaying information to a computer user.
- a display such as a cathode ray tube (CRT)
- the computer system includes input devices, such as a keyboard and a pointing device, for interacting with a computer user and providing information to the processor 1203 .
- the pointing device for example, may be a mouse, a trackball, or a pointing stick for communicating direction information and command selections to the processor 1203 and for controlling cursor movement on the display.
- a printer may provide printed listings of data stored and/or generated by the computer system 1201 .
- the computer system 1201 performs a portion or all of the processing steps (or functions) of this invention in response to the processor 1203 executing one or more sequences of one or more instructions contained in a memory, such as the main memory 1204 .
- a memory such as the main memory 1204 .
- Such instructions may be read into the main memory 1204 from another computer readable medium, such as a hard disk 1207 or a removable media drive 1208 .
- processors in a multi-processing arrangement may also be employed to execute the sequences of instructions contained in main memory 1204 .
- hard-wired circuitry may be used in place of or in combination with software instructions. Thus, embodiments are not limited to any specific combination of hardware circuitry and software.
- the computer system 1201 includes at least one computer readable medium or memory for holding instructions programmed according to the teachings of the invention and for containing data structures, tables, records, or other data described herein.
- Examples of computer readable media are compact discs, hard disks, floppy disks, tape, magneto-optical disks, PROMs (EPROM, EEPROM, flash EPROM), DRAM, SRAM, SDRAM, or any other magnetic medium, compact discs (e.g., CD-ROM), or any other optical medium, punch cards, paper tape, or other physical medium with patterns of holes, a carrier wave (described below), or any other medium from which a computer can read.
- the invention Stored on any one or on a combination of computer readable media, the invention includes software for controlling the computer system 1201 , for driving a device or devices for implementing the invention, and for enabling the computer system 1201 to interact with a human user (i.e., operator).
- software may include, but is not limited to, device drivers, operating systems, development tools, and applications software.
- Such computer readable media further includes the computer program product of the invention for performing all or a portion (if processing is distributed) of the processing performed in implementing the invention.
- the computer code devices of the invention may be any interpretable or executable code mechanism, including but not limited to scripts, interpretable programs, dynamic link libraries (DLLs), Java classes, and complete executable programs. Moreover, parts of the processing of the invention may be distributed for better performance, reliability, and/or cost.
- Non-volatile media includes, for example, optical, magnetic disks, and magneto-optical disks, such as the hard disk 1207 or the removable media drive 1208 .
- Volatile media includes dynamic memory, such as the main memory 1204 .
- Transmission media includes coaxial cables, copper wire and fiber optics, including the wires that make up the bus 1202 . Transmission media also may also take the form of acoustic or light waves, such as those generated during radio wave and infrared data communications which can be used along with microwave broadcast to communicate to the insertion device(s) 3 .
- Various forms of computer readable media may be involved in carrying out one or more sequences of one or more instructions to processor 1203 for execution.
- the instructions may initially be carried on a magnetic disk of a remote computer.
- the remote computer can load the instructions for implementing all or a portion of the invention remotely into a dynamic memory and send the instructions over a telephone line using a modem.
- a modem local to the computer system 1201 may receive the data on the telephone line and use an infrared transmitter to convert the data to an infrared signal.
- An infrared detector coupled to the bus 1202 can receive the data carried in the infrared signal and place the data on the bus 1202 .
- the bus 1202 carries the data to the main memory 1204 , from which the processor 1203 retrieves and executes the instructions.
- the instructions received by the main memory 1204 may optionally be stored on storage device 1207 or 1208 either before or after execution by processor 1203 .
- the computer system 1201 also includes a communication interface 1213 coupled to the bus 1202 .
- the communication interface 1213 provides a two-way data communication coupling to a network link 1214 that is connected to, for example, a local area network (LAN) 1215 , or to another communications network 1216 such as the Internet.
- LAN local area network
- the communication interface 1213 may be a network interface card to attach to any packet switched LAN.
- the communication interface 1213 may be an asymmetrical digital subscriber line (ADSL) card, an integrated services digital network (ISDN) card or a modem to provide a data communication connection to a corresponding type of communications line.
- Wireless links may also be implemented.
- the communication interface 1213 sends and receives electrical, electromagnetic or optical signals that carry digital data streams representing various types of information.
- the network link 1214 typically provides data communication through one or more networks to other data devices.
- the network link 1214 may provide a connection to another computer through a local network 1215 (e.g., a LAN) or through equipment operated by a service provider, which provides communication services through a communications network 1216 .
- the local network 1214 and the communications network 1216 use, for example, electrical, electromagnetic, or optical signals that carry digital data streams, and the associated physical layer (e.g., CAT 5 cable, coaxial cable, optical fiber, etc).
- the signals through the various networks and the signals on the network link 1214 and through the communication interface 1213 , which carry the digital data to and from the computer system 1201 may be implemented in baseband signals, or carrier wave based signals.
- the baseband signals convey the digital data as unmodulated electrical pulses that are descriptive of a stream of digital data bits, where the term “bits” is to be construed broadly to mean symbol, where each symbol conveys at least one or more information bits.
- the digital data may also be used to modulate a carrier wave, such as with amplitude, phase and/or frequency shift keyed signals that are propagated over a conductive media, or transmitted as electromagnetic waves through a propagation medium.
- the digital data may be sent as unmodulated baseband data through a “wired” communication channel and/or sent within a predetermined frequency band, different than baseband, by modulating a carrier wave.
- the computer system 1201 can transmit and receive data, including program code, through the network(s) 1215 and 1216 , the network link 1214 , and the communication interface 1213 .
- the network link 1214 may provide a connection through a LAN 1215 to a mobile device 1217 such as a personal digital assistant (PDA) laptop computer, or cellular telephone.
- PDA personal digital assistant
- a system for production of emitted light internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject includes 1) a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject and 2) an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit.
- the assembly unit includes 1) an emitter configured to emit light of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium and 2) a receiver that receives the signal, 3) a transponder (including for example components of computer system 1201 describe above) having the ability to receive, process and emit a signal (optionally signals for an iCode Philips chip)
- the assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter thereby emitting the light interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
- the iCode Philips chip is a compliant transponder that has fast access and read/write times.
- the higher frequency operation allows communication rates up to 53 kbaud.
- the iCode Philips chip hasflexible memory structure and requires for only a few turns of wire or printed foil tracks for the antenna.
- a system for production of emitted light internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject includes 1) a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject and 2) an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit.
- the assembly unit includes 1) an emitter configured to emit light of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium and 2) a receiver that receives the signal and optionally 3) a receiving and transmitting device.
- the assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter thereby emitting the light interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
- the assembly (including for example components of computer system 1201 describe above) can be embedded in the human or animal subject and configured to perform a diagnostic function (such as a local measurement of temperature) and then emit such information to be processed.
- a diagnostic function such as a local measurement of temperature
- the transmission of such High Frequency signals can be optionally within the compliance and communication protocols and standards such as ISO 15693/ISO 18000-3 or optionally outside of such protocols.
- the information received from the embedded device that is remotely controlled is then processed through a computerized system (such as computer system 5 in FIG. 3 ) which provides a feedback loop as to the next step to be performed by the insertion device.
- kits to facilitate application of the invention.
- a kit would comprise the insertion device(s) 3 , at least one activatable agent capable of producing a predetermined cellular change, optionally at least one energy modulation agent capable of activating the at least one activatable agent when energized, optionally at least one plasmonics agent that can enhance the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 such that the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 activates the at least one activatable agent which produces a change in the medium when activated, and containers suitable for storing the various agents in stable form, and further comprising instructions for administering the at least one activatable agent and/or at least one energy modulation agent to a medium, and for applying an initiation energy from an initiation energy source to activate the insertion device(s) 3 .
- the instructions could be in any desired form, including but not limited to, printed on a kit insert, printed on one or more containers, as well as electronically stored instructions provided on an electronic storage medium, such as a computer readable storage medium. Also optionally included is a software package on a computer readable storage medium that permits the user to integrate the information and calculate a control dose, to calculate and control intensity of the irradiation source.
- the insertion device(s) 3 described above can employ one or more of the configurations described below.
- the insertion device(s) 3 are part of an intravenous ultraviolet implant inserted into blood supply vessel close to a diseased organ.
- US Pat. Appl. No. 2006/0183987 describes an intravenous ultraviolet implant within a human body having a plurality of ultra-violet frequency (UV) LED's attached radially in an inwardly facing manner to a rigid ring, an electrical power cord attached at one end to the UV-LED ring and at the other end to a power supply such as a battery, and a housing that encloses the power supply as well as other standard electronic components such as resistors and battery contacts.
- UV ultra-violet frequency
- the ring was surgically installed within a major vein so that blood passing through the vein can be irradiated with UV light frequencies.
- FIG. 5 is a schematic depiction of a ring-member insertion device.
- the ring member insertion device can be installed inside a major vein or artery 110 by way of a surgical slit 116 so that blood passing through can be irradiated with UV and/or visible light frequencies on reception of an initiation signal.
- the insertion device(s) are disposed along an interior or exterior a ring member 102 and comprise a plurality of UV or visible LED's 104 radially attached to the inner surface of the ring member 102 .
- a resilient tubular cord 106 can enclose a pair of electrically conducting wires that power the LED's 104 .
- a housing 108 encloses components that control and power the LED's 104 .
- housing 108 contains a supply of the activatable drugs, the energy modulation agents, and/or plasmonic agents.
- the energy modulation agents and/or plasmonic agents can serve to enhance the penetration of the UV or visible light throughout a portion of the artery or vein and if positioned adjacent a diseased organ can serve to enhance the penetration of the UV or visible light into the diseased organ.
- ring member 102 (or for example the insertion devices 3 shown in FIG. 2A ) are attached onto the outside of the arteries (e.g., bronchial arteries) interior or in proximity to a diseased organ (e.g. the lungs).
- UV or visible light emitted from the ring member 102 without or without the assistance of energy modulation agents and/or plasmonic agents can penetrate the diseased cells of the organ and activate the above-noted photoactivatable drugs, administered separately or from the insertion device(s) 3 .
- FIG. 6 shows the surgical placement of the insertion device(s) 3 around a lung tumor.
- the insertion devices (not shown to scale) would be attached to the surface of the tumor. (although illustrated here with full exposure of the lung cavity, the insertion devices could be positioned by a robotic device or an intra-cavity catheter.) Millimeter size devices or sheet or wire-tube configurations (discussed below) holding a plurality of the insertion devices would be positioned and secured to the surface of the tumor.
- the insertion device(s) 3 would be adhered to the surface of the tumor with a substantially UV transparent or visible light transparent adhesive to promote better coupling of the light into the tumor.
- plasmonics structures such as gold nanoparticles could be impressed into the tumor prior to securing the insertion device(s) 3 .
- the gold nanoparticles serve to enhance the UV light intensity and thereby increase the probability of the photoactivatable drugs inside the cancerous mass being activated.
- the patient could be sewn up.
- the initiation energy would then be used to control periodic UV and/or visible light exposures simultaneous with the presence of the photoactivatable drug.
- FIG. 7A shows another insertion device configuration of the present invention.
- FIG. 7A is a schematic depiction of planar electroluminescent (EL) insertion device
- electroluminescent devices are used as the source of the UV and/or visible light.
- Electroluminescent (EL) devices include a material (or materials) which emits light in response to the passage of an electric current or to a strong electric field.
- FIG. 7B shows still another insertion device configuration of the present invention. Specifically, FIG. 7B is a schematic depiction of coaxial electroluminescent (EL) insertion device.
- EL coaxial electroluminescent
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,204,514 illustrates how ultraviolet light emitting devices can be fabricated.
- the techniques in the '514 patent are suitable in the present invention for preparation of UV light emitting insertion device components.
- the '514 patent describes for example that an EL element (or a laser luminescent element) capable of emitting ultraviolet rays with high wavelength purity includes a thin film made from one of a polymer and an oligomer in which the elements, selected from Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb, and directly bonded. The elements selected may be the same as or different from each other.
- the film is disposed between two electrodes. At least one of the electrodes is transparent.
- the thin film polymer-based construction permits the insertion device(s) 3 of the present invention to be fabricated on a flexible template thereby providing a conformal luminescent sheet which can be “wrapped” in place at the diseased organ.
- a thin film made from a polymer or an oligomer can be formed by directly bonding elements selected from Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb (those elements may be the same as or different from each other) and used as an emission layer of an EL element or a laser luminescent element.
- elements selected from Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb can be directly bonded (those elements may be the same as or different from each other)
- chemical formula 1 may be used as follows:
- polymer or oligomer in which elements selected from Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb are the same as each other, and the elements are directly bonded, or chemical formula 2 may be used as follows:
- M represents Si, Ge, Sn, or Pb
- R 1 and R 2 represent substituents of the aforementioned elements. Both of them may be the same as or different from each other.
- Alkyl group, allyl group, phenoxy group, alkoxyl group, alkylamino group, alkylthio group, alcoholic hydroxy group or the like may be selected as R 1 and R 2 . However, they are not limited to the above-mentioned groups.
- M 1 and M 2 represent Si, Ge, Sn, or Pb
- R 3 , R 4 , R 5 , and R 6 represent substituents of the aforementioned elements. Both of them may be the same as or different from each other.
- Alkyl group, allyl group, phenoxy group, alkoxyl group, alkylamino group, alkylthio group, alcoholic hydroxy group or the like may be selected as R 1 and R 2 . However, they are not limited to the above-mentioned groups.
- a polymer of any one of the four kinds of 14th group elements Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb basically has the same physical properties. So that it is possible to obtain an EL element and a laser luminescent element with an emission spectrum in the ultraviolet range from a polymer or an oligomer in which the above-mentioned elements are exchanged with each other. Since this kind of EL element has a narrow emission band, it is possible to produce EL elements and laser luminescent elements with different emission wave lengths by changing the kinds of 14th family elements or the sequence of elements.
- the UV light emitting EL devices can be made using conventional methods such as spin coating, vacuum evaporation, optical CVD, thermal CVD, and MBE (molecular beam epitaxy) may be used to form an emission layer film.
- spin coating vacuum evaporation
- optical CVD optical CVD
- thermal CVD thermal CVD
- MBE molecular beam epitaxy
- emission of polysilane itself is used to provide an ultraviolet electroluminescent element.
- These materials of the '514 patent can be utilized in either the configurations of FIG. 7A and 7B to produce either planar or of coaxial electroluminescent (EL) insertion devices 3 .
- the techniques in the Brovelli et al are applicable to the present invention for fabrication of UV (or visible) light emitting EL devices for the insertion device(s) 3 .
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,786,188 describes another configuration which can be used in the present invention for remote communication and power supply to the insertion devices 3 .
- the '188 patent describes a wireless electroluminescent device having a top (or first) electrode layer and a bottom (or second) electrode layer, an electroluminescent layer, and an interconnection.
- the interconnection connects the top and the bottom electrode layers, with the two electrode layers structured as windings; and the electroluminescent layer located between the two electrode layers.
- the '188 patent describes a mode of operation which would be preferred in the insertion devices 3 of the present invention. That is an AC voltage is induced into the electrode layers by an electromagnetic field. The induced voltage is applied to the electroluminescent layer being located between the two electrode layers. Thus, the first and the second electrode layer are adapted for applying a voltage on the electroluminescent layer. Because the electroluminescent device acts as a diode and blocks the current in reverse direction, only during one of the half waves a current flows. While for the purposes of the '188 patent, the AC frequency has to be high enough to avoid flickering, e.g. larger than 100 Hz, here in the present invention the “flickering” merely provides a high frequency duty cycle for the UV or visible emission. When the AC frequency is in the kHz, MHz or even GHz region, the spatial length of the windings will control the power coupling based in part on the resonance frequencies of the windings being used.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic depiction of a wireless EL insertion device 3 according to the invention. Similar to that m the '188 patent, the electroluminescent devices are mounted on a common substrate 1000 which may be a flexible or rigid material. Each EL device comprises a top electrode 1102 , a bottom electrode 1104 , an electroluminescent layer 1106 , an interconnection 1108 , and an insulation layer 1110 .
- the electroluminescent layer 1106 , the top electrode 1102 and the bottom electrode 1104 are structured as clockwise windings. As an alternative, anti-clockwise windings can also be used.
- the electroluminescent layer 1106 is located between the top electrode 1102 and the bottom electrode 1104 .
- the interconnection 1108 connects the top electrode 1102 with the bottom electrode 1104 .
- the origin of the windings of top electrode 1102 is connected with the interconnection 1108 to the end of the peripheral winding of bottom electrode 1104 .
- the insulation layer 1110 insulates other parts of the top electrode 1102 from the interconnection 1108 for avoiding a short circuit.
- the insulation layer may be extended to form an encapsulation layer isolating and passivating these components and materials from the medium where the insertion device(s) are to be disposed.
- an AC voltage is induced into the windings of the top electrode 1102 and the bottom electrode 1104 . Because the end of the peripheral winding of the bottom electrode 1104 is connected with the origin of the windings of the top electrode 1108 , a short circuit is established between these two points. Thus, the applied voltage at these points is zero volts. Depending on the direction of the electromagnetic field the voltage in the windings increases or decreases from the origin of the windings to the end of the peripheral winding.
- the induced voltage in the top electrode 1102 decreases from 0 volts in the origin of the windings to the maximum negative value on the end of the peripheral winding.
- the maximum value depends on the power of the electromagnetic field.
- the voltage in the bottom electrode 1104 increases from 0 volts on the end of the peripheral winding up to the maximum value in the origin of the windings.
- there is a constant voltage between the top electrode 1102 and the bottom electrode 1104 the maximum voltage induced by the electromagnetic field.
- the electroluminescent layer homogeneously emits light.
- a short circuit is avoided by the winded structure of the electroluminescent layer.
- the electroluminescent layer 106 is preferably a good conductor in the direction from one electrode to the other electrode, and a bad conductor in the perpendicular direction. This is achieved by the structured electroluminescent layer 1106 in FIG. 1 .
- a non-structured contiguous electroluminescent layer can also be applied without risks of shorts, if the thickness of the electroluminescent layer is significantly smaller than the distance between neighbored windings of the electrodes.
- a typical thickness of the electroluminescent layer is 100 nm.
- the distance between neighbored windings can be adjusted to be at least 1 mm.
- the electrical path from one electrode to the opposite electrode can be about 10000 times shorter than the electrical path from a winding to its neighbored winding of one electrode.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,317,561 similarly described light emitting diode materials and configurations operating in response to frequencies from between about 30 and 500 kHz, and between about 10 and 15 MHz.
- the materials and configurations are suitable for the insertion device(s) of the present invention.
- an alternating electromagnetic field usually induces a voltage in a coil and/or an antenna, (e.g., the top and bottom electrodes of FIG. 8 ) which generates a voltage/current.
- a micro-coil can be used in the present invention in addition to or as the top and bottom electrodes of FIG. 8 .
- the micro-coils can have, for example, in cross section, a height of less than or equal to 2 mm, such as less than or equal to 1 mm and/or a width of less than or equal to 5 mm, such as less than or equal to 3 mm.
- the length of a micro-coil equals between about 20 mm and 50 mm in some embodiments; for example, in one embodiment, the micro-coil length equals 30 mm.
- the micro-coil can include a ferrite core.
- a device for example, a storage battery
- a device can be included (e.g., on substrate 1000 or inside housings 24 or 108 ) that stores or accumulates the energy drawn by the receiver device from the alternating electromagnetic field over a longer time span—that is for a longer duration than one or a few periods of the alternating electromagnetic field
- the power accumulated over time can then be used “on demand” to power the UV or visible light emitting insertion device(s) 3 .
- FIG. 9 is a schematic depiction of a flexible wireless UV or visible light emitting insertion device 3 according to the invention.
- substrate 1000 could be a porous template containing the plurality of wirelessly powered UV or visible light emitting LEDs or EL devices 300 .
- the devices 300 would in one embodiment contain the light emitters and the micro-coils described above.
- the devices 300 would in another embodiment contain the light emitters and use strip antennas on the substrate 1000 and a battery to power the devices.
- the substrate 1000 has an optional number of holes 302 adding to the flexibility although inclusion of any of the holes is not required.
- porous template i.e. a substrate with through-holes
- small LED chips could be picked and placed robotically onto the porous membrane (or for that matter onto substrate 1000 ) and solder bump bonded to wire traces on the membrane.
- the wire traces would serve the antennas or micro-coils for the power coupling.
- the holes in the template would permit a medium to be treated (e.g., blood or polymers to be cured or a medium to be sterilized) to flow in between.
- This template with or without the pores made of a flexible material could be inserted by way of a catheter having substrate 1000 or the porous template rolled-up for placement inside or against a tumor site.
- the UV or visible light emitting LEDs or EL devices 300 can be made of the materials and constructions described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,355,284.
- the '284 patent describes semiconductor light emitting devices including a substrate having a face, a flexible film that includes therein an optical element, on the face, and a semiconductor light emitting element between the substrate and the flexible film and configured to emit light through the optical element.
- the face can include a cavity therein, and the semiconductor light emitting element may be in the cavity.
- the flexible film extends onto the face beyond the cavity, and the optical element overlies the cavity.
- some embodiments may be configured to incorporate phosphor into the semiconductor light emitting device.
- phosphor is provided on the flexible film between the lens and the semiconductor light emitting element.
- the lens includes a concave inner surface adjacent the semiconductor light emitting element, and the phosphor includes a conformal phosphor layer on the concave inner surface.
- the optical element includes a lens that overlies the cavity and protrudes away from the cavity, the flexible film further includes a protruding element between the lens and the light emitting element that protrudes towards the cavity, and a conformal phosphor coating is provided on the protruding element.
- an optical coupling media may be provided between the phosphor and the semiconductor light emitting element in any of these embodiments.
- the insertion device(s) 3 can include an optical coupling media may be provided between the semiconductor light emitting element and the diseased organ.
- the optical coupling media can be a fluid which has a relatively high visible or ultraviolet transmission as compared to blood.
- a saline solution can function as an optical coupling media.
- the light emitting elements of the insertion device(s) 3 may be gallium nitride-based LEDs or lasers fabricated on a silicon carbide substrate such as those devices manufactured and sold by Cree, Inc. of Durham, N.C.
- Other suitable LEDs and/or lasers are described in published U.S. Patent Publication No. US 2003/0006418 A1 entitled Group III Nitride Based Light Emitting Diode Structures With a Quantum Well and Superlattice, Group III Nitride Based Quantum Well Structures and Group III Nitride Based Superlattice Structures, published Jan. 9, 2003, as well as published U.S. Patent Publication No.
- LEDs such as those described in U.S. application Ser. No. 10/659,241, entitled Phosphor-Coated Light Emitting Diodes Including Tapered Sidewalls and Fabrication Methods Therefor, filed Sep. 9, 2003, may also be suitable for use in embodiments of the present invention for the insertion device(s) 3 .
- the LEDs may be configured to operate such that light emission occurs through the substrate.
- the substrate may be patterned so as to enhance light output of the light emitting devices as is described, for example, in the above-cited U.S. Patent Publication No. US 2002/0123164 A1.
- the UV or visible light emitting LEDs or EL devices 300 can be made of the materials and constructions described in U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 2008/0096365.
- the insertion device(s) 3 of the present invention can be fabricated from semiconductor devices at the wafer level. Wafer-level bonding using an electrically conducting bond medium can be used to achieve void-free permanent wafer level bonding. The bond medium can be introduced to the pre-bonded wafers by deposition or as a preform.
- Remote control of the internal light (e.g., UV or visible) generating devices can be accomplished by remote control of passive devices (i.e., devices that do not necessarily contain light emitting electronics) or active devices (i.e., devices that do contain light emitting electronics).
- passive devices i.e., devices that do not necessarily contain light emitting electronics
- active devices i.e., devices that do contain light emitting electronics
- the passive devices do not contain a chemical agent but works co-incubated with bio-therapeutic agent such as a photoactivatable drug or catalyst or co-incubated with other photoactivatable substances such as photoinitiators.
- the passive devices do contain a chemical agent which, upon release into the subject or medium to be treated, is then activated by light emitted from the passive device typically, but not necessarily, by some form of fluorescence or luminescence, as described in a number of the related cases incorporated by reference as noted above.
- the passive devices do not contain a chemical agent, but are able to treat a disease or disorder via a photobiomodulation pathway, as described in a number of the related cases incorporated by reference as noted above.
- the active devices do not contain a chemical agent but works co-incubated with bio-therapeutic agent such as a photoactivatable drug or catalyst or co-incubated with other photoactivatable substances such as photoinitiators.
- the active devices do contain a chemical agent which, upon release into the subject or medium to be treated, is then activated by light emitted from the active device(s).
- the active devices do not contain a chemical agent, but are able to treat a disease or disorder via the photobiomodulation pathway.
- the active devices can have an on-board source of energy (e.g., a battery).
- the active devices can rely on an external signal to charge the device and/or to provide instructions for how and when the active device functions.
- the active devices can be programmed prior to insertion into the subject or medium to be treated.
- the active devices can receive instructions (programming) once inside the subject or medium to be treated.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic depicting a representative phosphorescent or fluorescent particle having a magnetic or paramagnetic component and that is capable of being activated using x-ray energy and/or an electron-beam.
- the magnetic or paramagnetic component includes, in one embodiment, a magnetic or paramagnetic film (or coating) partially covering the surface of the phosphorescent or fluorescent particle, and therefore partially covering an emission surface thereof When the magnetic or paramagnetic film coated particle is exposed to a magnetic field, the coated particles will align in a common direction. The presence of the coating not only assists in alignment but also in directing light emission in a preferential direction by reflection or by obstruction.
- the reflection of the light occurs by at the internal surface between the magnetic or paramagnetic film and the phosphorescent or fluorescent particle.
- the reflective properties can be enhanced if the particle is coated with a metallic coating such as Gold or Silver prior to depositing the magnetic material.
- the obstruction of the light occurs when the thickness of the film is such that the transmission coefficient of the magnetic film attenuates the emitted light emanating from the phosphorous material.
- Suitable ferromagnetic layers for this invention can be grown in one embodiment of the invention in an atomic layer deposition (ALD) system for production of manganites such as (La 0:7 Sr 0:3 MnO 3 ).
- ALD atomic layer deposition
- Other paramagnetic and magnetic thin films (and ALD methods) are described and referenced in the Proceedings of the Workshop on Smoothing and Characterization of Magnetic Films. Vol. 112 (2007) ACTA PHYSICA POLONICA A No. 6, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- manufacturing considerations for production of the magnetically orientable phosphorous particles would follow for example the method described below, although the following description is not the only method to produce phosphor particles with a magnetic film attached thereon.
- a slurry of phosphors is made by mixing a given mass of phosphors with a volume of solvent at for example a ratio of 1 gm of phosphor to 10 mL of solvent (such as Acetone).
- the phosphor slurry is spun onto a meshed disk (e.g., like a sieve).
- the average particle size would be suitably matched the size of the aperture.
- a slight vacuum is applied from one side of the mesh during the spinning process to force the phosphors through the various apertures.
- the elastic forces of the solvent increases the binding of the phosphorous particles to the mesh. Once the particles are secured in place, the mesh is dried to remove the solvent.
- FIG. 11 is a schematic depicting particles secured in place in openings in a mesh.
- the mesh is then transferred to a metal vapor deposition system for deposition of a magnetic coating on the exposed top surface of the phosphor particles.
- a metal vapor deposition system for deposition of a magnetic coating on the exposed top surface of the phosphor particles.
- ALD atomic layer deposition
- La 0:7 Sr 0:3 MnO 3 is the magnetic material deposited.
- the mesh disk is transferred to a station where positive pressure is applied from the back side of the mesh to force the particles out of the mesh and into a container.
- an electromagnet can be used to pick up the partially coated particles.
- the binding force of the magnetic field has to over come the retaining force between the mesh and the particles.
- a positive pressure can be applied to remove the particles.
- the phosphorescent, fluorescent, or otherwise luminescent particles are therefore partially coated with a magnetic coating. This magnetic coating acts also as a light reflector reflecting emissions of the phosphor particles in a unidirectional manner. If the particles are suspended into a solution then gain a degree of freedom and can be made to orient and to reorient under the influence of an externally applied magnetic field.
- FIG. 12A is a schematic depicting a representative phosphorous or fluorescent particle aligned under the influence of a magnetic field, showing the ability to orient the particles in a preferred direction and thereby orient the direction of the light emission.
- FIG. 12B shows a representation of multiple phosphorous or fluorescent particle aligned under the influence of a magnetic field where the net light emissions (induced by incident KV, MV X-Ray beams are directed (preferentially) toward a target site, for example a diseased area, and thereby bypassing normal tissue.
- a particle beam or a photon beam can be used instead of the x-rays.
- FIG. 13 is a process diagram showing various steps according to one embodiment for making the inter-layered phosphorous or fluorescent composite.
- a wafer such as an intrinsic silicon wafer
- a set of cavities e.g., small hemispheres etched into the silicon wafer
- step a-1 An illustration of the cross-section of the hemispheres etched into the silicon wafer is shown in step a-1.
- step a-2 the silicon wafer is placed inside a deposition system where an interlayering is formed by a sequential deposition of a metal (e.g., Ag or Au) thin film (and/or a magnetic or paramagnetic film) followed by a phosphor thin film (e.g., YTaO 4 ) or other phosphorescent or fluorescent film.
- a metal e.g., Ag or Au
- a phosphor thin film e.g., YTaO 4
- the thickness of each layer can vary from 100 nm to 800 nm, or from 10 to 2000 nm, or from 200 to 800 nm, or from 400 to 500 nm with intermediate and extended layer thicknesses achievable through timing of the layer deposition sequences.
- a separation distance between layers in the layered assemblies noted above can range from 10 nm to 1000 nm, or between 100 nm and 700 nm, or between 200 nm and 500 nm, or between 300 nm and 400 nm.
- a separation distance between layers in the layered assemblies noted above can range from 1 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m, or between 10 ⁇ m and 100 ⁇ m, or between 100 ⁇ m and 500 ⁇ m, or between 300 ⁇ m and 400 ⁇ m.
- step a-3 once two wafers that have been used to create hemispheres, the hemispheres of each wafer are butted and collapsed together under heat and pressure to fuse the thin meal layers together and form spheres of the interlayered structures out of the two hemispheres.
- step a-4 The particles as seen in step a-4 are removed from the wafer by etching of the silicon.
- these particles formed through sequential layering of thin film metals (Ag in this case) and thin film phosphors (YTaO 4 in this case) have anisotropic light emission under the influence of an excitation energy such as X-Ray.
- photonic crystals and “black” phosphors that have non-isotropic emissions which can be utilized to produce anisotropic emissions.
- One example of such materials capable of emitting more energy along certain planes but not others. include:
- these phosphors would be coated with a magnetic or paramagnetic material (as described above) and oriented by way of a magnetic field (as described above).
- X-Ray energy excitation of these phosphor or photonic crystals would result in light emission preferentially along different crystallographic planes in these materials.
- FIG. 14 is a schematic depicting x-ray excitation and a preferential light emission from the phosphor or photonic crystal along certain crystallographic planes.
- the phosphorescent or fluorescent particles are “free-floating” particles inside hard shell cores of hollow spheres.
- FIG. 15 is a schematic depiction of a free-floating particle inside a hard shell core of a hollow sphere.
- a polycrystalline or single crystalline particles is encapsulated inside a fluidic media in the hollow space, provided by the encapsulating hard shell core.
- the fluidic media can be a bio-therapeutic suspension (e.g., a photoactivatable drug or other therapeutic substance). A breaking of the shell would release the bio-therapeutic suspension into the subject to be treated.
- manufacturing considerations for production of the free-floating particle construction would follow for example the method described below, although the following description is not the only method to produce this construction.
- FIG. 16 is a process diagram showing various steps according to one embodiment for making the free-floating particle construction.
- step b-1 an intrinsic silicon wafer with hollow up hemispheres is prepared.
- the hemispheres in this case, can be in the range of 5 to 10 microns for the sake of illustration.
- a solution is prepared containing a silicate chemistry (with a proportion within the range of 6SiO 2 :1Al 2 O 3 :2NaO 2 ).
- the silicate solution is added to the wafer surface while it is spinning at a rate for example of 250 rpm and fills the hemispheres, as shown in step b-2.
- An IR lamp is used to dry and vitrify the silicate chemistry span on the wafer , as shown in step b-3.
- Two wafers are prepared in the same fashion.
- the bottom wafer is designed to host the phosphors powders.
- the top wafer is treated using photoresist techniques to etch fluidic channels. (A slurry containing magnetic powders or a dry powder spray of magnetic powders could be used to provide for a “strip” of magnetic material.)
- Step b-4 shows a depiction of this completed step.
- the second wafer (top wafer) also containing a silicate coating and containing microfluidic channels is positioned on top of the first wafer containing the phosphors.
- the two wafers are pressed and heated until the silicate coatings are fused to form a sphere (from the 2 initial hemispheres contained in each of the respective top and bottom wafers).
- the bio-therapeutic agent is added through the microfluidic channels (step b-5).
- a pressure is added until the silicate capsules are filled with the bio-therapeutic agent.
- the top wafer is released from the bottom wafer.
- the glass coating is released from the top wafer by applying a rapid heat spike to the wafer to force a thermal expansion mismatch.
- the glass capsules are now formed and partially filled with the phosphors particles and the bio therapeutic agent.
- the free volume left between the inner volume of the silicate sphere and the phosphor particle is partially filled (e.g., at about 65% fill).
- the small aperture on top of the sphere (where the microchannel existed) is closed using a laser.
- the bottom wafer is exposed to a rapid thermal heat using lamps to release all the glass capsules from the wafer.
- the spheres containing the phosphors and the bio-therapeutic are hence formed.
- These cylindrical phosphorous materials depicted in b-4 can be made for example by compacting a phosphorous powder and then sintering the powder to form the desired shape.
- An organic binder can be used to give the powder green strength and an extrusion process can be used to heat and burn the binder at 700° C. followed by sintering at elevated temperatures.
- the sintering temperatures can be around 1500° C.
- the sintering temperatures can be lowered by adding a small silicate chemistry such as 3SiO 2 :1Na 2 O to lower the temperature at which the particles can be necked together.
- particles such as for example an amorphous, polycrystalline, or single crystalline particle with a magnetic strip can be encapsulated with a fluidic media inside a hard shell cover (where the fluidic media could be a bio-therapeutic suspension) and where the hard shell can be made breakable under certain X-Ray energies.
- a hard shell cover where the fluidic media could be a bio-therapeutic suspension
- the hard shell can be made breakable under certain X-Ray energies.
- the structural elements are the same as in FIG. 15 but the hard shell is made of materials susceptible to X-ray damage and loss of structural integrity.
- the hard shell capsule containing a fluidic bio-therapeutic agent which can be made to break (or lose structural integrity) under the influence of X-Ray energy exposure is a glass modified for example to contain PbO.
- Bio therapeutic agent in powder forms can also be used. The manufacturing method of adding such is however different than for fluidic bio therapeutic agents.
- Pb can be incorporated as a network former in the glass chemistry at a rate of 0.5% molar percent compared to Silica.
- Si—O—Pb bridge is broken. If sufficient amount of these lead containing silicate bridges are broken then the glass loses its structural integrity.
- Other heavy metals can be added instead of or as a supplement to the Pb, such as network formers of Cu and Ag. Regardless of the heavy metal used, the same phenomenon of breakable bonds under X-Ray works to produce a glass capsule that is breakable under X-Ray.
- multiple hard shell capsules can contain the same or different bio-therapeutic agents.
- Each capsule can be made of a shell having a different thickness that will break under different X-Ray beam or delivered dose and therefore a staged and controllable drug delivery system is devised.
- FIG. 17 depicts another embodiment of the invention where the phosphorescent or fluorescent material is shaped in the form of a rod (or other elongated shape).
- a magnetic strip exist along a longitudinal axis that serves for orientation of the rod and for reflection of the emitted light. This constriction can be made along similar ways as the fabricated engineered particles described above in FIG. 13 but by starting not with hemispherical spheres in the base wafer but rather by etching trenches.
- multiple hard shell capsules can be inserted in the vicinity of a target or diseased site along with “simple” phosphorescent or fluorescent particles or rods not having a fluidic compartment. In one embodiment, multiple hard shell capsules can be inserted in the vicinity of a target or diseased site along with the insertion devices described above. In one embodiment, the multiple hard shell capsules, the simple phosphorescent or fluorescent particles, and the insertion devices can all be used interchangeably or in conjunction to treat a target site.
- multiple insertion devices are inserted into the vicinity of the target site and work in tandem to treat the target site.
- the multiple insertion devices are either remote controlled or are preprogrammed and optionally grafted in the body (in the diseased are of the micro-environment surrounding the diseased area).
- FIG. 18 is a schematic representation of an insertion device grafted in place adjacent an organ (i.e. a target site).
- a photoactivatable drug i.e., a biotherapeutic agent or an adjuvant agent or a combination
- a reservoir located outside the body provides the photoactivatable drug to the organ through a catheter.
- the insertion device is LED capsule with an on board battery where the battery can be charged remotely and a processor in the capsule can be programmed or triggered remotely.
- FIG. 19 is a schematic representation of an insertion device grafted in place nearby a region containing blood from a vasculature surrounding a diseased area, for example of an organ.
- a controllable T-valve takes blood from the vasculature surrounding the diseased area and mixes the blood from a reservoir containing a bio-therapeutic agent.
- the blood is passed to a conformable bladder (acting as a port where the blood is exposed to the emitted light) that treats the mixture of blood and medication using light from the LED capsule.
- a secondary T-valve takes the treated blood from one port and forces it into circulation using a pump to create the right pressure conditions.
- the pump can utilize the pump/valve 40 , the fluid reservoir 38 , the fluid conduit channel 46 , and/or the conduit 44 described above with regard to FIG. 2B to pump the blood and/or provide a biotherapeutic or photoactivatable agent to the blood.
- the combination of modular systems can permit treatment to be performed around a major artery for systemic circulation.
- This inventive system and method can replace the conventional well established psoralen and ultraviolet A (PUVA) radiation treatments.
- PUVA ultraviolet A
- the emitted light treats the blood supply or directly treats organs of the human or animal subject.
- the energy modulation agent can be at least one of a phosphorescent or fluorescent agent, including at least one of a sulfide, a telluride, a selenide and an oxide semiconductor and a combination thereof.
- the relay device utilized.
- the relay device's function is to mediate the communication between the programmable micro-device (or microdevices as the case may be) and the outside world where a computerized system monitors and provide feedback as to the next process step to be performed. By doing so, even faint and weak signals from the micro-device can be picked up and relayed to the computerized system (control) monitoring and guiding the process.
- a system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject includes an embedded insertion-device embedded within a region of a human or animal subject, a computerized control controlling an external source of electro-magnetic transmissions outside the human or animal subject, and an embedded relay unit embedded within the region of a human or animal subject and disposed between the embedded insertion-device and the outside world.
- the embedded relay passes the electro-magnetic transmissions, and is in communication with the embedded insertion device.
- the embedded relay is programmed to functions as a booster to alleviate loss of transmission of the electro-magnetic transmissions through a thick section of the human body where signal aberration and loss can occur.
- sodium silicates and other silicates are suitable for the present invention.
- a gelatinous precipitate of condensed Silicic acids (SiO 2. H 2 O) is obtained when an ordinary acid including HCl is added to a solution of sodium silicate.
- This precipitate When this precipitate is partially dehydrated it forms a porous material widely referred to as silica gel.
- This material can be impregnated with a bio therapeutic agent for its slow release once embeded inside the human body.
- the release of the bio-therapeutic agent can be made to accelerate if some of the bonds are made with Pb, Phosphorous network formers. Such materials would partially lose their integrity leading to more release of the biotherapeutic in the body.
- Both of the phosphors that are UV emitters under X-Ray energy
- the porous materials that are impregnated with the biotherapeutic agent
- the releasing of the bio therapeutic agent is only taking place when X-Ray is sensed and the phosphors are only activating UV when the X-Ray energy is turned on.
- Such atreatment would be used for osteosarcomas for examples where these materials are implanted (drilled into) the bone.
- the frequency of X-Ray treatment dictates the frequency with which the treatment is delivered.
- Other examples would include the jaw bone where the phosphors and impregnated porous gels are implanted at the root of a tooth and exposed to a dental X-Ray delivering imaging doses to activate the therapy.
- the energy modulation agent (the above-noted phosphors) can be at least one of CaWO 4 :Pb 2+ , CaWO 4 :W, Sr 3 (PO 4 ) 2 : Eu 2+ , Ba 3 (PO 4 ) 2 : Eu 2+ , Y 2 SiO 5 :Ce 3+ , SrMg(SiO 4 ) 2 :Eu 2+ , BaMg 2 Al 14 O 24 :Eu 2+ , ZnSiO 4 ::Mn 2+ , Y 3 (Al,Ga) 5 O 12 :Ce 3+ , BaMg 2 Al 14 O 24 :Mn 2+ , BaMgAl 14 O 23 :Mn 2+ , SrAl 12 SiO 19 :Mn 2+ , ZnAl 12 O 19 :Mn 2+ , CaAl 12 O 19 :Mn 2+ , YBO 3
- the energy modulation agent can further include a plasmonics agent comprising a dielectric-metal composite; or a plasmonics agent comprising a plurality of differently sized metal particles disposed in vicinity of each other as a composite plasmonics agent.
- the energy modulation agent can be at least one of Y 2 O 3 ; ZnS; ZnSe;MgS; CaS; Mn, Er ZnSe; Mn, Er MgS; Mn, Er CaS; Mn, Er ZnS; Mn, Yb ZnSe; Mn, Yb MgS; Mn, Yb CaS; Mn, Yb ZnS:Tb 3+ , Er 3+ ; ZnS:Tb 3+ ; Y 2 O 3 :Tb 3+ ; Y 2 O 3 :Tb 3+ , Er3 + ; ZnS:Mn 2+ ; ZnS:Mn, Er 3+ ; CaWO 4 , YaTO 4 , YaTO 4 :Nb, BaSO 4 :Eu, La 2 O 2 S:Tb, BaSi 2 O 5 :Pb, NaI(Tl), CsI(Tl), Cs
- the above noted energy modulation agents can be used as the passive devices described above or in conjunction with the active devices described above by their positioning near a diseased or target site to be treated.
- the above noted energy modulation agents (and others known in the art or described elsewhere in this specification) cab injected from the insertion devices in saline solutions or in solutions containing the above-noted photoactivatable drugs or biotherapeutics.
- Blood performs many functions including transporting nutrients and oxygen to tissues and organs to regulating pH and temperature. It also provides an efficient transit system through the vascular network for transport of immune cells for defense against foreign microbes and wound healing.
- plasma and cells constitute the two main blood components each with ⁇ 60% and 40% volume fractions respectively.
- the blood cellular components mainly consist of red blood cells (RBCs), leukocytes and platelets. Of the ⁇ 5 billion cells per milliliter of blood, red blood cells (RBCs) make up >99% of all cellular components. However, ultraviolet is greatly attenuated by RBCs.
- a system for treating a patient or a subject with a photoactivatable drug where the system includes a source of a wavelength of energy which is capable of activating the photoactivatable drug and a blood supply displacement system (e.g. an organization of valves, pumps, reservoirs etc, as shown above in for example FIGS. 5, 18, and 19 ) and method thereof which displaces or flushes blood from a diseased site or organ to be treated.
- Displacing the blood is a biocompatible fluid which is less absorptive of the wavelength of energy than blood.
- the resultant treatment is more likely to have the internal wavelength of energy photoactivate the photoactivatable drug than be absorbed by the subject or patient's blood.
- the biocompatible fluid is a saline solution.
- the biocompatible fluid is plasma.
- the biocompatible fluid is plasma separated from the subject's blood supply.
- the biocompatible fluid includes a photoactivatable drug such as for example psoralen or INA.
- the biocompatible fluid includes a photoactivatable drug and/or a luminescing agent (such as for example a phosphorescent or a fluorescent agent).
- the biocompatible fluid displaces the blood for a time period less than 10 minutes, preferably less than 5 minutes, more preferably less than 2 minutes, and still more preferably less than 1 minute.
- the internal wavelength of energy is generated (during the time of displacement) inside the patient or subject by the passive devices of this invention. In one embodiment, the internal wavelength of energy is generated (during the time of displacement) inside the patient or subject by the active devices of this invention.
- the displacement of blood occurs by needle injections of a saline solution and/or the photoactivatable drug solution.
- microfluidic devices described below need not be inserted within the body of a subject or patient, but may reside outside the body.
- the insertion devices described above can include or can be supplemented with microfluidic devices permitting the RBCs to be separated or diverted from the organ, while plasma (from the remaining blood) and/or a saline solution is pumped through the diseased organ or site.
- valves are used to divert the blood supply and a reservoir of plasma or saline can be substituted for the blood flow. While prolonged periods of RBCs would be detrimental to the diseased and healthy cells in the organ, for short durations (e.g., 10 sec to 2 min.), the effects are not expected to be detrimental during this gap time of blood diplacement when no RBCs flow.
- a photoactivatable drug such as psoralen is applied and activated by UV light (or other wavelength of radiation) from the light emitting insertion device.
- the insertion device is a passive device (see discussion above)
- the UV or other wavelength of radiation is generated during the gap period as detailed above by phosphorescent or fluorescent agents (or other luminescing agent) disposed in or nearby the diseased organ or site
- Microfluidics is the science of studying fluid flow behavior at the microscale and the development of miniaturized analysis systems that take advantage of the unique physics emergent at these small scales.
- Microfluidic devices are capable of plasma and RBC separation using acoustophoresis.
- a microchannel containing the whole blood is excited by a ⁇ / 2 wavelength ultrasonic standing wave which concentrates the RBCs at the channel center by the primary acoustic radiation force.
- the acoustic forces generated by ultrasonic standing waves can be used for plasma separation in microchannels.
- the radiation force generated on the cells by these acoustic waves moves them into pressure nodes of the standing wave field.
- the cells/particles can be focused at the pressure node located at the center of the channel.
- a transducer is placed underneath a chip containing the microchannel and outlet, and the transducer generates an ultrasonic standing wave between the channel walls perpendicular to the flow.
- a multiple outlet system permits the enriched blood cell fractions to be removed from the center of the channel, while a clean plasma fraction can be withdrawn from the side, and used in the present invention to provide plasma to a diseased or target site thereby displacing the blood from the site during a time of drug photoactivation.
- U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2014/0008307 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes two-stage microfluidic devices using surface acoustic waves and having a particle focusing stage including: at least a first pair of surface acoustic wave generators, the first pair of surface acoustic wave generators are positioned opposite one another, and a first channel disposed between the first pair of surface acoustic wave generators; a particle separating stage including: a second pair of surface acoustic wave generators, the pair of surface acoustic wave generators are positioned opposite one another, and a second channel disposed between the second pair of surface acoustic wave generators; with the first channel and the second channel being in fluidic communication with one another.
- U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2008/0181828 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a one-quarter wave separation chamber of an ultrasound resonator which is effective at particle/fluid/living cell separation.
- the '828 ultrasound resonator is part of a continuous flow closed system, and is optically monitored for cell type/volume near each exit port to control outlet valves maintaining collection purity. Uncollected cells/plasma can return to donor patient.
- nonresonant secondary ultrasound can be applied to the resonator to fluidize/facilitate aggregated cell egress from exit ports.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,664,104 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a device for separating an analyte from a fluid sample comprises a cartridge incorporating a flow-through microfluidic chip.
- the '104 microfluidic chip includes an extraction chamber having an array of microstructures for capturing the analyte and for subsequently releasing the captured analyte into an elution fluid. Each of the microstructures has an aspect ratio of at least 2:1.
- the '104 cartridge also includes channels and at least one low controller (e.g., one or more valves) for directing the flow of the sample and elution fluid through the microfluidic chip.
- 2013/0175226 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes an acoustic separator having two parallel chamber walls defining a separation chamber therebetween, each chamber wall defining one side of the chamber; inlet means through which fluid can flow into the chamber; and outlet means through which fluid can flow out of the chamber.
- One of the chamber walls includes a transducer arranged to transmit pressure waves across the chamber towards the other of the chamber walls which in turn is arranged to reflect the pressure waves to set up a standing wave in the chamber.
- the outlet means defines an opening in one of the sides of the chamber.
- Such microfluidic devices and others known in the art would be capable, according to the invention, of the separation of RBCs during the aforementioned gap time when plasma or a saline solution would supply a photoactivatable drug to the diseased organ or site for activation by UV light or other wavelength of energy.
- the microfluidic devices permit circulating tumor cells to be collected from the blood stream exiting a diseased organ or site.
- circulating tumor cells CTCs
- CTCs circulating tumor cells
- CTCs Due to the large size differences between CTCs and other blood cellular components (CTCs ⁇ 16-20 ⁇ m; RBC ⁇ 8 ⁇ m; leukocytes ⁇ 10-15 ⁇ m), size-based CTCs separation in microfluidic devices is often achieved using microstructures of different geometries to physically trap the larger CTCs.
- the engineered dimension in these devices has been the size of the pore/structure which is designed to allow maximum CTCs trapping with little contamination. Using spacing or sieve sizes between 5 to 10 ⁇ m, microfluidic devices have been used for isolation of cancer cells with high efficiency (>80%).
- the isolated CTCs are then treated with a photoactivatable drug such as psoralen, UV activated, and returned to the blood stream by reverse pumping of blood backwards through the sieve.
- a photoactivatable drug such as psoralen, UV activated
- microfluidic devices can be used for separation and collection of CTCs from a patient or subject's blood stream as a monitor of cancer progression or regression over time.
- microfluidic devices can be used for separation and treatment of microorganisms (e.g., CTCs, bacterial agents, and viral agents) in the blood stream.
- separation of microorganisms from blood has been primarily used as a therapeutic blood cleansing method for treating sepsis, a lethal disease caused by a systemic microbial infection that spreads via the bloodstream and compromises the body's immunological system.
- Antibiotics are often the main course of treatment, but inflammation continues to spread for a few hours before the drugs are effective.
- ps surgen once photoactivated is effective in cancer cell apoptosis, engendering an autovaccine response from the human body.
- iodonophthylazide once photoactivated is an effective antiviral and antibacterial agent engendering an autovaccine response from the human body.
- isolated microorganisms are treated with a photoactivatable drug such as psoralen or INA, UV activated, and returned to the blood stream for example by reverse pumping of blood backwards through the sieve.
- U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2011/0301058 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a microfluidic device fabricated as Monolithic Internal micro Pillars (MIPi) made of SU-8 photoresist in which a microfluidic chip with the internal pillars (a MIPi chip) was used for cell capturing.
- MIPi Monolithic Internal micro Pillars
- the surface of MIPi was coated with specific antibody and then used for capturing cells by affinity binding.
- An antibody, anti-EGFR, which has high affinity to lung cancer cells, CL1-5 was coated on the micro pillars.
- the coated MIPi chip specifically captured the cancer cells that were pumped through the MIPi chip.
- This device with the specific coatings noted would be especially useful in the present invention for monitoring of the cancer progression or regression over time, but could also be used for collection, treatment, and release of the treated cells for example by way of heating the micro pillars to release the cells.
- a channel surface at 37° C. captured cells on the channel surface thereof, with the non-captured cells in the channels rinsed away.
- the microchip was then cooled down below 32° C. (in less than 5 minutes). The released cells were rinsed out of the channels and collected at the channel outlet.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,834,794 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a disposable handheld device for detecting circulating tumor cells (CTC) in blood (HCTCD).
- CTC circulating tumor cells
- HCTCD is capable of detecting less than 1 CTC per milliliter.
- the HCTCD consists of a dense array of high aspect ratio freestanding metallic nanoneedles, functionalized with antibodies that integrated within a microfluidic device and selectively capture and count (using electrical signal detection) the CTCs. By selecting a right functionalization protocol for the nanoneedles array, the HCTCD can be used for selective capturing a variety of rare cells that are mixed in human fluids.
- This device with the specific antibodies noted would be especially useful in the present invention for monitoring of the cancer progression or regression over time, but could also be used for collection, treatment, and release of the treated cells for example by way of heating the nanoneedles to release the cells.
- U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2014/0061049 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a printed circuit with a microfluidic device and the wirelessly powering the microfluidic device.
- the '049 microfluidic device includes a substrate with a fluidic channel to provide a path for a fluid with particles.
- the fluidic channel includes fluid inlet and outlet.
- a pair of electrodes near the inlet and the outlet guides the particles toward a center of the fluidic channel using negative-dielectrophoresis (DEP) effect in response to an alternating current (AC) frequency voltage received at the pairs of electrodes.
- DEP negative-dielectrophoresis
- Additional pairs of electrodes are disposed along a border of the fluidic channel between the pairs of electrodes near the inlet and the outlet of the fluidic channel to isolate a subpopulation of the particles using positive and negative DEP effects in response to AC voltages of different frequencies received at different ones of the additional pairs of electrodes.
- Plasma and RBCs separation could be accomplished in the invention with this kind of device.
- cells with different size experience different amounts of dielectrophoretic force when passing through the electrode pair.
- Cells experiencing negative dielectrophoresis (DEP) will be deflected into upper chambers while cells subject to positive DEP will flow into lower chambers.
- the cells are then subdivided by the travelling DEP force generated by the parallel array electrodes.
- the phase difference between these electrodes is 90°. For example, if the first electrode in the array has a phase of 0°, the subsequent electrodes will have phases of 90°, 180° and 270°, respectively.
- Cells subjected to positive traveling DEP are deflected to different regions of the device than those subject to negative DEP. In such a way, cells are grouped by like kind.
- Such microfluidic devices and others known in the art would be capable, according to the invention, of the capture of CTCs or microorganisms from the blood supply and treatment thereof with a photoactivatable drug with its activation by UV light or other wavelength of energy.
- a system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject comprising: a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject; an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit.
- the assembly unit comprises an emitter configured to emit said wavelength of energy of a predetermined type 1) to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or 2) to produce a change in the medium, and a receiver that receives the initiation signal.
- the assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit said wavelength of energy interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
- initiation signal is a low frequency RF or microwave signal which traverses parts of or the entirety of the human or animal subject or the medium.
- the insertion device comprises a container having a containment wall comprising at least one of a silicate glass, an alkali glass, a sodium glass, and a phosphate glass.
- the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is selected from psoralens, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines, vitamin Ks, vitamin L, vitamin metabolites, vitamin precursors, naphthoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and derivatives thereof having planar molecular conformations, porphorinporphyrins, dyes and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolones, quinones, and anthroquinones.
- the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is one selected from 7,8-dimethyl-l0-ribityl, isoalloxazine, 7,8,10-trimethylisoalloxazine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, isoalloxazine-adenine dinucleotide, alloxazine mononucleotide, aluminum (III) phthalocyanine tetrasulonate, hematophorphyrin, and phthadocyanine.
- receptor site is one selected from nucleic acids of nucleated cells, antigenic sites on nucleated cells, or epitopes.
- the energy modulation agent is present and comprises one or more members selected from a biocompatible fluorescing metal nanoparticle, fluorescing metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing metal coated metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing dye molecule, gold nanoparticle, silver nanoparticle, gold-coated silver nanoparticle, a water soluble quantum dot encapsulated by polyamidoamine dendrimers, a luciferase, a biocompatible phosphorescent molecule, a combined electromagnetic energy harvester molecule, and a lanthanide chelate exhibiting intense luminescence.
- the energy modulation agent is present and comprises at least one of Y 2 O 3 ; ZnS; ZnSe;MgS; CaS; Mn, Er ZnSe; Mn, Er MgS; Mn, Er CaS; Mn, Er ZnS; Mn, Yb ZnSe; Mn, Yb MgS; Mn, Yb CaS; Mn, Yb ZnS:Tb 3+ , Er 3+ ; ZnS:Tb 3+ ; Y 2 O 3 :Tb 3+ ; Y 2 O 3 :Tb 3+ , Er3 + ; ZnS:Mn 2+ ; ZnS:Mn, Er 3+ ; CaWO 4 , YaTO 4 , YaTO 4 :Nb, BaSO 4: Eu, La 2 O 2 S:Tb, BaSi 2 O 5 :Pb, NaI(Tl), CsI(Tl), Cs
- said insertion device is disposed in a fluidized bed
- said insertion device is disposed in re-entrant structures extending into an artificial container holding said medium;
- said insertion device is disposed on interior walls of an artificial container holding said medium.
- the photoactivatable agent comprises photoinitiator including at least one of benzoin and substituted benzoins, Michler's ketone, dialkoxyacetophenones, benzophenone and substituted benzophenones, acetophenone and substituted acetophenones, and xanthone and substituted xanthones, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, diethoxyxanthone, chloro-thio-xanthone, azo-bisisobutyronitrile, N-methyl diethanolaminebenzophenone, camphoquinone, peroxyester initiators and non-fluorene-carboxylic acid peroxyesters.
- photoinitiator including at least one of benzoin and substituted benzoins, Michler's ketone, dialkoxyacetophenones, benzophenone and substituted benzophenones, acetophenone and substituted ace
- a system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject comprising:
- an emitter configured, in response to an initiation signal, to emit said wavelength of energy of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium
- a controller which provides a control signal moderating an amount of said wavelength of energy being emitted in the human or animal subject.
- the emitter comprises an active device including a receiver for reception of at least one of the initiation signal and the control signal.
- the emitter further comprises a processor which contains programmed instructions determining a schedule for administration of said wavelength of energy to the medium or internal to the human or animal subject.
- the x-ray breakable container comprises a glass including at least one of a silicate glass, an alkali glass, a sodium glass, and a phosphate glass doped with a heavy metal.
- the passive device comprises at least one of at least one of a sulfide, a telluride, a selenide and an oxide semiconductor and a combination thereof.
- the passive device comprises at least one of CaWO 4 :Pb 2+ , CaWO 4 :W, Sr 3 (PO 4 ) 2 :Eu 2+ , Ba 3 (PO 4 ) 2 :Eu 2+ , Y 2 SiO 5 :Ce 3+ , SrMg(SiO 4 ) 2 :Eu 2+ , BaMg 2 Al 14 O 24 :Eu 2+ , ZnSiO 4 ::Mn 2+ , Y 3 (Al, Ga) 5 O 12 :Ce 3+ , BaMg 2 Al 14 O 24 :Mn 2+ , BaMgAl 14 O 23 :Mn 2+ , SrAl 12 SiO 19 :M
- the passive device comprises a plasmonics agent comprising a dielectric-metal composite; or a plasmonics agent comprising a plurality of differently sized metal particles disposed in vicinity of each other as a composite plasmonics agent.
- the passive device comprises at least one of Y 2 O 3 ; ZnS; ZnSe;MgS; CaS; Mn, Er ZnSe; Mn, Er MgS; Mn, Er CaS; Mn, Er ZnS; Mn, Yb ZnSe; Mn, Yb MgS; Mn, Yb CaS; Mn, Yb ZnS:Tb 3+ , Er 3+ ; ZnS:Tb 3+ ; Y 2 O 3 :Tb 3+ ; Y 2 O 3 :Tb 3+ , Er3 + ; ZnS:Mn 2+ ; ZnS:Mn, Er 3+ ; CaWO 4 , YaTO 4 , YaTO 4 :Nb, BaSO 4 :Eu, La 2 O 2 S:Tb, BaSi 2 O 5 :Pb, NaI(Tl), CsI(Tl), CsI(Tl), CsI(Tl), CsI(
- the cell proliferation disorder is at least one member selected from the group consisting of cancer, bacterial infection, viral infection, immune rejection response, autoimmune disorders, aplastic conditions, and combinations thereof.
- the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is selected from psoralens, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines, vitamin Ks, vitamin L, vitamin metabolites, vitamin precursors, naphthoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and derivatives thereof having planar molecular conformations, porphorinporphyrins, dyes and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolone
- the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is one selected from 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl, isoalloxazine, 7,8,10-trimethylisoalloxazine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, isoalloxazine-adenine dinucleotide, alloxazine mononucleotide, aluminum (III) phthalocyanine tetrasulonate, hematophorphyrin, and phthadocyanine.
- a directional energy modulator for converting initiation energy into a wavelength of energy emitted in a preferential direction comprising:
- a layered assembly including,
- At least one layer of an energy converting material which absorbs the initiation energy and emits said wavelength of energy
- the energy reflecting material comprises at least one of Ag, Au, Al, or Cu.
- the energy reflecting material comprises at least one of iron, nickel, cobalt, and alloys of rare earth metals.
- a separation distance between layers in the layered assembly ranges from 10 nm to 1000 nm, or between 100 nm and 700 nm, or between 200 nm and 500 nm, or between 300 nm and 400 nm.
- a separation distance between layers in the layered assembly ranges from 1 ⁇ m to 1000 ⁇ m, or between 10 ⁇ m and 100 ⁇ m, or between 100 ⁇ m and 500 ⁇ m, or between 300 ⁇ m and 400 ⁇ m.
- a system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject comprising:
- any one of the modulators of statements 62-71 configured, in response to an initiation signal, to emit said wavelength of energy of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium,
- a magnetic field generator configured to provide a magnetic field along a predetermined direction which moderates a direction of said wavelength of energy being emitted in the human or animal subject.
- a system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a human or animal subject comprising:
- an emitter disposed inside the human or animal subject, which in response to an initiation signal containing the initiation energy, emits said wavelength of energy to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject;
- a first blood supply valve disposed inside the human or animal subject, which diverts blood from a first blood vessel of the human or animal subject;
- a photoactivatable drug reservoir for delivery of a photoactivatable drug to the blood in the port
- a second blood supply valve disposed inside the human or animal subject, which returns blood from the port back to a second blood vessel of the human or animal subject.
- the system of statement 73 further comprising a pump disposed inside the human or animal subject for pumping said blood.
- a medical catheter comprising:
- an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit
- said assembly unit comprising,
- said assembly unit configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter to emit a wavelength of energy of a predetermined type interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject;
- an insertion sleeve including at a distal end thereof for insertion of the insertion device into a patient.
- An emitter capsule comprising:
- An insertion device comprising:
- a container configured to contain the electronics assembly unit and configured for insertion 1) into a body of a human or animal subject or 2) into a medium;
- said electronics assembly unit comprises,
- an emitter configured to emit a wavelength of energy of a predetermined type 1) to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or 2) to produce a change in the medium
- said electronics assembly unit configured to power the emitter to thereby emit said wavelength of energy from the container.
- An insertion device comprising:
- a container configured to contain the electronics assembly unit and configured for insertion 1) into a body of a human or animal subject or 2) into a medium;
- said electronics assembly unit comprises,
- an emitter configured to emit a wavelength of energy of a predetermined type 1) to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or 2) to produce a change in the medium
- said electronics assembly unit configured, upon receiving the initiation signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit said wavelength of energy interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
- a system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject comprising:
- an embedded insertion device embedded within a region of a human or animal subject
- a computerized control controlling an external source of electro-magnetic transmissions outside the human or animal subject
- said relay passes along the electro-magnetic transmissions to the embedded insertion device.
- a system for treating a patient or a subject with a photoactivatable drug comprising:
- a blood supply displacement system which temporarily displaces blood from a diseased site or organ to be treated with a biocompatible fluid which is less absorptive of the wavelength of energy than blood.
- a method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease comprising:
- the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
Abstract
A system and method for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject, and methods for using the system in the treatment of a condition, disorder, or disease. The system includes 1) a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject and 2) an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit. The assembly unit includes 1) an emitter configured to emit the wavelength of energy of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium and 2) a receiver that receives the signal.
Description
- This application is a Divisional of U.S. Ser. No. 16/096,174, filed Oct. 24, 2018, now allowed, which is a 371 of PCT/US17/29300, filed Apr. 25, 2017. This application also claims priority to U.S.
Provisional Patent Application 62/327,121, filed Apr. 25, 2016, entitled “INSERTION DEVICES AND SYSTEMS FOR PRODUCTION OF EMITTED LIGHT INTERNAL TO A MEDIUM”, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. This application is related to U.S. provisional Ser. No. 61/982,585, filed Apr. 22, 2014, entitled “INTERIOR ENERGY-ACTIVATION OF PHOTO-REACTIVE SPECIES INSIDE A MEDIUM OR BODY USING AN X-RAY SOURCE EMITTING LOW ENERGY X-RAYS AS INITIATION ENERGY SOURCE”, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. This application is related to provisional Ser. No. 62/096,773, filed: Dec. 24, 2014, entitled “ INTERIOR ENERGY-ACTIVATION OF PHOTO-REACTIVE SPECIES INSIDE A MEDIUM OR BODY USING AN X-RAY SOURCE EMITTING LOW ENERGY X-RAYS AS INITIATION ENERGY SOURCE,” the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to U.S. provisional Ser. No. 62/132,270, filed Mar. 12, 2015, entitled “TUMOR IMAGING WITH X-RAYS AND OTHER HIGH ENERGY SOURCES USING AS CONTRAST AGENTS PHOTON-EMITTING PHOSPHORS HAVING THERAPEUTIC PROPERTIES”, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. This application is related to U.S. provisional Ser. No. 62/147,390, filed Apr. 14, 2015, entitled “TUMOR IMAGING WITH X-RAYS AND OTHER HIGH ENERGY SOURCES USING AS CONTRAST AGENTS PHOTON-EMITTING PHOSPHORS HAVING THERAPEUTIC PROPERTIES”, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. - This application is related to provisional U.S. Ser. No. 12/401,478 (now U.S. Pat. No. 8,376,013) entitled “PLASMONIC ASSISTED SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INTERIOR ENERGY-ACTIVATION FROM AN EXTERIOR SOURCE, filed Mar. 10, 2009, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to U.S. Ser. No. 13/102,277 entitled “ADHESIVE BONDING COMPOSITION AND METHOD OF USE,” filed May 6, 2011, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to provisional Ser. No. 61/035,559, filed Mar. 11, 2008, entitled “SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INTERIOR ENERGY-ACTIVATION FROM AN EXTERIOR SOURCE,” the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to provisional Ser. No. 61/030,437, filed Feb. 21, 2008, entitled “METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TREATING CELL PROLIFERATION DISORDERS USING PLASMONICS ENHANCED PHOTOSPECTRAL THERAPY (PEPST) AND EXCITON-PLASMON ENHANCED PHOTOTHERAPY (EPEP),” the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to non-provisional Ser. No. 12/389,946, filed Feb. 20, 2009, entitled “METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TREATING CELL PROLIFERATION DISORDERS USING PLASMONICS ENHANCED PHOTOSPECTRAL THERAPY (PEPST) AND EXCITON-PLASMON ENHANCED PHOTOTHERAPY (EPEP),” the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to non-provisional Ser. No. 11/935,655, filed Nov. 6, 2007, entitled “METHODS AND SYSTEMS FOR TREATING CELL PROLIFERATION RELATED DISORDERS,” and to provisional Ser. No. 60/910,663, filed Apr. 8, 2007, entitled “METHOD OF TREATING CELL PROLIFERATION DISORDERS,” the contents of each of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entireties. This application is related to provisional Ser. No. 61/035,559, filed Mar. 11, 2008, entitled “SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR INTERIOR ENERGY-ACTIVATION FROM AN EXTERIOR SOURCE,” the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to U.S. patent application Ser. No. 12/764,184, filed Apr. 21, 2010, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. This application is also related to provisional Ser. No. 61/792,125, filed Mar. 15, 2013, entitled “INTERIOR ENERGY-ACTIVATION OF PHOTO-REACTIVE SPECIES INSIDE A MEDIUM OR BODY,” the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. This application is further related to provisional Ser. No. 61/505,849 filed Jul. 8, 2011, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to U.S. provisional patent application 61/443,019, filed Feb. 15, 2011, the entire disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference. This application is related to U.S. application Ser. No. 14/131,564, filed Jan. 8, 2014, each entitled “PHOSPHORS AND SCINTILLATORS FOR LIGHT STIMULATION WITHIN A MEDIUM,” the entire contents of each of which is incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to and U.S. application Ser. No. 14/206,337, filed Mar. 12, 2014, entitled “INTERIOR ENERGY-ACTIVATION OF PHOTO-REACTIVE SPECIES INSIDE A MEDIUM OR BODY,” the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. This application is related to PCT application PCT/2015/027058 filed Apr. 22, 2015 entitled “TUMOR IMAGING WITH X-RAYS AND OTHER HIGH ENERGY SOURCES USING AS CONTRAST AGENTS PHOTON-EMITTING PHOSPHORS HAVING THERAPEUTIC PROPERTIES,” the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. This application is related to PCT application PCT/2015/027060 filed Apr. 22, 2015 entitled “INTERIOR ENERGY-ACTIVATION OF PHOTO-REACTIVE SPECIES INSIDE A MEDIUM OR BODY USING AN X-RAY SOURCE EMITTING LOW ENERGY X-RAYS AS INITIATION ENERGY SOURCE,” the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. This application is related to U.S.
patent application 62/103,409 entitled “NON-INVASIVE SYSTEMS AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OF A HOST CARRYING A VIRUS WITH PHOTOACTIVATABLE DRUGS,” filed Jan. 14, 2015, 2015, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. This application is related to U.S.patent application 62/246,360 entitled “METHODS FOR RADIOTHERAPY TO TRIGGER LIGHT ACTIVATION DRUGS,” filed Oct. 26, 2015, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. This application is related to U.S.patent application 62/290,203 entitled “PHOSPHOR-CONTAINING DRUG ACTIVATOR, SUSPENSION THEREOF, SYSTEM CONTAINING THE SUSPENSION, AND METHODS FOR USE,” filed Feb. 2, 2016, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. - The invention relates to methods and systems for producing light inside a medium that is nominally opaque to light in the UV and VIS regime.
- Presently, light (i.e., electromagnetic radiation from the radio frequency through the visible to the X-ray wavelength range) is used in a number of Industrial, Scientific and Medical (ISM) bands in addition to other communication, electronic, and pharmaceutical processes. Light in the infrared and visible range is typically generated from an electrical energy source which for example either heats a material to extremely high temperatures where black body emission occurs (as in an incandescent lamp). Light in the visible and ultraviolet range is typically generated by heating a gas to an electrical discharge where transitions from one electronic state of the gas atom or molecule occur with the emission of light. There are also semiconductor based light sources (as in light emitting diodes and semiconducting lasers) where electrons/holes in a material recombine to produce light emission.
- Visible light is defined as the electromagnetic radiation with wavelengths between 380 nm and 750 nm. In general, electromagnetic radiation including light is generated by the acceleration and deceleration or changes in movement (vibration) of electrically charged particles, such as parts of molecules (or adjacent atoms) with high thermal energy, or electrons in atoms (or molecules). Both processes play a role in the glowing filament of incandescent lamps, whereas the latter process (electrons within atoms) occurs in fluorescent lamps.
- For reference purposes, infra-red (IR) radiation just beyond the red end of the visible region; and, ultra-violet (UV) radiation has a shorter wavelength than violet light. The UV portion of the spectrum is divided into three regions: UVA (315-400 nm), UVB (280-315 nm) and UVC (100-280 nm).
- Industrial lamps used in lighting applications cover the visible range of wavelengths for proper white perception. Thermal sources like heated filaments can be made of different type conductors, including W-filaments, halogen-protected W-filaments, and electrically induced high temperature plasmas (arc lamps).
- The power (energy emitted per second) of a radiant source is frequently expressed in watts (W), but light can also be expressed in lumens (lm) to account for the varying sensitivity of the eye to different wavelengths of light. The derived relevant units are the radiance (luminance) of a source in W/m2 (lm/m2) in a certain direction per steradian (unit of solid angle) and the irradiance (illuminance) of a surface in W/m2 (lm/m2 or lux).
- With the development of ultraviolet sources, ultraviolet radiation has become increasingly utilized for industrial, chemical, and pharmaceutical purposes. For example, UV light is known to sterilize media and is known to drive a number of photo-activated chemical processes such as the cross-linking of polymers in adhesives or coatings. Typically, ultraviolet sources use gas discharge lamps to generate emitted light in the ultraviolet range. The emitted light is then optically filtered to remove many of not all of the non-ultraviolet frequencies. Ultraviolet light can also be produced in semiconductor phosphors from the excitation of these phosphors from high energy sources such as, for example, X-ray irradiation.
- UV radiation suffers from a lack of depth of penetration in matter especially biological media, polymers and most solids). For this reason, UV based photo-initiation is limited by direct line of site which prevents many volumetric applications. UV has been typically limited to reactions taking place on the outer surfaces of materials may they be solids or liquids; organic or inorganic; biological organs, living tissues and composites thereof, structural composites, materials residing inside chemical tanks/reactors for food processing or hydrocarbon chains fractionation (to name a few examples).
- In one embodiment, there is provided a system for production of emitted light internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject. The system includes 1) a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject and 2) an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit. The assembly unit includes 1) an emitter configured to emit light of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium and 2) a receiver that receives the signal and optionally 3) a receiving and transmitting device. The assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter thereby emitting the light interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
- In one embodiment, there is provided a medical catheter including an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit. The assembly unit includes 1) an emitter, and 2) a receiver that receives an initiation signal. The assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the initiation signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit light interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject. The medical catheter includes an insertion sleeve having, at a distal end thereof, for insertion into a patient.
- In one embodiment there is provided an insertion device including an electronics assembly unit. The electronics assembly unit includes an emitter and a receiver that receives an initiation signal, and an internal controller having a memory programmed with instructions which when executed cause the controller to recognize the initiation signal and to power the emitter to thereby emit the light interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject or thereby emit the light interior to the medium to produce a change in the medium.
- In one embodiment, there is provided a system for production of emitted light internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject. The system includes an emitter configured to emit light of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium. The system includes a controller which 1) controls an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject to activate the emitter and 2) provides a control signal moderating an amount of said light being emitted in the human or animal subject.
- In one embodiment, there is provided a system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject. The system includes an embedded insertion device embedded within a region of a human or animal subject, a computerized control controlling an external source of electro-magnetic transmissions outside the human or animal subject, and a relay embedded within the region of a human or animal subject and disposed between the embedded insertion device and the outside world. The relay passes along the electro-magnetic transmissions to the embedded insertion device.
- In one embodiment, there is provided a system for treating a patient or a subject with a photoactivatable drug. The system includes a source of a wavelength of energy which is capable of activating the photoactivatable drug and a blood supply displacement system which temporarily displaces blood from a diseased site or organ to be treated with a biocompatible fluid which is less absorptive of the wavelength of energy than blood.
- It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description of the invention and the following detailed description are exemplary, but are not restrictive of the invention.
- A more complete appreciation of the invention and many of the attendant advantages thereof will be readily obtained as the same becomes better understood by reference to the following detailed description when considered in connection with the accompanying drawings, wherein:
-
FIG. 1A is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a medium having insertion devices dispersed within the medium; -
FIG. 1B is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a container enclosing a medium having insertion devices dispersed within the medium; -
FIG. 1C is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a container enclosing a medium having insertion devices segregated within the medium by way of intruding encapsulated structures holding UV or visible light emitters; and -
FIG. 1D is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a container enclosing a medium having insertion devices segregated within the medium in a fluidized bed configuration; -
FIG. 2A is a schematic of one embodiment of an insertion device of the invention with opposing electrodes for self attachment to a component of the medium to be treated; -
FIG. 2B is a sectional schematic of one embodiment of the microdevice of the invention; -
FIG. 2C are schematic views of two types of inorganic LED device designs incorporating nanoscale crystalline hetero-structures; and -
FIG. 2D is a schematic of one embodiment of an insertion device of the invention attached to a catheter. -
FIG. 3 is a schematic of an exemplary system according to one embodiment of the invention having an initiation energy source directed at a subject to activate the insertion device(s) of the invention; -
FIG. 4 illustrates a computer system for implementing various embodiments of the invention. -
FIG. 5 is a schematic depiction of a ring-member insertion device; -
FIG. 6 is a schematic depiction showing the placement of insertion devices about a tumor on a lung; -
FIG. 7A is a schematic depiction of planar electroluminescent (EL) insertion device; -
FIG. 7B is a schematic depiction of a coaxial electroluminescent (EL) insertion device; -
FIG. 8 is a schematic depiction of a wirelessEL insertion device 3 according to the invention; -
FIG. 9 is a schematic depiction of a flexible wireless UV or visible light emitting insertion device according to the invention; -
FIG. 10 is a schematic depicting a representative phosphorescent or fluorescent particle having a magnetic or paramagnetic component; -
FIG. 11 is a schematic depicting particles secured in place in openings in a mesh; -
FIG. 12A is a schematic depicting a representative phosphorous or fluorescent particle aligned under the influence of a magnetic field; -
FIG. 12B is a schematic depicting a representation of multiple phosphorous or fluorescent particles aligned under the influence of a magnetic field where the net light emissions re-directed (preferentially) toward a target site; -
FIG. 13 is a process diagram showing various steps according to one embodiment for making the inter-layered phosphorous or fluorescent composite; -
FIG. 14 is a schematic depicting x-ray excitation and a preferential light emission from the phosphor or photonic crystal along certain crystallographic planes; -
FIG. 15 is a schematic depiction of a free-floating particle inside a hard shell core of a hollow sphere; -
FIG. 16 is a process diagram showing various steps according to one embodiment for making the free-floating particle construction; -
FIG. 17 depicts another embodiment of the invention where the phosphorescent or fluorescent material is shaped in the form of a rod (or other elongated shape); -
FIG. 18 is a schematic representation of an insertion device grafted in place adjacent an organ (i.e. a target site); -
FIG. 19 is a schematic representation of an insertion device grafted in place nearby a region containing blood from a vasculature surrounding a diseased area. - The invention is directed to methods and systems for producing light from an insertion device, where the insertion device is activatable once inserted inside a biological or non-biological medium. The medium may be nominally opaque to light in the UV and VIS regime. In various embodiments of the invention, the light produced is produced within a human or animal subject for treating the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium.
- The following discussions describe the conventional understanding of 1) psoralens and their photo-reactivity and 2) alkylating agents and their photo-reactivity and other such photoactivatable drugs. In various embodiments, the present invention can utilize those and other pathways to cause reactions of the photoactivatable drugs with target cells by way of the insertion devices described herein.
- All of the following documents noted herein have their entire contents incorporated herein by reference.
- Psoralens and Related Compounds Activatable by the Insertion Devices of the Invention
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,508 describes that psoralens are naturally occurring compounds which have been used therapeutically for millennia in Asia and Africa. The action of psoralens and light has been used to treat vitiligo and psoriasis (PUVA therapy; Psoralen Ultra Violet A). Psoralen is capable of binding to nucleic acid double helices by intercalation between base pairs; adenine, guanine, cytosine and thymine (DNA) or uracil (RNA). Upon sequential absorption of two UV-A photons, psoralen in its excited state reacts with a thymine or uracil double bond and covalently attaches to both strands of a nucleic acid helix. The crosslinking reaction appears to be specific for a thymine (DNA) or a uracil (RNA) base. Binding may proceed when psoralen is intercalated in a site containing thymine or uracil, but an initial photoadduct must absorb a second UVA photon to react with a second thymine or uracil on the opposing strand of the double helix in order to crosslink each of the two strands of the double helix, as shown below. This is a sequential absorption of two single photons as shown, as opposed to simultaneous absorption of two or more photons.
- U.S. Pat. No. 4,748,120 to Wiesehan is an example of the use of certain substituted psoralens by a photochemical decontamination process for the treatment of blood or blood products.
- Additives, such as antioxidants are sometimes used with psoralens, such as 8-MOP, AMT and I-IMT, to scavenge singlet oxygen and other highly reactive oxygen species formed during photoactivation of the psoralens. It is well known that UV activation creates such reactive oxygen species, which are capable of seriously damaging otherwise healthy cells. Much of the viral deactivation may be the result of these reactive oxygen species rather than any effect of photoactivation of psoralens.
- Some of the best known photoactivatable compounds are derivatives of psoralen or coumarin, which are nucleic acid intercalators. For psoralens and coumarins, this chemical pathway is likely to lead to the formation of a variety of ring-opened species, such as shown below for coumarin:
- Midden (W. R. Midden, Psoralen DNA photobiology, Vol I1 (ed. F. P. Gaspalloco) CRC press, pp. 1. (1988) has presented evidence that psoralens photoreact with unsaturated lipids and photoreact with molecular oxygen to produce active oxygen species such as superoxide and singlet oxygen that cause lethal damage to membranes.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,508 describes that 8-MOP and AMT are unacceptable photosensitizers, because each indiscriminately damages both cells and viruses. Studies of the effects of cationic side chains on furocoumarins as photosensitizers are reviewed in Psoralen DNA Photobiology, Vol. I, ed. F. Gaspano, CRC Press, Inc., Boca Raton, Fla.,
Chapter 2. U.S. Pat. No. 6,235,508 gleans the following from this review: most of the amino compounds had a much lower ability to both bind and form crosslinks to DNA compared to 8-MOP, suggesting that the primary amino functionality is the preferred ionic species for both photobinding and crosslinking. - U.S. Pat. No. 5,216,176 describes a large number of psoralens and coumarins that have some effectiveness as photoactivated inhibitors of epidermal growth factor. Halogens and amines are included among the vast functionalities that could be included in the psoralen/coumarin backbone.
- U.S. Pat. No. 5,984,887 describes using extracorporeal photopheresis with 8-MOP to treat blood infected with CMV. The treated cells as well as killed and/or attenuated virus, peptides, native subunits of the virus itself (which are released upon cell break-up and/or shed into the blood) and/or pathogenic noninfectious viruses are then used to generate an immune response against the virus, which was not present prior to the treatment.
- Other Photoactive Compounds Activatable by the Insertion Devices of the Invention
- Other photoactive or photoactivatable compounds are known in the art. Of these, an article by Warfield et al entitled “Ebola Virus Inactivation with Preservation of Antigenic and Structural Integrity by a Photoinduable Alkylating Agent,” J. Infect. Dis. 2007 Nov. 15; 196 Suppl 2:S276-83 describes the treatment of the Zaire Ebola virus (ZEBOV) ex situ by extraction of infected blood from a mouse and exposure of the extracted blood to UV light (310 to 360 nm) with the blood containing an alkylating agent, in this case iodonophthylazide (INA) to inactivate the ZEBOV. Mice treated with the inactivated Ebola virus were resistant to exposure to the Ebola virus. These authors reported that INA is hydrophobic compound that preferentially partitions into lipid bilayers of the Ebola virus. These authors reported that the “INA treatment renders ZEBOV completely noninfectious without structural perturbation” and that “INA-inactivated ZEBOV was immunogenic and protected mice from lethal challenge.”
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,049,110 entitled “Inactivation of West Nile virus and malaria using photosensitizers” describes the inactivation of microorganisms in fluids or on surfaces, preferably the fluids that contain blood or blood products and biologically active proteins. An effective, non-toxic amount of a photosensitizer was added to the fluid, and the fluid was exposed to photoradiation sufficient to activate the photosensitizer whereby microorganisms were inactivated.
- The '110 patent describes a7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl isoalloxazine photosensitizers and other photosensitizers including endogenous alloxazine or isoalloxazine photosensitizers. The '110 patent describes the treatment of a host carrying various microorganisms including viruses (both extracellular and intracellular), bacteria, bacteriophages, fungi, blood-transmitted parasites such as malaria, and protozoa. Exemplary viruses include acquired immunodeficiency (HIV) virus, hepatitis A, B and C viruses, sinbis virus, cytomegaloviris, vesicular stomatitis virus, herpes simplex viruses, e.g. types I and II, human T-lymphotropic retroviruses, HTLV-III, lymphadenopathy virus LAV/IDAV, parvovirus, transfusion-transmitted (TT) virus, Epstein-Barr virus, West Nile virus and others known to the art. Bacteriophages include ΦX174, Φ6, λ, R17, T4, and T2. Exemplary bacteria include P. aeruginosa, S. aureus, S. epidermis, L. monocytogenes, E. coli, K. pneumonia and S. marcescens. One particular class of microorganisms is non-screened microorganisms—those microorganisms that are not screened by current blood banking processes. Some non-screened microorganisms include malaria and West Nile virus. One class of microorganisms includes those transmitted by mosquitoes, including malaria and West Nile virus.
- The '110 patent describes that the preferable use endogenous photosensitizers, including endogenous photosensitizers which function by interfering with nucleic acid replication. In 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl isoalloxazine, the chemistry believed to occur between 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl isoalloxazine and nucleic acids does not proceed via singlet oxygen-dependent processes (i.e. Type II mechanism), but rather by direct sensitizer-substrate interactions (Type I mechanisms). In addition, 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl isoalloxazine appears not to produce large quantities of singlet oxygen upon exposure to UV light, but rather exerts its effects through direct interactions with substrate (e.g., nucleic acids) through electron transfer reactions with excited state sensitizer species.
- An article by Sharma et al. entitled “Safety and protective efficacy of INA-inactivated Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus: Implication in vaccine development,” in Vaccine, volume 29,
issue 5, 29 Jan. 2011, pages 953-959, described that that hydrophobic alkylating compound, 1,5-iodonaphthyl-azide (INA) can efficiently inactivate the virulent strain of Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus (VEEV), upon exposure of the INA to “full light conditions.” Sharma et al. further demonstrated the protective efficacy of INA-inactivated V3000 and V3526 to not cause disease in suckling mice and to induce an anti-VEEV antibody response which protected mice from a virulent VEEV challenge. Sharma et al. reported that none of the mice which received INA-inactivated V3526 showed any clinical symptoms of disease such as, hunched posture, stunted growth, lethargic or paralysis and grew similar to that of the control mice. - An article by Heilman et al. entitled “Light-Triggered Eradication of Acinetobacter baumannii by Means of NO Delivery from a Porous Material with an Entrapped Metal Nitrosyl” in J. Am. Chem. Soc., 2012, 134 (28), pp 11573-11582 (May 11, 2012) describes photoactive manganese nitrosyl, namely [Mn(PaPy3)(NO)](ClO4) ({Mn-NO}), loaded into the columnar pores of an MCM-41 host. Heliman et al. report that, when suspensions of the loaded materials in saline solution were exposed to low-power (10-100 mW) visible light, rapid release of NO was observed. The released nitric oxide effectively cleared the bacteria from the treated areas of the plates, showing that the nitric oxide easily penetrated through the agar layer. The amount of light used to activate the compound was 100 milliWatts per square centimeter.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,268,602 entitled “CELLUAR AND VIRAL INACTIVATION” describes procedures for providing compositions of inactivated viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites and tumor cells that can be used as vaccines, as well as methods for making such inactivated viruses, bacteria, fungi, parasites and tumor cells are also provided. More specifically, the '602 patent describes methods for inactivating an infective agent or cancer cell that involve exposing the agent or cell to a hydrophobic photoactivatable compound, for example, 1,5-iodonaphthylazide (INA) activated by ultraviolet light.
- Insertion Devices and Methods of Use
- One system of the invention includes 1) an initiation source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject (or a medium to be changed by photoactivation of a reagent therein) and 2) an insertion device including an emitter associated with a microelectronics assembly unit. The assembly unit in one embodiment includes 1) for the emitter, a light emitting device (such as for example a light emitting diode or LED or electroluminescent device) configured to emit light of a predetermined wavelength to treat disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium, 2) an optional battery that powers the light emitting device, and 3) a receiver (e.g. an RF antenna) that picks up the initiation signal and/or couples power into the emitter. The assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the initiation signal, to power the light emitting device thereby emitting light of the predetermined wavelength into the interior of the human or animal subject or into the interior of the medium.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the insertion device is a microdevice or an array of insertion devices. The term “microdevice” refers to a device having features of 100s of microns or submicron dimensions. The insertion devices with these preferable dimensions can be used in any number of medical, physical, and/or chemical processes involving the irradiation of internal structures at prescribed optical wavelengths to directly or indirectly produce a change in the medium. For example, the insertion devices in various embodiments can include channels or microchannels for injection of an activatable agent into the medium. Some of these channels can be used for blood separation functions for the purpose of increasing the efficacy of drug activation. The channels or microchannels in various non-limiting embodiments can be on the order of 1 μm to 200 μm in diameter, typically 10 μm to 75 μm in diameter, and approximately 0.1 to 50 cm in length. The channels or microchannels can be connected to or themselves form microvoids having for example a volume of about 1 nl to about 100 μl, typically about 10 nl to 20 μl. However, the insertion devices of the present invention can be larger or smaller in scale.
- Reference will now be made in detail to the accompanying drawings, in which like reference characters refer to corresponding elements.
- As shown in
FIG. 1A , an exemplary system according to one embodiment of the invention may have aninitiation energy source 1 directed atmedium 4. The medium 4 can be an artificial medium or a biological medium.Activatable agents 2 can be dispersed throughout the medium 4 or can be administered locally from theinsertion devices 3 which has shown have been inserted into the medium to be treated. Theinitiation energy source 1 may be connected via anetwork 8 to acomputer system 5 capable of directing the delivery of the initiation energy. In various embodiments, the insertion device(s) 3 receive microwave radiation or radiofrequency radiation signals and generate emitted light of one or more predetermined wavelengths in the infrared, visible, or ultraviolet range to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce physical and/or biological changes in the medium. - As used herein, the term “change in the medium” includes but is not limited to the inducement of a photoactivated reaction such as for example drug activation, cell or bacteria or virus or yeast kill, radical generation, sterilization, polymerization, hardening, curing, localized heating from the emitted light, etc. One example of a biological change includes the thermal activation or the photo-activation of a therapeutic agent that in turn triggers a response in the cell viability in the medium. Other changes in a biological medium such as those induced by photoactivation of drugs, photodynamic therapy, photobiomodulation, and photostimulation are discussed in detail below.
- In various embodiments, the insertion device(s) 3 are encapsulated in silica or a polymer for biocompatibility. The silica or polymer in these embodiments is capable of transmitting the infrared, visible, or ultraviolet light into the
medium 4 surrounding the insertion device(s) 3. As shown inFIG. 1A , initiation energy 7 (e.g. in the form of radiation from the initiation energy source 1) permeates throughout themedium 4. In some cases, the initiation energy 7 from theinitiation energy source 1 may only permeate partially through the medium. - In various embodiments, the
initiation energy source 1 can be a radio frequency or microwave source or infrared source emitting electromagnetic waves at a frequency which permeates at least a part of the medium and which triggers from the insertion device light emission. In various embodiments, the emitted light can interact with energy modulation elements 6 in the medium surrounding insertion device(s) 3. As discussed below in more detail, theactivatable agents 2 or the energy modulation elements 6 can have plasmonics agents which enhance the effect of light emitted from the insertion device(s) 3. A computer or processor orcomputing device 5 controls the initiation energy source and provides wireless signals for control of the insertion device(s) 3. Communication fromcomputer 5 to the imitation energy source occurs over a wired, fiber optic, orwireless communication network 8. -
FIG. 1B is a schematic depicting another system according to another embodiment of the invention in which theinitiation energy source 1 ofFIG. 1A is directed to the insertion device(s) 3 which in turn irradiate energy modulation elements 6 placed in the vicinity of medium 4 (e.g., a liquid or other fluid-like medium) and held inside acontainer 9. As shown inFIG. 1B , the insertion device(s) 3 by their positioning in the medium have the medium surrounding the insertion device(s) 3. The insertion device(s) 3 in this embodiment are inside the medium and are therefore intimately in a vicinity of the medium to be activated. - The
container 9 is made of a material that is “transparent” to the initiation energy 7. For example, plastic, quartz, glass, or aluminum containers would be sufficiently transparent to X-rays, while plastic or quartz or glass containers would be transparent to microwave or radio frequency radiation. The insertion device(s) 3 or encapsulated insertion devices 6 can be dispersed uniformly throughout the medium or may be segregated in distinct parts of the medium or further separated physically from the medium byencapsulation structures 10, as described below. Asupply 11 provides the medium 4 to thecontainer 9. - Accordingly, as used herein, “in a vicinity of” refers to the insertion device(s) 3 or the encapsulated insertion devices 6 being disposed completely inside a medium, partly inside or partly outside a medium, adjacent a medium, or completely outside a medium where light from the
insertion devices 3 irradiates a part or the whole of the medium. -
FIG. 1C is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed to a container enclosing a medium having insertion devices segregated within the medium by way of intruding encapsulated structures holding UV or visible light emitters. InFIG. 1C , encapsulated structures 10 (containing the UV or visible light emitters) are aligned with an orientation in line with the externalinitiation energy source 1. In this configuration, each of the encapsulatedstructures 10 has itself a “line-of-sight” to the externalinitiation energy source 1 without being occluded by other of the encapsulatedstructures 10. In other embodiments, the encapsulatedstructures 10 are not so aligned in that direction, but could be aligned perpendicular to the direction, or could be randomly placed. -
FIG. 1D is a schematic depicting a system according to another embodiment of the invention in which the initiation energy source is directed a container enclosing a medium having insertion device(s) 3 segregated within the medium in afluidized bed 20 configuration. Thefluidized bed 20 includes the insertion device(s) 3 inside encapsulatedstructures 10 in a configuration where a fluid to be treated is passed between the encapsulatedstructures 10. The encapsulatedstructures 10 can include also energy modulation agents and/or other luminescent materials and/or plasmonics agents as described herein. - In the either configuration of
FIGS. 1C and 1D , the medium to be treated in one embodiment would flow by the encapsulatedstructures 10, and the separation distance between the encapsulatedstructures 10 would be set a distance smaller than the UV penetration depth in the medium. Thus, as shown inFIGS. 1C and 1D , the medium being treated does need not to be stationary in order for the encapsulatedstructures 10 to be in a vicinity of the medium to be treated. In other embodiments, the medium to be treated could be stationary. - In one embodiment of the invention described here, the concentration of insertion device(s) 3 in the medium or the spacing between the encapsulated
structures 10 is set such that the insertion device(s) 3 are separated from each other in the medium by less than a UV depth of penetration into the medium. Higher concentrations are certainly usable and will generate higher UV fluxes should the energy source have enough intensity to “light” all the luminescent particles. - For a relatively unclouded aqueous medium, UV-B irradiance decreases to 1% after penetration into the water samples between 0.2 m and 1 m, whereas UV-A penetrates on the order of several meters. For such mediums, the concentration of light emitter is more determined by the time needed for the intended UV flux to produce deactivation or activation of an agent in the medium, rather than having to be set based on a concentration of light emitter where the medium itself does not occlude the UV stimulated emission from penetrating throughout the medium. The placement of the light emitter in the vicinity of the medium is not restricted by the optical density of the medium.
- The insertion device(s) 3 described in this invention can include many of the electrical and housing components described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,358,514. In the '514 patent, electrodes were attached to a nerve or muscle without suturing permitting the microdevice of the '514 patent (and suitable here in the present invention) to stimulate the nerve or muscle, or sense signals associated with the nerve or muscle, using a minimal amount of energy.
-
FIG. 2A is a schematic of aninsertion device 3 of the present invention with opposing active orinactive electrodes 22 for self attachment to a muscle or nerve or organ. As shown inFIG. 2A , the opposing electrodes are attached to adevice housing 24. The main function ofelectrodes 24 in this invention is for attachment ofdevice 3 to a muscle or nerve or target organ to be treated, although theelectrodes 24 can supply electrical pulses to the muscle or nerve or target organ if needed as part of the treatment. Inside thehousing 24 resides electronic control circuitry, a coil for receiving an initiation signal, and a battery to charge or power the electronic control circuitry, the light emitter, or the fluid injectors. In one embodiment, theinsertion device 3 includes a hermetically-sealed housing which is inert to body fluids and tissue or other components of the medium in which the insertion device is placed. -
FIG. 2B is a sectional schematic of one embodiment of theinsertion device 3 of the present invention. This embodiment shows for the sake of simplicity twoattachment electrodes 22, although more attachment electrodes (or no attachment electrodes) could be used depending on how the device(s) 3 are to be used. The electrode is connected to the interior ofhousing 24 byattachment section 28 sealed to thehousing 24. As illustrated inFIG. 2B , at least one emitter, e.g., light emittingsource 26 is contained insidehousing 24. Thelight emitting source 26 can include one or more light emitting diodes for emission of the same or different wavelengths of light. Thelight emitting source 26 emits light which is transmitted throughwall 24 into themedium surrounding device 3. The light emitting source is shown inFIG. 2B placed under thecoil windings 30, but can be placed elsewhere insidehousing 24. In one embodiment,conduit channel 46 insideconduit 44 can include an optical channel for transmitting the light fromdevice 3 along with fluids (e.g., light activatable agents) fromfluid reservoir 38. In one embodiment,conduit channel 46 is a double wall clad design with the interior space of the double wall clad channeling light while the outer wall carries the fluid or vice versa. -
Coil windings 30 acting as a receiver can receive signals from the initiation energy source. The received signals can contain control instructions. These signals can also be rectified to provide power and rechargebattery 32 insidehousing 24. Thebattery 32 supplies power toIC chip 36 and to the light emitting source oremitter 26. In one embodiment, thecoil windings 30 are configured to receive signals for power, and thecoil 22 is configured to receive the control signals, which are supplied toIC chip 36.Emitter 26 in other embodiments could emit sonic or infrared or RF signals or other energy of a predetermined kind as discussed below. - In one embodiment,
IC chip 36 can be an iCode Philips chip. The iCode Philips chip is a compliant transponder that has fast access and read/write times. The higher frequency operation allows communication rates up to 53 kbaud. The iCode Philips chip hasflexible memory structure and requires for only a few turns of wire or printed foil tracks for the antenna. The iCode Philips chip has its memory organized as 4-byte blocks with the first two blocks containing a factory programmed 8-byte unique serial number (UID). The other blocks can store programming instructions for operation of the insertion device. - In one embodiment,
IC chip 36 serving as an internal controller is mounted onsurface 34 of afluid reservoir 38.Fluid reservoir 38 can hold for example a photoactivatable substance such as a photoactivatable drug or a photoactivatable adhesive. A pump/valve 40 can supply/pump the photoactivatable substance(s) (or other substances such as energy modulation agents and plasmonic agents or optical coupling fluids) from thefluid reservoir 38 tofluid conduit channel 46 insideconduit 44 extending throughwall 24 to the outside ofdevice 3.Conduit 44 is shown inFIG. 2B secured to wall 24 of the microdevice by way ofwall insert 42, which permits access to and assembly of the interior components ofdevice 3. - In accordance with one embodiment of the invention,
insertion device 3 is of a size and weight that permits implantation through an incision in the patient's skin. In some embodiments, such incision may be as small as the puncture hole of a hypodermic needle, withdevice 3 being implanted through the lumen of such needle. In other embodiments, the incision may be made in conventional manner, but is still preferably (but not necessarily) of relatively small dimensions, e.g., having linear dimensions of no more than about 5 to 10 mm. In accordance with one embodiment of the invention, thefluid reservoir 38 can itself be refilled by way of a surgical connection to theconduit 44. - The
insertion device 3 can be implanted by a surgeon having a fiber optic probe with saline flowing therethrough. The fiber optic probe would permit the surgeon to view the nerve or muscle or organ by looking through the fiber optic probe; and when properly positioned, the surgeon can position the electrode(s) 22 around the muscle or nerve or organ. - According to various embodiments of the invention, any type of self-attaching electrode can be used with the insertion device of the present invention. Self-attaching electrodes are described, e.g., in U.S. Pat. No. 4,920,979 (helical electrodes); U.S. Pat. No. 4,934,368 (cuff electrodes); or U.S. Pat. No. 4,573,481 (helical electrode arrays). Additionally, sutured electrodes or electrode arrays affixed to substrates that are sutured may also be used, such as is shown in U.S. Pat. No. 4,026,300 (woven sheet material coupling) or U.S. Pat. No. 4,590,946 (electrodes helically wound and secured to a sutured substrate); although using a sutured electrode configuration defeats one of the advantages of using self-attaching electrodes—ease of implantation.
- In yet another embodiment,
insertion device 3 can include a sensor (e.g., included in for example inIC Chip 36 which can sense a desired biomedical parameter, e.g., voltage, body position, pressure, magnetic field, chemical parameters such as pH, oxygen, salinity, glucose concentration, or the like, converts such sensed parameter to an electrical signal (if not already an electrical signal), and telemeters such sensed signal to a location outside the body. - In one embodiment,
insertion device 3 includescoil 30 which, depending on the particular application, has approximately a number of turns (e.g., 200 turns or more), to provide the necessary induction for the coupling of a magnetic flux associated with an alternating magnetic field so as to couple power to the insertion device from an external source. In one embodiment, theinsertion device 3 does not include a coil and relies only onbattery 32 for power. - The
device housing 24 can be filled with an inert gas. Prior to sealing thehousing 24, the inert gas may be introduced into the insertion device, or the insertion device may be assembled in an inert gas atmosphere. The inert gas can be helium, argon, krypton, nitrogen, or a mixture thereof including for example a 10% helium and 90% argon or krypton mixture, or other commonly-used, suitable, biologically-compatible gas. Sealing can be accomplished by way of an epoxy seal/cure. - The
insertion device 3 in one embodiment of the invention can be fabricated to include the pump and valve components described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,271,724. The '724 patent describes a microvalve (and process of making) for the administration of medicaments. Of use as the pump/valve 40 here, the '724 patent describes a wafer of silicon or any other material capable of being etched by photolithographic technology bonded to a glass wafer, which in the present invention would serve asfluid reservoir 38. This silicon wafer is machined so as to form an inlet valve, a pump chamber, and an outlet valve (which forms a regulating valve). A glass sealing wafer is bonded to the wafer of silicon above the inlet valve, a piezolectric disc is formed to the wall of the pump chamber. The inlet valve in the '724 patent and suitable here comprises a membrane of substantially circular form with near its center an orifice and, adjacent to the side of an inlet channel, an annular sealing ring. When this valve is open, the inlet channel is in communication with the pump chamber by the orifice and another orifice. In the '724 patent and suitable here, the outlet valve is equipped with a position detector. - The micropump in one embodiment of the present invention would function as follows. At rest, the inlet and outlet valves are in the closed position. When an electrical voltage is applied, the wall of the pump chamber deforms and the pressure increases therein until the outlet valve opens. The fluid contained in the pump chamber is then driven towards the outlet channel, in this case toward
fluid conduit channel 46. During this phase the inlet valve is held closed by the pressure prevailing in the pump chamber. When, however, the electrical potential is removed or reversed, the pressure therein diminishes. This causes closure of the outlet valve and opening of the entry valve. Fluid is thereby drawn into the pump chamber from thefluid reservoir 38. - Alternatively, insertion device(s) 3 of this invention can utilize the micropumping devices and communication devices described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,454,759. The '759 patent describes a microfabricated, fully integrated drug delivery system capable of secreting controlled dosages of multiple drugs over long periods of time (up to a year). The 759 patent device includes a long and narrow shaped implant with a sharp leading edge for implantation under the skin of a human in a manner analogous to a sliver. The implant in the '759 patent (and suitable here for the pump/valve 40) includes: 1) one or more micromachined, integrated, zero power, high and constant pressure generating osmotic engine; 2) low power addressable one-shot shape memory polymer (SMP) valves for switching on the osmotic engine, and for opening drug outlet ports; 3) microfabricated polymer pistons for isolating the pressure source from drug-filled microchannels. The device in the '759 patent (and suitable here as part of or in addition to IC Chip 30) includes an externally mounted controller for controlling on-board electronics which activates the SMP microvalves, etc. of the implant.
- Alternatively, insertion device(s) 3 of this invention can utilize the structured LED devices and component structures described in U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 2011/0168976 for the light emitting elements of insertion device(s) 3. The '976 publication describes use of micro- or nano-structured features that reduce lattice strain and improve p-doping in inorganic LEDs, and facilitate carrier injection and recombination of OLEDs. Here, insertion device(s) 3 of this invention can utilize nano-heteroepitaxy techniques in the '976 publication to produce nanometer (i.e., 5 to <1000 nm, particularly 50-500 nm, e.g., 100 nm feature size emitters. In the present invention, these micro- and nano-emitters would form the basis for light emitting
source 26. - In one embodiment, an external controller (e.g. computer 5) communicates to the circuitry in the
insertion device 3 by way of broadcast from theinitiation energy source 1. For example, theinitiation energy source 1 can include an oscillator for broadcasting control information to themicrosensor 3. The signal received by themicrosensor 3 can be demodulated by a demodulator circuit inIC Chip 36, with a resultant data signal being directed to control themicrodevice 3. - The
IC Chip 36 serves as an internal controller having a memory programmed with instructions which when executed cause the controller to recognize the initiation signal and to power the LED thereby emitting ultraviolet light interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject or emitting ultraviolet light interior to the medium to produce a change in the medium. TheIC Chip 36 can already be programmed with instructions or can be programmed by the initiation signal. Such instructions would control the insertion device to at least one of: - 1) select which of the
light emitting sources 26 in themicrodevice 3 to power, thereby providing wavelength specific irradiation, - 2) set a power level, duration, and/or duty cycle for LED operation,
- 3) operate the pump/
valve 40 to inject one or more fluids from the insertion device, - 4) receive transponder information from the
initiation energy source 1 and/other external sources to derive a spatial location of themicrodevice 3 within the subject or medium being treated, - 5) broadcast spatial information back to
computer 5, - 6) measure temperature of the
insertion device 3 and broadcast temperature information back tocomputer 5, - 7) recognize an initiation signal and
power emitter 26 to thereby emit energy of a predetermined type interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject or thereby emit the energy of the predetermined type interior to the medium to produce a change in the medium, and/or - 8) recognize an initiation signal broadcast into the subject or medium to be treated or recognize an initiation signal programmed into the
IC Chip 36 to activate theemitter 26 upon a time, spatial coordinate, or temperature trigger. - In one embodiment of the invention, one or more of the insertion device(s) 3 can be attached to a catheter.
FIG. 2D is a schematic of one embodiment of aninsertion device 3 of the invention attached tocatheter 50.Catheter 50 includes anemitter capsule 52 having amicroelectronics assembly unit 54. Themicroelectronics assembly unit 54 includes a UV or visible light emitter, a receiver that receives an initiation signal, and the corresponding circuitry, as described above with regard toFIG. 2B ,IC Chip 36, andemitter 26, for example. Themicroelectronics assembly unit 54 is configured, upon receiving the initiation signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit the energy of the predetermined type into the interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject or to effect a change in a biological or non-biological medium.Catheter 50 includes aninsertion sleeve 60 having, at a distal end thereof,emitter capsule 52 including one or more of the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention for insertion into a patient. - At the end of the catheter which is inserted first, there can be disposed an
inflatable balloon 62 which is shown in the inflated state inFIG. 2D . Coolingwater tubes 64 andsensor lines 66 can also be also disposed in thecatheter 50. - In one embodiment of the invention, multiple insertion device(s) 3 can be attached to a target tumor site. In one embodiment of the invention, the
insertion device 3 provides UV (or visible) light to trigger desirable reactions. As detailed below, UV and visible light emitting diodes and UV and visible light emitting electroluminescent devices are known in the art, and would be useable in the present invention as theemitters 26 for example. Photo-initiation is a known mechanism used in various medicinal, pharmaceutical and chemical reactions. In one embodiment of the invention, the photo initiation can be performed at 360 nm (+/−50 nm) to trigger for example psoralen (and psoralen derivatives with bio-therapeutic functionality) inside a diseased cell or nucleus of the target tumor site. - Photoactivation Treatments of the Invention
- Although not intending to be bound by any particular theory or be otherwise limited in any way, the following theoretical discussion of scientific principles and definitions are provided to help the reader gain an understanding and appreciation of the invention.
- As used herein, the term “subject” is not intended to be limited to humans, but may also include animals, plants, or any suitable biological organism.
- As used herein, the phrase “cell proliferation disorder” refers to any condition where the growth rate of a population of cells is less than or greater than a desired rate under a given physiological state and conditions. Although, preferably, the proliferation rate that would be of interest for treatment purposes is faster than a desired rate, slower than desired rate conditions may also be treated by methods of the invention. Exemplary cell proliferation disorders may include, but are not limited to, cancer, bacterial infection, immune rejection response of organ transplant, solid tumors, viral infection, autoimmune disorders (such as arthritis, lupus, inflammatory bowel disease, Sjogrens syndrome, multiple sclerosis) or a combination thereof, as well as aplastic conditions wherein cell proliferation is low relative to healthy cells, such as aplastic anemia. Particularly preferred cell proliferation disorders for treatment using the present methods are cancer, Staphylococcus aureus (particularly antibiotic resistant strains such as methicillin resistant Staphylococcus aureus or MRSA), and autoimmune disorders.
- As used herein, an “activatable agent” is an agent that normally exists in an inactive state in the absence of an activation signal (e.g., one or more photons). When the agent is activated by an activation signal under activating conditions, the agent is capable of producing a desired pharmacological, cellular, chemical, electrical, or mechanical effect in a medium (i.e. a predetermined change in the medium).
- Signals that may be used to activate a corresponding agent may include, but are not limited to, photons of specific wavelengths (e.g. x-rays, ultraviolet, or visible light). For example, an activatable agent, such as a photosensitizer, may be activated by UV-A radiation (e.g., by UV-A radiation generated internally in the medium). For example, an activatable agent, such as a photosensitizer, may be activated by UV-B or UV-C radiation. Once activated, the agent in its active-state may then directly proceed to produce a predetermined change.
- When activated, the activatable agent may effect changes that include, but are not limited to an increase in organism activity, a decrease in organism activity, apoptosis, and/or a redirection of metabolic pathways.
- As used herein, an “activatable pharmaceutical agent” (alternatively called a “photoactive agent” or PA) is an agent that normally exists in an inactive state in the absence of an activation signal. When the agent is activated, it is capable of affecting the desired pharmacological effect on a target cell (i.e. preferably a predetermined cellular change).
- A photoactive compound that achieves its pharmaceutical effect by binding (with mono adducts formation or cross links formation) to certain cellular structure in its active state may require physical proximity to the target cellular structure when the activation signal is delivered. Some examples of activating conditions may include, but are not limited to, temperature, pH, location, state of the cell, presence or absence of co-factors. Selection of an activatable pharmaceutical agent greatly depends on a number of factors such as the desired cellular change, the desired form of activation, as well as the physical and biochemical constraints that may apply.
- When activated for example by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices, the activatable pharmaceutical agent may affect cellular changes that include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, lysis, redirection of metabolic pathways, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, production or modulation of reactive oxygen species or combinations thereof.
- The mechanisms by which an activatable pharmaceutical agent may achieve its desired effect are not particularly limited. Such mechanisms may include direct action on a predetermined target as well as indirect actions via alterations to the biochemical pathways. A preferred direct action mechanism is by binding the agent to a critical cellular structure such as nuclear DNA, mRNA, rRNA, ribosome, mitochondrial DNA, or any other functionally important structures. Indirect mechanisms may include modulation of or releasing metabolites upon activation to interfere with normal metabolic pathways, releasing chemical signals (e.g. agonists or antagonists) upon activation to alter the targeted cellular response, and other suitable biochemical or metabolic alterations.
- In one preferred embodiment, the activatable pharmaceutical agent is capable of chemically binding to the DNA or mitochondriat at a therapeutically effective amount. In this embodiment, the activatable pharmaceutical agent, preferably a photoactivatable agent, is exposed in situ to light internally generated for example by CR and/or an energy modulation agent.
- An activatable agent may be a small molecule; a biological molecule such as a protein, a nucleic acid or lipid; a supramolecular assembly; a nanoparticle; a nanostructure, or combinations thereof or any other molecular entity having a pharmaceutical activity once activated.
- Additional photoactive agents include, but are not limited to, carbene precursors, nitrene precursors, thio derivatives, benzophenones, and halogenated pyrimidines. Such photo-chemistries are routinely employed to achieve protein-DNA photocross-links but none has been achieved using an indirect method as presented herein, for example where X-Ray radiation is converted to UV radiation to activate the species and achieve DNA photocross-links.
- Endogenously-based derivatives include synthetically derived analogs and homologs of endogenous photoactivated molecules, which may have or lack lower (1 to 5 carbons) alkyl or halogen substituents of the photosensitizers from which they are derived, and which preserve the function and substantial non-toxicity. Endogenous molecules are inherently non-toxic and may not yield toxic photoproducts after photoradiation.
- The nature of the predetermined cellular change will depend on the desired pharmaceutical outcome. Exemplary cellular changes may include, but are not limited to, morphologic changes, apoptosis, necrosis, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, modulation of or secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, or a combination thereof.
- When activated for example by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices, the activatable pharmaceutical agent may effect cellular changes that include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, redirection of metabolic pathways, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, production of reactive oxygen species or combinations thereof.
- A preferred method of treating a cell proliferation disorder of the invention administers a photoactivatable agent to a patient, stimulates the photoactivatable agent by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices to induce cell damage (or kill), and generates an auto vaccine effect.
- Additionally, energy modulation agents may be included in the medium to be treated. The energy modulation agents could be used to supplement the internally generated UV light by down-conversion of the UV light into UV light at a different wavelength or into visible or infrared light.
- As used here, an “energy modulation agent” refers to an agent that is capable of receiving an energy input from a source and then re-emitting a different energy to a receiving target. Energy transfer among molecules may occur in a number of ways. The form of energy may be electronic, thermal, electromagnetic, kinetic, or chemical in nature. Energy may be transferred from one molecule to another (intermolecular transfer) or from one part of a molecule to another part of the same molecule (intramolecular transfer). For example, a modulation agent may receive electromagnetic energy and re-emit the energy in the form of thermal energy which otherwise contributes to heating the environment in vicinity of the light emission. Some modulation agents may have a very short energy retention time (on the order of fs, e.g. fluorescent molecules) whereas others may have a very long half-life (on the order of minutes to hours, e.g. luminescent or phosphorescent molecules). The energy modulation agent materials can preferably include any materials that can absorb X-Ray and/or UV light and emit light at a different wavelength in order to excite the PA molecule.
- Quantum dots, semiconductor nanostructures and various materials related to quantum dots, semiconductor materials, etc. can be used as energy modulation agents. Scintillator materials can be used as energy modulation agents. Various scintillator materials can be used as energy modulation agents emitting luminescence emission, which can be used to excite the PA system.
- Suitable energy modulation agents include, but are not limited to, a phosphor, a scintillator, a biocompatible fluorescing metal nanoparticle, fluorescing dye molecule, gold nanoparticle, quantum dots, such as a water soluble quantum dot encapsulated by polyamidoamine dendrimers, a luciferase, a biocompatible phosphorescent molecule, a combined electromagnetic energy harvester molecule, a lanthanide chelate capable of intense luminescence, metals (gold, silver, etc); semiconductor materials; organic solids, metal complexes, inorganic solids, crystals, rare earth materials (lanthanides), polymers, and materials that exhibit excitonic properties.
- In a preferred embodiment, the energy modulation agents include down converters (such as for example phosphors which can convert UV light from the insertion device(s) 3 into light at a different wavelength including for example visible light. These down converters when used in combination can activate a variety of UV-stimulated photoreactions as well as activate any visible light activated reactions.
- Examples of luminescing particles (down converters) can include gold particles (such as for example the nanoparticles of gold), BaFBr:Eu particles, CdSe particles, Y2O3:Eu3+ particles, and/or other known stimulated luminescent materials such as for example ZnS:Mn2+; ZnS:Mn2+, Yb3+, Y2O3:Eu3+; BaFBr:Tb3+; and YF3:Tb3+. More specific examples of the downconverters include, but are not limited to: BaFCl:Eu2+, BaSO4 −:Eu2+, LaOBr:Tm3+, YTaO4, YTaO4:Nb (*),CaWO4, LaOBr:Tb3+, Y2O2S:Tb3+, ZnS:Ag, (Zn,Cd)S:Ag, Gd2O2S:Tb3+, La2O2S:Tb3+.
- In one aspect of the invention, a downconverting energy modulation agent can comprise inorganic particulates selected from the group consisting of: metal oxides; metal sulfides; doped metal oxides; and mixed metal chalcogenides. In one aspect of the invention, the downconverting material can comprise at least one of Y2O3, Y2O2S, NaYF4, NaYbF4, YAG, YAP, Nd2O3, LaF3, LaCl3, La2O3, TiO2, LuPO4, YVO4, YbF3, YF3, Na-doped YbF3, ZnS; ZnSe; MgS; CaS; CaWO4, CaSiO2:Pb, and alkali lead silicate including compositions of SiO2, B2O3, Na2O, K2O, PbO, MgO, or Ag, and combinations or alloys or layers thereof. In one aspect of the invention, the downconverting material can include a dopant including at least one of Er, Eu, Yb, Tm, Nd, Mn Tb, Ce, Y, U, Pr, La, Gd and other rare-earth species or a combination thereof. The dopant can be included at a concentration of 0.01%-50% by mol concentration.
- In one aspect of the invention, the downconverting energy modulation agent can comprise materials such as ZnSeS:Cu, Ag, Ce, Tb; CaS: Ce,Sm; La2O2S:Tb; Y2O2S:Tb; Gd2O2S:Pr, Ce, F; LaPO4. In other aspects of the invention, the downconverting material can comprise phosphors such as ZnS:Ag and ZnS:Cu, Pb. In other aspects of the invention, the downconverting material can be alloys of the ZnSeS family doped with other metals. For example, suitable materials include ZnSexSy:Cu, Ag, Ce, Tb, where the following x, y values and intermediate values are acceptable: x:y; respectively 0:1; 0.1:0.9; 0.2:0.8; 0.3:0.7; 0.4:0.6; 0.5:0.5; 0.6:0.4; 0.7:0.3; 0.8:0.2; 0.9:0.1; and 1.0:0.0.
- In other aspects of the invention, the downconverting energy modulation agent can be materials such as sodium yttrium fluoride (NaYF4), lanthanum fluoride (LaF3), lanthanum oxysulfide (La2O2S), yttrium oxysulfide (Y2O2S), yttrium fluoride (YF3), yttrium gallate, yttrium aluminum garnet (YAG), gadolinium fluoride (GdF3), barium yttrium fluoride (BaYF5, BaY2F8), gadolinium oxysulfide (Gd2O2S), calcium tungstate (CaWO4), yttrium oxide:terbium (Yt2O3Tb), gadolinium oxysulphide:europium (Gd2O2S:Eu), lanthanum oxysulphide:europium (La2O2S:Eu), and gadolinium oxysulphide:promethium, cerium, fluorine (Gd2O2S:Pr,Ce,F), YPO4:Nd, LaPO4:Pr, (Ca,Mg)SO4:Pb, YBO3:Pr, Y2SiO5:Pr, Y2Si2O7:Pr, SrLi2SiO4:Pr,Na, and CaLi2SiO4:Pr.
- In other aspects of the invention, the downconverting energy modulation agent can be near-infrared (NIR) down-conversion (DC) phosphors such as KSrPO4:Eu2+, Pr3+, or NaGdF4:Eu or Zn2SiO4:Tb3+,Yb3+ or β-NaGdF4 co-doped with Ce3+ and Tb3+ ions or Gd2O2S:Tm or BaYF5:Eu3+ or other down converters which emit NIR from visible or UV light exposure (as in a cascade from UV to NIR).
- In one embodiment of the invention, some of the phosphors noted above can absorb in the 390 to 410 nm range and then in turn down convert the UV radiation into red shifted emissions for activation in the visible. As an example, the excitation wavelength can be between 300 nm and 450 nm, and the emission can be centered around 650 nm as is the case for 6MgO. As2O5:Mn4+ and for 3.5MgO 0.5MgF2 GeO2:Mn2+.
- In various embodiments of the invention, the following luminescent polymers are also suitable as energy modulation agents: poly(phenylene ethynylene), poly(phenylene vinylene), poly(p-phenylene), poly(thiophene), poly(pyridyl vinylene), poly(pyrrole), poly(acetylene), poly(vinyl carbazole), poly(fluorenes), and the like, as well as copolymers and/or derivatives thereof.
- While many of the energy modulation agents of the invention are down conversion agents (i.e. where higher energy excitation produces lower energy emission), U.S. Pat. No. 7,008,559 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes the upconversion performance of ZnS where excitation at 767 nm produces emission in the visible range. The materials described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,008,559 including the ZnS as well as Er3+ doped BaTiO3 nanoparticles and Yb3+ doped CsMnCl3 are suitable in various embodiments of the invention. Here, the up converters can permit further tailoring of an energy cascade producing a targeted wavelength of interest by way of UV down conversion followed by up conversion of the down-converted visible or infrared wavelengths.
- Accordingly, in various embodiments of the invention, the up converters can be used in combination with the down converters (or mixtures of down converters) or in combination with various up converters. Various up converters suitable for this invention include CdTe, CdSe, ZnO, CdS, Y2O3, MgS, CaS, SrS and BaS. Such up conversion materials may be any semiconductor and more specifically, but not by way of limitation, sulfide, telluride, selenide, and oxide semiconductors and their nanoparticles, such as Zn1-xMnxSy, Zn1-xMnxSey, Zn1-xMnxTey, Cd1-xMnSy, Cd1-xMnxSey, Cd1-xMnxTey, Pb1-xMnxSy, Pb1-xMnxSey, Pb1-xMnxTey, Mg1-xMnSy, Ca1-xMnxSy, Ba1-xMnxSy and Sr1-x, etc. (wherein, 0<x≤1, and 0<y≤1). Complex compounds of the above-described semiconductors are also contemplated for use in the invention—e.g. (M1-zNz)1-xMnxA1-yBy (M=Zn, Cd, Pb, Ca, Ba, Sr, Mg; N=Zn, Cd, Pb, Ca, Ba, Sr, Mg; A=S, Se, Te, O; B═S, Se, Te, O; 0<x≤1, 0<y<1, 0<z≤1). Two examples of such complex compounds are Zn0.4Cd0.4Mn0.2S and Zn0.9Mn0.1S0.8Se0.2. Additional conversion materials include insulating and nonconducting materials such as BaF2, BaFBr, and BaTiO3, to name but a few exemplary compounds. Transition and rare earth ion co-doped semiconductors suitable for the invention include sulfide, telluride, selenide and oxide semiconductors and their nanoparticles, such as ZnS; Mn; Er; ZnSe; Mn, Er; MgS; Mn, Er; CaS; Mn, Er; ZnS; Mn, Yb; ZnSe; Mn,Yb; MgS; Mn, Yb; CaS; Mn,Yb etc., and their complex compounds: (M1-zNz)1-x(MnqR1-q)xA1-yBy (M=Zn, Cd, Pb, Ca, Ba, Sr, Mg; N═Zn, Cd, Pb, Ca, Ba, Sr, Mg; A=S, Se, Te, O; B═S, . . . 0<z<1, o<q≤1).
- Indeed, some nanoparticles such as ZnS:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Mn2+; ZnS:Mn,Er3+ are known in the art to have two functions, capable of functioning for both down-conversion luminescence and upconversion luminescence.
- To reduce the toxicity, the generation of free radical species or to make these nanoparticles or the insertion device(s) bio-inert or biocompatible, one embodiment of the invention described here coats the nanoparticles and/or or the insertion device(s) with silica. Silica is used as a coating material in a wide range of industrial colloid products from paints and magnetic fluids to high-quality paper coatings. Further, silica is both chemically and biologically inert and also is optically transparent. Other coatings suitable for this invention include a polymethyl methacrylate (PMMA) coating and an ethyl-cellulose coating. Once coated or encapsulated, the insertion device(s) are preferably sterilized and packaged in a sterile environment and suitable for insertion in a patient or subject. Other coating such as Diamond Like Coating such as those derived from Physical Vapor Deposition reactors can be used. Coatings derived from Chemical Vapor Deposition (like nano-crystalline diamonds) are possible. Other coatings such as those derived from Sol-Gel Processes (like a silicate coating) are desirable. Various coating methods can be used to coat the microdevices prior to insertion inside the body.
- Additionally, the energy modulation agent can be used alone or as a series of two or more energy modulation agents wherein the energy modulation agents provide an energy cascade from the light of the phosphors or scintillators. Thus, the first energy modulation agent in the cascade will absorb the UV light, convert it to a different energy which is then absorbed by the second energy modulation in the cascade, and so forth until the end of the cascade is reached with the final energy modulation agent in the cascade emitting the energy necessary to activate the activatable pharmaceutical agent.
- In one embodiment of the invention, a chemical reaction cascade can be triggered. The UV or visible light from the insertion device(s) 3 can activate a chemical which in turn can activate a bio-therapeutic in parallel to or independent of a photonic pathway.
- The energy modulation agents or the photoactivatable agent may further be coupled to a carrier for cellular targeting purposes. For example, a UV or visible light emitting insertion device may be concentrated in the tumor site by physical insertion.
- In general, photoactivatable agents may be stimulated by light from UV or visible from the insertion device(s) 3 of the present invention, leading to subsequent irradiation, resonance energy transfer, exciton migration, electron injection, or chemical reaction, to an activated energy state that is capable of effecting the predetermined cellular change desired. In a one embodiment, the photoactivatable agent, upon activation, binds to DNA or RNA or other structures in a cell. The activated energy state of the agent is capable of causing damage to cells, inducing apoptosis. The mechanism of apoptosis is associated with an enhanced immune response that reduces the growth rate of cell proliferation disorders and may shrink solid tumors, depending on the state of the patient's immune system, concentration of the agent in the tumor, sensitivity of the agent to stimulation, and length of stimulation.
- When drug molecules absorb excitation light, electrons undergo transitions from the ground state to an excited electronic state. The electronic excitation energy subsequently relaxes via radiative emission (luminescence) and radiationless decay channels. When a molecule absorbs excitation energy, it is elevated from So to some vibrational level of one of the excited singlet states, Sn, in the manifold S1, . . . , Sn. In condensed media (tissue), the molecules in the Sn state deactivate rapidly, within 10−13 to 10−11 s via vibrational relaxation (VR) processes, ensuring that they are in the lowest vibrational levels of Sn possible. Since the VR process is faster than electronic transitions, any excess vibrational energy is rapidly lost as the molecules are deactivated to lower vibronic levels of the corresponding excited electronic state. This excess VR energy is released as thermal energy to the surrounding medium. From the Sn state, the molecule deactivates rapidly to the isoenergetic vibrational level of a lower electronic state such as Sn−1 vian internal conversion (IC) process. IC processes are transitions between states of the same multiplicity. The molecule subsequently deactivates to the lowest vibronic levels of Sn−1 via VR process. By a succession of IC processes immediately followed by VR processes, the molecule deactivates rapidly to the ground state S1. This process results in excess VR and IC energy released as thermal energy to the surrounding medium leading to the overheating of the local environment surrounding the light absorbing drug molecules. The heat produced results in local cell or tissue destruction. The light absorbing species include natural chromophores in tissue or exogenous dye compounds such as indocyanine green, naphthalocyanines, and porphyrins coordinated with transition metals and metallic nanoparticles and nanoshells of metals. Natural chromophores, however, suffer from very low absorption. The choice of the exogenous photothermal agents is made on the basis of their strong absorption cross sections and highly efficient light-to-heat conversion. This feature greatly minimizes the amount of energy needed to induce local damage of the diseased cells, making therapy method less invasive.
- Photodynamic Therapy (PDT) with the Insertion Devices of this Invention
- PDT is a relatively new light-based treatment, which has recently been approved by the United States Food & Drug Administration (FDA) for the treatment of both early and late-stage lung cancer. Other countries have approved PDT for treatment of various cancers as well. Unlike chemotherapy, radiation, and surgery, PDT is useful in treating all cell types, whether small cell or non-small cell carcinoma. PDT involves treatment of diseases such as cancer using light action on a special photoactive class of drugs, by photodynamic action in vivo to destroy or modify tissue [Dougherty T. J. and Levy J. G., “Photodynamic Therapy and Clinical Applications”, in Biomedical Photonics Handbook, Vo-Dinh T., Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton Fla. (2003)]. PDT, which was originally developed for treatment of various cancers, has now been used to include treatment of pre-cancerous conditions, e.g. actinic keratoses, high-grade dysplasia in Barrett's esophagus, and non-cancerous conditions, e.g. various eye diseases, e.g. age related macular degeneration (AMD). Photodynamic therapy (PDT) is approved for commercialization worldwide both for various cancers (lung, esophagus) and for AMD. In one embodiment of the present invention, the insertion devices described above can directly activate the PA drug or directly excite endogenous oxygen. For example, in one embodiment, the insertion devices emit visible light which interacts with a photosensitizer (see discussion below) which in turn generates singlet oxygen or other radical species in the vicinity of the diseased site. In another embodiment, the insertion devices emit ultraviolet or visible light which generates (from the endogenous oxygen) singlet oxygen or other radical species in the vicinity of the diseased site.
- The PDT process requires three elements: (1) a PA drug (i.e., photosensitizer), (2) light that can excite the photosensitizer and (3) endogenous oxygen. The putative cytotoxic agent is singlet oxygen, an electronically excited state of ground state triplet oxygen formed according to the Type II photochemical process, as follows.
- PA+hv→1PA* (S) Excitation
- 1PA* (S)→3PA* (T) Intersystem crossing for singlet to triplet state
- 3PA* (T)+O2→1O*2+PA Energy transfer from the drug to singlet oxygen
- where PA=photo-active drug at the ground state; 1PA*(S)=excited singlet state; 3PA*(T)=excited triplet state; 1O*2=singlet excited state of oxygen
- Because the triplet state has a relatively long lifetime (pec to seconds) only photosensitizers that undergo efficient intersystem crossing to the excited triplet state will have sufficient time for collision with oxygen in order to produce singlet oxygen. The energy difference between ground state and singlet oxygen is 94.2 kJ/mol and corresponds to a transition in the near-infrared at 1270 nm. Most PA photosensitizers in clinical use have triplet quantum yields in the range of 40-60% with the singlet oxygen yield being slightly lower. Competing processes include loss of energy by deactivation to ground state by fluorescence or internal conversion (loss of energy to the environment or surrounding medium).
- However, while a high yield of singlet oxygen is desirable it is by no means sufficient for a treatment to be clinically useful. Pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, stability in vivo and acceptable toxicity play critical roles as well [Henderson B W, Gollnick S O, “Mechanistic Principles of Photodynamic Therapy”, in Biomedical Photonics Handbook, Vo Dinh T, Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton Fla. (2003)]. For example, it is desirable to have relatively selective uptake in the tumor or other tissue being treated relative to the normal tissue that necessarily will be exposed to the exciting light as well. Pharmacodynamic issues such as the subcellular localization of the photosensitizer may be important as certain organelles appear to be more sensitive to PDT damage than others (e.g. the mitochondria). An important mechanism associated with PDT drug activity involves apoptosis in cells. Upon absorption of light, the photosensitiser (PS) or the UV light initiates chemical reactions that lead to the direct or indirect production of cytotoxic species such as radicals and singlet oxygen. The reaction of the cytotoxic species with subcellular organelles and macromolecules (proteins, DNA, etc) can lead to apoptosis and/or necrosis of the cells hosting the PDT drug. The preferential accumulation of PDT drug molecules in cancer cells combined with the localized delivery of light to the tumor possible with the insertion device(s) 3 of the present invention, may result in the selective destruction of a cancerous lesion. Compared to other traditional anticancer therapies, PDT does not involve generalized destruction of healthy cells. In addition to direct cell killing, PDT can also act on the vasculature, reducing blood flow to the tumor causing its necrosis. In particular cases, it can be used as a less invasive alternative to surgery.
- There are several chemical species used for PDT including porphyrin-based sensitizers. A purified hematoporphyrin derivative, Photofrin®, has received approval of the US Food and Drug Administration. Porphyrins are generally used for tumors on or just under the skin or on the lining of internal organs or cavities because theses drug molecules absorbs light shorter than 640 nm in wavelength. For tumors occurring deep in tissue, second generation sensitizers, which have absorbance in the NIR region, such as porphyrin-based systems [R. K. Pandey, “Synthetic Strategies in designing Porphyrin-Based Photosensitizers’, in Biomedical Photonics Handbook, Vo-Dinh T., Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton Fla. (2003)], chlorines, phthalocyanine, and naphthalocyanine have been investigated.
- Conventional PDT is known to retain several photosensitizers in tumors for a longer time than in normal tissues, thus offering for the present invention potential improvement in treatment selectivity. See Comer C., “Determination of [3H]- and [14C] hematoporphyrin derivative distribution in malignant and normal tissue,”
Cancer Res 1979, 3 9: 146-151; Young S W, et al., “Lutetium texaphyrin (PCI-0123) a near-infrared, water-soluble photosensitizer,” Photochem Photobiol 1996, 63:892-897; and Berenbaum M C, et al., “Meso-Tetra(hydroxyphenyl)porphyrins, a new class of potent tumor photosensitisers with favourable selectivity,” Br J Cancer 1986, 54:717-725. Photodynamic therapy uses light of a specific wavelength to activate the photosensitizing agent. Various light sources have been developed for PDT, which include dye lasers and diode lasers. Light generated by lasers can be coupled to optical fibers that allow the light to be transmitted to the desired site. See Pass 1-11, “Photodynamic therapy in oncology: mechanisms and clinical use,” J Natl Cancer Inst 1993, 85:443-456. According to researchers, the cytotoxic effect of PDT is the result of photooxidation reactions, as disclosed in Foote C S, “Mechanisms of photooxygenation,” Proa Clin Biol Res 1984, 170:3-18. Light causes excitation of the photosensitizer, in the presence of oxygen, to produce various toxic species, such as singlet oxygen and hydroxyl radicals. - Photoactivation Treatments with the Insertion Devices of the Invention
- For the treatment of cell proliferation disorders, an initiation energy source can provide an initiation energy that the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 receive, instructing these devices to emit light or to emit some form of energy which activates an activatable pharmaceutical agent to treat target cells within a subject. In one embodiment, the emitted light or energy is applied indirectly to the activatable pharmaceutical agent, preferably in proximity to the target cells. Within the context of the present invention, the phrase “applied indirectly” (or variants of this phrase, such as “applying indirectly”, “indirectly applies”, “indirectly applied”, “indirectly applying”, etc.), when referring to the application of the initiation energy, means the penetration by the initiation energy into the subject beneath the surface of the subject and to the insertion device(s) 3 within a subject.
- Although not intending to be bound by any particular theory or be otherwise limited in any way, the following theoretical discussion of scientific principles and definitions are provided to help one gain an understanding and appreciation of the present invention.
- As used herein, the term “subject” is not intended to be limited to humans, but may also include animals, plants, or any suitable biological organism.
- As used herein, the phrase “cell proliferation disorder” refers to any condition where the growth rate of a population of cells is less than or greater than a desired rate under a given physiological state and conditions. Although, preferably, the proliferation rate that would be of interest for treatment purposes is faster than a desired rate, slower than desired rate conditions may also be treated by methods of the present invention. Exemplary cell proliferation disorders may include, but are not limited to, cancer, bacterial infection, immune rejection response of organ transplant, solid tumors, viral infection, autoimmune disorders (such as arthritis, lupus, inflammatory bowel disease, Sjogrens syndrome, multiple sclerosis) or a combination thereof, as well as aplastic conditions wherein cell proliferation is low relative to healthy cells, such as aplastic anemia. Particularly preferred cell proliferation disorders for treatment using the present methods are cancer, staphylococcus aureus (particularly antibiotic resistant strains such as methicillin resistant staphylococcus aureus or MRSA), and autoimmune disorders.
- Activation of the agent may be as simple as delivering the signal to the agent or may further premise on a set of activation conditions. For example, in the former case, an activatable pharmaceutical agent, such as a photosensitizer, may be activated by UV-A radiation (e.g., UV-A light from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention). Once activated, the agent in its active-state may then directly proceed to effect a cellular change.
- Where activation may further premise upon other conditions, mere delivery of the activation signal may not be sufficient to bring about the desired cellular change. For example, a photoactive compound that achieves its pharmaceutical effect by binding to certain cellular structure in its active state may require physical proximity to the target cellular structure when the activation signal is delivered. For such activatable agents, delivery of the activation signal under non-activating conditions will not result in the desired pharmacologic effect. Some examples of activating conditions may include, but are not limited to, temperature, pH, location, state of the cell, presence or absence of co-factors. Selection of an activatable pharmaceutical agent greatly depends on a number of factors such as the desired cellular change, the desired form of activation, as well as the physical and biochemical constraints that may apply.
- When activated, the activatable pharmaceutical agent may affect cellular changes that include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, redirection of metabolic pathways, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, production of reactive oxygen species or combinations thereof.
- The mechanisms by which an activatable pharmaceutical agent may achieve its desired effect are not particularly limited. Such mechanisms may include direct action on a predetermined target as well as indirect actions via alterations to the biochemical pathways. A preferred direct action mechanism is by binding the photoactivatable agent (e.g., psoralen or an alkylating agent to be discuss in detail later) to a critical cellular structure such as nuclear DNA, mRNA, rRNA, ribosome, mitochondrial DNA, or any other functionally important structures. Indirect mechanisms may include releasing metabolites upon activation to interfere with normal metabolic pathways, releasing chemical signals (e.g. agonists or antagonists) upon activation to alter the targeted cellular response, and other suitable biochemical or metabolic alterations.
- The treatment can be by those methods described in U.S. application Ser. No. 11/935,655, filed Nov. 6, 2007 (incorporated by reference), or by a modified version of a conventional treatment such as PDT, but using a plasmonics-active agent to enhance the treatment by modifying or enhancing the energy emitted from insertion device(s) 3.
- In one embodiment, the activatable pharmaceutical agent is capable of chemically binding to the DNA or mitochondriat a therapeutically effective amount. In this embodiment, the activatable pharmaceutical agent, preferably a photoactivatable agent, is exposed in situ to an activating energy emitted from insertion device(s) 3.
- The activatable agent may be derived from a natural or synthetic origin. Any such molecular entity that may be activated by a suitable activation signal source to effect a predetermined cellular change may be advantageously employed in the present invention. Suitable photoactive agents include, but are not limited to: psoralens and psoralen derivatives, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin, organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines such as 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl isoalloxazine (riboflavin), 7,8,10-trimethylisoalloxazine (lumiflavin), 7,8-dimethylalloxazine (lumichrome), isoalloxazine-adenine dinucleotide (flavine adenine dinucleotide [FAD]), alloxazine mononucleotide (also known as flavine mononucleotide [FMN] and riboflavine-5-phosphate), vitamin Ks, vitamin L, their metabolites and precursors, and napththoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and their derivatives having planar molecular conformations, porphyrins, dyes such as neutral red, methylene blue, acridine, toluidines, flavine (acriflavine hydrochloride) and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolones, quinones, and anthroquinones, aluminum (111) phthalocyanine tetrasulfonate, hematoporphyrin, and phthalocyanine, and compounds which preferentially adsorb to nucleic acids with little or no effect on proteins. The term “alloxazine” includes isoalloxazines.
- Endogenously-based derivatives include synthetically derived analogs and homologs of endogenous photoactivated molecules, which may have or lack lower (1 to 5 carbons) alkyl or halogen substituents of the photosensitizers from which they are derived, and which preserve the function and substantial non-toxicity. Endogenous molecules are inherently non-toxic and may not yield toxic photoproducts after photoradiation.
- Table 1 below lists some photoactivatable molecules capable of being photoactivated to induce an auto vaccine effect.
-
kSSET(s−1) R (Å) Compound (nm) ESSET k of donor (s−1) kSSET (s−1) (Average) R0 (Å) R (Å) (Average) ETTET kTTET (s−1) 1B 224 96.3 9.5 × 10 2.44 × 10 1.87 × 109 14.7 9 9.5 266 95 1.6 × 10 2.5 5 × 10 280 94 1.36 × 10 1A 224 80 9.5 × 10 3.8 × 107 3.87 × 107 14.7 11.8 14.1 266 79 3.6 × 107 2 3.6 × 102 280 79 3.6 × 107 2B 224 77 9.5 × 10 3.1 × 107 3.9 × 107 14.7 11.9 6.5 266 81 3.9 × 107 32 9.4 × 103 280 83 4.7 × 107 2A 224 69 9.5 × 10 2.1 × 107 3 × 107 14.7 12.2 8.1 74.3 5.7 × 10 266 80 3.7 × 107 280 77 3.2 × 107 - Table 2 below lists some additional endogenous photoactivatable molecules.
-
Biocompatible, endogenous fluorophore emitters. Excitation Emission Endogenous Fluorophores Max. (nm) Max. (nm) Amino acids: Tryptophan 280 350 Tyrosine 275 300 Phenylalanine 260 280 Structural Proteins: Collagen 325, 360 400, 405 Elastin 290, 325 340, 400 Enzymes and Coenzymes: flavin adenine dinucleotide 450 535 reduced nicotinamide dinucelotide 280, 351 440, 460 reduced nicotinamide dinucelotide 336 464 phosphate Vitamins: Vitamins A 327 510 Vitamins K 335 480 Vitamins D 390 480 Vitamins B6 compounds: Pyridoxine 332, 340 400 Pyridoxamine 335 400 Pyridoxal 380 385 Pyridoxic acid 315 425 Pyridoxal phosphate 5′-330 400 Vitamin B12 275 305 Lipids: Phospholipids 436 540, 560 Lipofuscin 340-395 540, 430-460 Ceroid 340-395 430-460, 540 Porphyrins 400-450 630, 690 - The nature of the predetermined cellular change will depend on the desired pharmaceutical outcome. Exemplary cellular changes may include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, necrosis, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, or a combination thereof.
- Energy from light emitted from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention may be transferred from one molecule to another (intermolecular transfer) or from one part of a molecule to another part of the same molecule (intramolecular transfer). For example, the received electromagnetic energy may be converted into thermal energy. Energy transfer processes are also referred to as molecular excitation.
- Additionally, energy modulation agents may be included in the medium to be treated. The energy modulation agents may upon receiving of light from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention re-emit a light specific to a desired photo-driven reaction. Energy modulation agents can have a very short energy retention time (on the order of fs-ns, e.g. fluorescent molecules) whereas others may have a very long half-life (on the order of seconds to hours, e.g. luminescent inorganic molecules or phosphorescent molecules). Various exemplary uses of these are described below in preferred embodiments.
- The modulation agents may further be coupled to a carrier for cellular targeting purposes. For example, a biocompatible molecule, such as a fluorescing metal nanoparticle or fluorescing dye molecule that emits in the UV-A band, may be selected as the energy modulation agent.
- Light from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention may be preferably directed to the desired site (e.g. a tumor) by systemic administration to a subject.
- In general, photoactivatable agents may be stimulated by light from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention, leading to subsequent irradiation, resonance energy transfer, exciton migration, electron injection, or chemical reaction, to an activated energy state that is capable of effecting the predetermined cellular change desired. In a one embodiment, the photoactivatable agent, upon activation, binds to DNA or RNA or other structures in a cell. The activated energy state of the agent is capable of causing damage to cells, inducing apoptosis. The mechanism of apoptosis is associated with an enhanced immune response that reduces the growth rate of cell proliferation disorders and may shrink solid tumors, depending on the state of the patient's immune system, concentration of the agent in the tumor, sensitivity of the agent to stimulation, and length of stimulation.
- A preferred method of treating a cell proliferation disorder of the invention administers a photoactivatable agent to a patient, stimulates the photoactivatable agent by light from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention to induce cell damage, and generates an auto vaccine effect. In one further preferred embodiment, the photoactivatable agent is stimulated via resonance energy transfer (described below in more detail).
- One advantage is that multiple wavelengths of emitted radiation from insertion device(s) 3 of the invention may be used to selectively stimulate one or more photoactivatable agents or energy modulation agents capable of stimulating the one or more photoactivatable agents. The energy modulation agent is preferably stimulated at a wavelength and energy that causes little or no damage to healthy cells, with the energy from one or more energy modulation agents being transferred, such as by Foerster Resonance Energy Transfer, to the photoactivatable agents that damage the cell and cause the onset of the desired cellular change, such as apoptosis of the cells.
- Another advantage is that side effects can be greatly reduced by limiting the production of free radicals, singlet oxygen, hydroxides and other highly reactive groups that are known to damage healthy cells. Furthermore, additional additives, such as antioxidants, may be used to further reduce undesired effects of irradiation.
- Various Light-Activated Pharmaceuticals Activatable with the Insertion Devices of the Invention
- Another object of the invention is to treat a condition, disorder or disease in a subject using an activatable pharmaceutical agent activated using the above-described light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention.
- It has been reported that ferritin could be internalized by some tumor tissues, and the internalization was associated with the membrane-specific receptors [S. Fargion, P. Arosio, A. L. Fracanzoni, V. Cislaghi, S. Levi, A. Cozzi, A Piperno and A. G. Firelli, Blood, 1988, 71, 753-757; P. C. Adams, L. W. Powell and J. W. Halliday, Hepatology, 1988, 8, 719-721]. Previous studies have shown that ferritin-binding sites and the endocytosis of ferritin have been identified in neoplastic cells [M. S. Bretscher and J. N. Thomson, EMBO J., 1983, 2, 599-603]. Ferritin receptors have the potential for use in the delivery of anticancer drugs into the brain [S. W. Hulet, S. Powers and J. R. Connor, J. Neurol. Sci., 1999, 165, 48-55]. In one embodiment, the invention uses ferritin or apoferritin to both encapsulate PA and energy modulation agent-PA systems and also target tumor cells selectively for enhanced drug delivery and subsequent phototherapy. In this case, no additional bioreactors are needed.
- The photoactive drug molecules can be given to a patient by oral ingestion, skin application, or by intravenous injection. The photoactive drug molecules drugs travel through the blood stream inside the body towards the targeted tumor (either via passive or active targeting strategies). The invention treatment may also be used for inducing an auto vaccine effect for malignant cells, including those in solid tumors. To the extent that any rapidly dividing cells or stem cells may be damaged by a systemic treatment, then it may be preferable to direct the stimulating energy directly toward the tumor, preventing damage to most normal, healthy cells or stem cells by avoiding photoactivation or resonant energy transfer of the photoactivatable agent.
- Alternatively, a treatment may be applied that slows or pauses mitosis. Such a treatment is capable of slowing the division of rapidly dividing healthy cells or stem cells during the treatment, without pausing mitosis of cancerous cells. Alternatively, a blocking agent is administered preferentially to malignant cells prior to administering the treatment that slows mitosis.
- In one embodiment, an aggressive cell proliferation disorder has a much higher rate of mitosis, which leads to selective destruction of a disproportionate share of the malignant cells during even a systemically administered treatment. Stem cells and healthy cells may be spared from wholesale programmed cell death, even if exposed to photoactivated agents, provided that such photoactivated agents degenerate from the excited state to a lower energy state prior to binding, mitosis or other mechanisms for creating damage to the cells of a substantial fraction of the healthy stem cells. Thus, an auto-immune response may not be induced.
- Alternatively, a blocking agent may be used that prevents or reduces damage to stem cells or healthy cells, selectively, which would otherwise be impaired. The blocking agent is selected or is administered such that the blocking agent does not impart a similar benefit to malignant cells, for example.
- In one embodiment, stem cells are targeted, specifically, for destruction with the intention of replacing the stem cells with a donor cell line or previously stored, healthy cells of the patient. In this case, no blocking agent is used. Instead, a carrier or photosensitizer is used that specifically targets the stem cells.
- Work in the area of photodynamic therapy has shown that the amount of singlet oxygen required to cause cell lysis, and thus cell death, is 0.32×10−3 mol/liter or more, or 109 singlet oxygen molecules/cell or more. However, in one embodiment of the invention, it is preferable to avoid production of an amount of singlet oxygen that would cause cell lysis, due to its indiscriminate nature of attack, lysing both target cells and healthy cells. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the invention it is preferred in the invention that the level of singlet oxygen production caused by the initiation energy used or activatable pharmaceutical agent upon activation be less than level needed to cause cell lysis.
- In a further embodiment, methods in accordance with the invention may further include adding an additive to alleviate treatment side-effects. Exemplary additives may include, but are not limited to, antioxidants, adjuvant, or combinations thereof. In one exemplary embodiment, psoralen is used as the activatable pharmaceutical agent, UV light is used as the activating energy, and antioxidants are added to reduce the unwanted side-effects of irradiation.
- The activatable pharmaceutical agent and derivatives thereof as well as the energy modulation agents and plasmonics compounds and structures, can be incorporated into pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration. Such compositions typically comprise the activatable pharmaceutical agent and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition also comprises at least one additive having a complementary therapeutic or diagnostic effect, wherein the additive is one selected from an antioxidant, an adjuvant, or a combination thereof.
- As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” is intended to include any and all solvents, dispersion media, coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, isotonic and absorption delaying agents, and the like, compatible with pharmaceutical administration. The use of such mediand agents for pharmaceutically active substances is well known in the art. Except insofar as any conventional media or agent is incompatible with the active compound, use thereof in the compositions is contemplated. Supplementary active compounds can also be incorporated into the compositions. Modifications can be made to the compound of the present invention to affect solubility or clearance of the compound. These molecules may also be synthesized with D-amino acids to increase resistance to enzymatic degradation. If necessary, the activatable pharmaceutical agent can be co-administered with a solubilizing agent, such as cyclodextran.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention (including the drug or photoactivatable agent or energy modulation agent) is formulated to be compatible with its intended route of administration. Examples of routes of administration include parenteral, e.g., intravenous, intradermal, subcutaneous, oral (e.g., inhalation), transdermal (topical), transmucosal, rectal administration, and direct injection into the affected area, such as direct injection into a tumor. Solutions or suspensions used for parenteral, intradermal, or subcutaneous application can include the following components: a sterile diluent such as water for injection, saline solution, fixed oils, polyethylene glycols, glycerin, propylene glycol or other synthetic solvents; antibacterial agents such as benzyl alcohol or methyl parabens; antioxidants such as ascorbic acid or sodium bisulfite; chelating agents such as ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid; buffers such as acetates, citrates or phosphates, and agents for the adjustment of tonicity such as sodium chloride or dextrose. The pH can be adjusted with acids or bases, such as hydrochloric acid or sodium hydroxide. The parenteral preparation can be enclosed in ampoules, disposable syringes or multiple dose vials made of glass or plastic.
- Pharmaceutical compositions suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions (where water soluble) or dispersions and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersion. For intravenous administration, suitable carriers include physiological saline, bacteriostatic water, or phosphate buffered saline (PBS). In all cases, the composition must be sterile and should be fluid to the extent that easy syringability exists. It must be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms such as bacteriand fungi. The carrier can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), and suitable mixtures thereof. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars, polyalcohols such as manitol, sorbitol, sodium chloride in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by including in the composition an agent which delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.
- Sterile injectable solutions can be prepared by incorporating the active compound in the required amount in an appropriate solvent with one or a combination of ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the active compound into a sterile vehicle that contains a basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, methods of preparation are vacuum drying and freeze-drying that yields a powder of the active ingredient plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.
- Oral compositions generally include an inert diluent or an edible carrier. These oral compositions can be enclosed in gelatin capsules or compressed into tablets. For the purpose of oral therapeutic administration, the active compound can be incorporated with excipients and used in the form of tablets, troches, or capsules. Oral compositions can also be prepared using a fluid carrier for use as a mouthwash, wherein the compound in the fluid carrier is applied orally and swished and expectorated or swallowed. Pharmaceutically compatible binding agents, and/or adjuvant materials can be included as part of the composition. The tablets, pills, capsules, troches and the like can contain any of the following ingredients, or compounds of a similar nature: a binder such as microcrystalline cellulose, gum tragacanth or gelatin; an excipient such as starch or lactose, a disintegrating agent such as alginic acid, primogel, or corn starch; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or Sterotes; a glidant such as colloidal silicon dioxide; a sweetening agent such as sucrose or saccharin; or a flavoring agent such as peppermint, methyl salicylate, or orange flavoring.
- For administration by inhalation, the compounds are delivered in the form of an aerosol spray from pressured container or dispenser which contains a suitable propellant, e.g., a gas such as carbon dioxide, or a nebulizer.
- Systemic administration can also be by transmucosal or transdermal means. For transmucosal or transdermal administration, penetrants appropriate to the barrier to be permeated are used in the formulation. Such penetrants are generally known in the art, and include, for example, for transmucosal administration, detergents, bile salts, and fusidic acid derivatives. Transmucosal administration can be accomplished through the use of nasal sprays or suppositories. For transdermal administration, the active compounds are formulated into ointments, salves, gels, or creams as generally known in the art.
- The compounds can also be prepared in the form of suppositories (e.g., with conventional suppository bases such as cocoa butter and other glycerides) or retention enemas for rectal delivery.
- In one embodiment, the active compounds are prepared with carriers that will protect the compound against rapid elimination from the body, such as a controlled release formulation, including implants and microencapsulated delivery systems. Biodegradable, biocompatible polymers can be used, such as ethylene vinyl acetate, polyanhydrides, polyglycolic acid, collagen, polyorthoesters, and polylactic acid. Methods for preparation of such formulations will be apparent to those skilled in the art. The materials can also be obtained commercially. Liposomal suspensions (including liposomes targeted to infected cells with monoclonal antibodies to viral antigens) can also be used as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers. These can be prepared according to methods known to those skilled in the art, for example, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 4,522,811.
- It is especially advantageous to formulate oral or parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. Dosage unit form as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the subject to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of active compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical carrier. The specification for the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on the unique characteristics of the active compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and the limitations inherent in the art of compounding such an active compound for the treatment of individuals.
- The pharmaceutical compositions can be included in a container, pack, kit or dispenser together with instructions for administration.
- Methods of administering agents are not limited to the conventional means such as injection or oral infusion, but include more advanced and complex forms of energy transfer. For example, genetically engineered cells that carry and express energy modulation agents may be used. Cells from the host may be transfected with genetically engineered vectors that express bioluminescent agents. Transfection may be accomplished via in situ gene therapy techniques such as injection of viral vectors or gene guns, or may be performed ex vivo by removing a sample of the host's cells and then returning to the host upon successful transfection. Such transfected cells may be inserted or otherwise targeted at the site where diseased cells are located.
- It will also be understood that the order of administering the different agents is not particularly limited. It will be appreciated that different combinations of ordering may be advantageously employed depending on factors such as the absorption rate of the agents, the localization and molecular trafficking properties of the agents, and other pharmacokinetics or pharmacodynamics considerations.
- An advantage of the methods of this approach is that by specifically targeting cells affected by a cell proliferation disorder, such as rapidly dividing cells, and triggering a cellular change, such as apoptosis, in these cells in situ, the immune system of the host may be stimulated to have an immune response against the diseased cells. Once the host's own immune system is stimulated to have such a response, other diseased cells that are not treated by the activatable pharmaceutical agent may be recognized and be destroyed by the host's own immune system. Such autovaccine effects may be obtained, for example, in treatments using psoralen and UV light, where the UV light comes from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention.
- The methods described here can be used alone or in combination with other therapies for treatment of cell proliferation disorders. Additionally, the methods described can be used, if desired, in conjunction with recent advances in chronomedicine, such as that detailed in Giacchetti et al, Journal of Clinical Oncology,
Vol 24, No 22 (August 1), 2006: pp. 3562-3569, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. - In chronomedicine, it has been found that cells suffering from certain types of disorders, such as cancer, respond better at certain times of the day than at others. Thus, chronomedicine could be used in conjunction with the present methods in order to augment the effect of the treatments of the invention.
- Photo-Treatment with the Insertion Devices of the Invention
- Another object of the invention is to treat a condition, disorder or disease in a subject using an activatable pharmaceutical agent activated using the above-described light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention. Exemplary conditions, disorders or diseases may include, but are not limited to, cancer, autoimmune diseases, cardiac ablasion (e.g., cardiac arrhythmiand atrial fibrillation), photoangioplastic conditions (e.g., de novo atherosclerosis, restinosis), intimal hyperplasia, arteriovenous fistula, macular degeneration, psoriasis, acne, hopeciareata, portwine spots, hair removal, rheumatoid and inflammatory arthritis, joint conditions, lymph node conditions, and cognitive and behavioral conditions.
- Accordingly, the invention in one embodiment provides methods utilizing the principle of energy transfer to and among molecular agents to control delivery and activation of pharmaceutically active agents such that delivery of the desired pharmacological effect is more focused, precise, and effective than the conventional techniques. Here, the energy transfer can include energy transfer from light from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention.
- Although not intending to be bound by any particular theory or be otherwise limited in any way, the following theoretical discussion of scientific principles and definitions are provided to help the reader gain an understanding and appreciation of the present invention.
- As used here, the term “subject” is not intended to be limited to humans, but may also include animals, plants, or any suitable biological organism.
- As used herein, the phrase “a disease or condition” refers to a condition, disorder or disease that may include, but are not limited to, cancer, soft and bone tissue injury, chronic pain, wound healing, nerve regeneration, viral and bacterial infections, fat deposits (liposuction), varicose veins, enlarged prostate, retinal injuries and other ocular diseases, Parkinson's disease, and behavioral, perceptional and cognitive disorders. Exemplary conditions also may include nerve (brain) imaging and stimulation, a direct control of brain cell activity with light, control of cell death (apoptosis), and alteration of cell growth and division. Yet other exemplary a condition, disorder or disease may include, but are not limited to, cardiac ablasion (e.g., cardiac arrhythmiand atrial fibrillation), photoangioplastic conditions (e.g., de novo atherosclerosis, restinosis), intimal hyperplasia, arteriovenous fistula, macular degeneration, psoriasis, acne, hopeciareata, portwine spots, hair removal, rheumatoid and inflammatory arthritis, joint conditions, and lymph node conditions.
- As used here, the term “target structure” refers to an eukaryotic cell, prokaryotic cell, a subcellular structure, such as a cell membrane, a nuclear membrane, cell nucleus, nucleic acid, mitochondria, ribosome, or other cellular organelle or component, an extracellular structure, virus or prion, and combinations thereof.
- The nature of the predetermined cellular change will depend on the desired pharmaceutical outcome. Exemplary cellular changes may include, but are not limited to, apoptosis, necrosis, up-regulation of certain genes, down-regulation of certain genes, secretion of cytokines, alteration of cytokine receptor responses, regulation of cytochrome c oxidase and flavoproteins, activation of mitochondria, stimulation antioxidant protective pathway, modulation of cell growth and division, alteration of firing pattern of nerves, alteration of redox properties, generation of reactive oxygen species, modulation of the activity, quantity, or number of intracellular components in a cell, modulation of the activity, quantity, or number of extracellular components produced by, excreted by, or associated with a cell, or a combination thereof. Predetermined cellular changes may or may not result in destruction or inactivation of the target structure.
- Energy or light from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention is provided at an energy at a level sufficient to cause cellular changes directly or via a modulation agent which is capable of causing the predetermined cellular changes. Also, the energy or light from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be any energy source capable of providing energy at a level sufficient activate the activatable agent directly, or to provide the energy to a modulation agent with the input needed to emit the activation energy for the activatable agent (indirect activation).
- An additional embodiment of the invention is to provide a method for treatment of a condition, disease or disorder by the in-situ generation of energy by way of the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention in a subject in need thereof, where the energy generated can be used directly to effect a change thereby treating the condition, disease or disorder, or the energy can be used to activate an activatable pharmaceutical agent, which upon activation effects a change thereby treating the condition, disease or disorder. The energy can be generated in-situ by any desired method, including, but not limited to, chemical reaction such as chemiluminescence, or by conversion of an energy applied to from the insertion device(s) 3, which can be converted in-situ to a different energy (of lower or higher energy than that applied), through the use of one or more energy modulation agents.
- A further embodiment of the invention combines the treatment of a condition, disease or disorder with the generation of heat in the affected target structure in order to enhance the effect of the treatment. For example, in the treatment of a cell proliferation disorder using a photoactivatable pharmaceutical agent (such as a psoralen or derivative thereof), one can activate the photoactivatable pharmaceutical agent by applying light or other energy from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention which, directly or indirectly, activate the pharmaceutical agent. As noted elsewhere in this application, this emitted energy from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be of any type, so long as it is suitable for or can be converted to an energy suitable for activating the pharmaceutical compound. In addition to applying this energy from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention, in this embodiment of the present invention, additional energy is applied that causes heating of the target structure. In the case of a cell proliferation disorder such as cancer, the heating would increase the proliferation rate of the cancer cells. While this may seem counterintuitive at first, when the cell proliferation disorder is being treated using a DNA intercalation agent, such as psoralen or a derivative thereof, this increase in cell proliferation can actually assist the psoralen in causing apoptosis. In particular, when psoralen becomes intercalated into DNA, apoptosis occurs when the cell goes through its next division cycle. By increasing the rate at which the cells divide, one can use the present invention methods to enhance the onset of apoptosis.
- In one embodiment, heat can be generated by any desired manner. Preferably, the heat can be generated using the application of Radio Frequencies, microwaves, terahertz or NIR energy to the target structure or by the use of use of nanoparticles of metal or having metal shells. Heat can also be generated by the absorption of light from the light emitting insertion devices of the invention. Alternatively, as is done in tumor thermotherapy, magnetic metal nanoparticles can be targeted to cancer cells using conventional techniques, then used to generate heat by application of a magnetic field to the subject under controlled conditions. (DeNardo S J, DeNardo G L, Natarajan A et al.: Thermal dosimetry predictive of efficacy of 111In-ChL6 NPAMF-induced thermoablative therapy for human breast cancer in mice. J. Nucl. Med. 48(3),437-444 (2007).)
- In an additional embodiment, the photoactivatable agent can be a photocaged complex having an active agent contained within a photocage. The active agent is bulked up with other molecules that prevent it from binding to specific targets, thus masking its activity. When the photocage complex is photoactivated, the bulk falls off, exposing the active agent. In such a photocage complex, the photocage molecules can be photoactive (i.e. when photoactivated, they are caused to dissociate from the photocage complex, thus exposing the active agent within), or the active agent can be the photoactivatable agent (which when photoactivated causes the photocage to fall off), or both the photocage and the active agent are photoactivated, with the same or different wavelengths. For example, a toxic chemotherapeutic agent can be photocaged, which will reduce the systemic toxicity when delivered. Once the agent is concentrated in the tumor, the agent is irradiated with an activation energy. This causes the “cage” to fall off, leaving a cytotoxic agent in the tumor cell. Suitable photocages include those disclosed by Young and Deiters in “Photochemical Control of Biological Processes”, Org. Biomol. Chem., 5, pp. 999-1005 (2007) and “Photochemical Hammerhead Ribozyme Activation”, Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry Letters, 16(10), pp. 2658-2661 (2006), the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference. In one embodiment, the use of light (e.g. or other energy) from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention for uncaging a compound or agent.
- In one embodiment, the use of light (e.g. or other energy) from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention for uncaging a compound or agent is used for elucidation of neuron functions and imaging, for example, two-photon glutamine uncaging (Harvey C D, et al., Nature, 450:1195-1202 (2007); Eder M, et al., Rev. Neurosci., 15:167-183 (2004)). Other signaling molecules can be released by UV light stimulation, e.g., GABA, secondary messengers (e.g., Ca2+ and Mg2+), carbachol, capsaicin, and ATP (Zhang F., et al., 2006). Chemical modifications of ion channels and receptors may be carried out to render them light-responsive. Ca2+ is involved in controlling fertilization, differentiation, proliferation, apoptosis, synaptic plasticity, memory, and developing axons. In yet another preferred embodiment, Ca2+ waves can be induced by UV irradiation (single-photon absorption) and NIR irradiation (two-photon absorption) by releasing caged Ca2+, an extracellular purinergic messenger InsP3 (Braet K., et al., Cell Calcium, 33:37-48 (2003)), or ion channel ligands (Zhang F., et al., 2006).
- Genetic targeting allows morphologically and electrophysipologically characterization of genetically defined cell populations. Accordingly, in an additional embodiment, a light-sensitive protein is introduced into cells or live subjects via number of techniques including electroporation, DNA microinjection, viral delivery, liposomal transfection, creation of transgenic lines and calcium-phosphate precipitation. For example, lentiviral technology provides a convenient combination a conventional combination of stable long-term expression, ease of high-titer vector production and low immunogenicity. The light-sensitive protein may be, for example, channelrhodopsin-2 (ChR2) and chloride pump halorhodopsin (NpHR). The light protein encoding gene(s) along with a cell-specific promoter can be incorporated into the lentiviral vector or other vector providing delivery of the light-sensitive protein encoding gene into a target cell. ChR2 containing a light sensor and a cation channel, provides electrical stimulation of appropriate speed and magnitude to activate neuronal spike firing, when the cells harboring Ch2R are pulsed with light.
- In one embodiment, a lanthanide chelate capable of intense luminescence can be used. For example, a lanthanide chelator may be covalently joined to a coumarin or coumarin derivative or a quinolone or quinolone-derivative sensitizer. Sensitizers may be a 2- or 4-quinolone, a 2- or 4-coumarin, or derivatives or combinations of these examples. A carbostyril 124 (7-amino-4-methyl-2-quinolone), a coumarin 120 (7-amino-4-methyl-2-coumarin), a coumarin 124 (7-amino-4-(trifluoromethyl)-2-coumarin), aminoinethyltrimethylpsoralen or other similar sensitizer may be used. Chelates may be selected to form high affinity complexes with lanthanides, such as terbium or europium, through chelator groups, such as DTPA. Such chelates may be coupled to any of a wide variety of well known probes or carriers, and may be used for resonance energy transfer to a psoralen or psoralen-derivative, such as 8-MOP, or other photoactive molecules capable of binding DNA. In one alternative example, the lanthanide chelate is localized at the site of the disease using an appropriate carrier molecule, particle or polymer, and a source of electromagnetic energy is introduced by minimally invasive procedures (e.g., the gas containing upconverters of the invention) to irradiate the target structure, after exposure to the lanthanide chelate and a photoactive molecule.
- In another embodiment, a biocompatible, endogenous fluorophore emitter can be selected to stimulate resonance energy transfer to a photoactivatable molecule. A biocompatible emitter (e.g. light from the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention) with an emission maxima within the absorption range of the biocompatible, endogenous fluorophore emitter may be selected to stimulate an excited state in fluorophore emitter. One or more halogen atoms may be added to any cyclic ring structure capable of intercalation between the stacked nucleotide bases in a nucleic acid (either DNA or RNA) to confer new photoactive properties to the intercalator. Any intercalating molecule (psoralens, coumarins, or other polycyclic ring structures) may be selectively modified by halogenation or addition of non-hydrogen bonding ionic substituents to impart advantages in its reaction photochemistry and its competitive binding affinity for nucleic acids over cell membranes or charged proteins, as is known in the art.
- Skin photosensitivity is a major toxicity of photosensitizers. Severe sunburn occurs if skin is exposed to direct sunlight for even a few minutes. Early murine research hinted at a vigorous and long term stimulation of immune response; however, actual clinical testing has failed to achieve the early promises of photodynamic therapies. The early photosensitizers for photodynamic therapies targeted type II responses, which created singlet oxygen when photoactivated in the presence of oxygen. The singlet oxygen caused cellular necrosis and was associated with inflammation and an immune response. Some additional photosensitizers have been developed to induce type I responses, directly damaging cellular structures.
- Porfimer sodium (Photofrin; QLT Therapeutics, Vancouver, BC, Canada), is a partially purified preparation of hematoporphyrin derivative (HpD). Photofrin has been approved by the US Food and Drug Administration for the treatment of obstructing esophageal cancer, microinvasive endobronchial non-small cell lung cancer, and obstructing endobronchial non-small cell lung cancer. Photofrin is activated with 630 nm, which has a tissue penetration of approximately 2 to 5 mm. Photofrin has a relatively long duration of skin photosensitivity (approximately 4 to 6 weeks).
- Tetra (m-hydroxyphenyl) chlorin (Foscan; Scotia Pharmaceuticals, Stirling, UK), is a synthetic chlorine compound that is activated by 652 nm light. Clinical studies have demonstrated a tissue effect of up to 10 mm with Foscan and 652 nm light. Foscan is more selectively a photosensitizer in tumors than normal tissues, and requires a comparatively short light activation time. A recommended dose of 0.1 mg/kg is comparatively low and comparatively low doses of light may be used. Nevertheless, duration of skin photosensitivity is reasonable (approximately 2 weeks). However, Foscan induces a comparatively high yield of singlet oxygen, which may be the primary mechanism of DNA damage for this molecule.
- Motexafin lutetium (Lutetium texaphryin) is activated by light in the near infrared region (732 nm). Absorption at this wavelength has the advantage of potentially deeper penetration into tissues, compared with the amount of light used to activate other photosensitizers. Lutetium texaphryin also has one of the greatest reported selectivities for tumors compared to selectivities of normal tissues. Young S W, et al.: Lutetium texaphyrin (PCI-0123) a near-infrared, water-soluble photosensitizer. Photochem Photobiol 1996, 63:892-897. In addition, its clinical use is associated with a shorter duration of skin photosensitivity (24 to 48 hours). Lutetium texaphryin has been evaluated for metastatic skin cancers. It is currently under investigation for treatment of recurrent breast cancer and for locally recurrent prostate cancer. The high selectivity for tumors promises improved results in clinical trials.
- In general, the approach may be used with any source for the excitation an activatable molecule. The process may be a photopheresis process or may be similar to photophoresis. While photophoresis is generally thought to be limited to photonic excitation, such as by UV-light, other forms of radiation may be used as a part of a system to activate an activatable molecule. Light emission from the insertion device(s) 3 can stimulate the activation of an activatable molecule, such as 8-MOP. In one example, light or other energy emission from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention is directed at a solid tumor and stimulates, directly or indirectly, activation of 8-MOP.
- In yet another embodiment, the activatable pharmaceutical agent, preferably a photoactive agent, is directed to a receptor site by a carrier having a strong affinity for the receptor site. The carrier may be a polypeptide and may form a covalent bond with a photo active agent, for example. The polypeptide may be an insulin, interleukin, thymopoietin or transferrin, for example. Alternatively, a photoactive pharmaceutical agent may have a strong affinity for the target cell without a binding to a carrier.
- For example, a treatment may be applied that acts to slow or pause mitosis. Such a treatment is capable of slowing the division of rapidly dividing healthy cells or stem cells without pausing mitosis of cancerous cells. Thus, the difference in growth rate between the non-target cells and target cells are further differentiated to enhance the effectiveness of the methods of the invention.
- In a further embodiment, methods in accordance with the invention may further include adding an additive to alleviate treatment side-effects. Exemplary additives may include, but are not limited to, antioxidants, adjuvant, or combinations thereof. In one exemplary embodiment, psoralen is used as the activatable pharmaceutical agent, UV-A is used as the activating energy, and antioxidants are added to reduce the unwanted side-effects of irradiation.
- In another aspect, the invention also provides methods for producing an autovaccine, including: (1) providing a population of targeted cells; (2) treating the cells ex vivo with a psoralen or a derivative thereof (3) activating the psoralen ex-vivo or in vivo to induce a predetermined change in a target structure in the population of the target cells by inducing an autovaccine effect against the targeted cell, wherein the treated cells cause an autovaccine effect.
- Photobiomodulation
- Photobiomodulation also known as low level laser therapy (LLLT), cold laser therapy, and laser biostimulation, is an emerging medical and veterinary technique in which exposure to low-level laser light can stimulate or inhibit cellular function leading to beneficial clinical effects. The “best” combination of wavelength, intensity, duration, and treatment interval is complex and sometimes controversial with different diseases, injuries and dysfunctions needing different treatment parameters and techniques.
- In one embodiment of this invention, the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention provide the light for producing photobiomodulation. Certain wavelengths of light emitted from the light emitting insertion devices of the invention at certain intensities will, for example, aid tissue regeneration, resolve inflammation, relieve pain and boost the immune system. Observed biological and physiological effects to be expected include changes in cell membrane permeability, and up-regulation and down-regulation of adenosine triphosphate and nitric oxide.
- All light-induced biological effects depend on the parameters of the irradiation (wavelength, dose, intensity, irradiation time, depth of a target cell, and continuous wave or pulsed mode, pulse parameters). (See, e.g., Karu I T, Low-Power Laser Therapy”, in Biomedical Photonics Handbook, Vo-Dinh T. Ed., CRC Press, Boca Raton, Fla., pp. 48-1 to 48-25, (2003)). The light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be programmed or instructed to deliver light comparable to that of known photobiomodulation treatments. For example, the light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be programmed or instructed to deliver light with an average power typically in the range of 1-500 mW; or with peak power and short pulse width in the range of 1-100 W with 200 ns pulse widths. In this example, the average beam irradiance would typically be 10 mW/cm2-5 W/cm2. The light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at a wavelength typically in the range 600-1000 nm. For example, down converting phosphors could be coated on the light emitting surface of the insertion devices to convert UV or visible light to these or other appropriate wavelengths. For example, the light emission source in the insertion devices could itself directly produce these or other appropriate wavelengths. The red-to-near infrared (NIR) region is preferred for photobiomodulation. Other wavelengths may be also used, e.g., UV light for neurons and green light for prostate tissue. Maximum biological responses have been seen to occur from prior work when the tissues were irradiated at 620, 680, 760, and 820-830 nm (Karu T I, et al., (1998).
- The phenomenon of ultra weak emission from cellular systems has been a topic of various inquiries since the 1900s. This topic can be traced back to the early investigations of the Russian biologist Gurwitsch Alexander G. Gurwitsch more than seventy years ago, who speculated that ultraweak photon emission transmit information in cells [A. G. Gurwitsch, S. S. Grabje, and S. Salkind, “Die Natur des spezifischen Erregers der Zellteilung,” Arch. Entwicklungsmech. Org. 100, 11-40, 1923].
- UV excitation is known to enhance the ultra-weak emission and a method for detecting UV-A-laser-induced ultra-weak photon emission was used to evaluate differences between cancer and normal cells. [H. J. Niggli et al, Laser-ultraviolet-A-induced ultraweak photon emission in mammalian cells, Journal of Biomedical Optics 10(2), 024006 (2005)].
- Accordingly, in one embodiment of the present invention, upon applying light or energy from the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention to a target structure in a subject in need of treatment, the initiation energy contacts the target structure and induces a predetermined change in said target structure in situ,
- wherein the predetermined change is the enhancement of energy emission from the target, which then mediates, initiates or enhances a biological activity of other target structures in the subject, or of a second type of target structure (e.g., a different cell type).
- While not bound to the particular following theory, a photoacceptor first absorbs the light used for the irradiation. After promotion of electronically excited states, primary molecule processes from these states can lead to a measurable biological effect (via secondary biochemical reaction, or photosignal transduction cascade, or cellular signaling) at the cellular level. A photoacceptor for eukaryotic cells in red-to-NIR region is believed to be the terminal enzyme of the respiratory chain cytochrome c oxidase located in cell mitochondrion. In the violet-to blue spectra region, flavoprotein (e.g., NADHdehydrogenase in the beginning of the respiratory chain) is also among the photoacceptors. The light emitting insertion devices of the invention can be programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- Clinical applications of photobiomodulation include, for example, treating soft tissue and bone injuries, chronic pain, wound healing and nerve and sensory regeneration/restoration, and possibly even resolving viral and bacterial infections, treating neurological and phychiatric diseases (e.g., epilepsy and Parkinson's disease) (e.g., Zhang F., et al., Nature, 446:617-9 (Apr. 5, 2007; Han X., et al., PloS ONE, 2(3):e299 (Mar. 21, 2007); Arany P R, et al., Wound Repair Regen., 15(6):866-74 (2007); Lopes C B, et al., Photomed. Laser Surg., 25(2):96-101 (2007)). One clinical application showing great promise is the treatment of inflammation, where the anti-inflammatory effect of location-and-dose-specific laser irradiation produces similar outcomes as NSAIDs, but without the potentially harmful side-effects (Bjordal J M, Couppé C, Chow R T, Tuner J, Ljunggren E A (2003). “A systematic review of low level laser therapy with location-specific doses for pain from chronic joint disorders”. The Australian journal of physiotherapy 49(2):107-16). The light emitting insertion devices of the invention can be programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at the wavelengths and illuminations reported in this work.
- An NIR light treatment can prevent cell death (apoptosis) in cultured neurons (brain) cells (Wong-Reiley M T, et al., JBC, 280(6):4761-71 (2005)). Specific wavelengths of light can promote cellular proliferation to the activation of mitochondria, the energy-producing organelles within the cell via cytochrome c oxidase. An NIR treatment can augment mitochondrial function and stimulate antioxidant protective pathways. The evidence that the NIR treatment can augment mitochondrial function and stimulate antioxidant protective pathways comes from photobiomodulation experiments carried out using a laboratory model of Parkinson's disease (PD) (cultures of human dopaminergic neuronal cells) (Whelan H., et. al., SPIE, Newsroom, pages 1-3 (2008)). The light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to and/or configured to deliver light at these NIR wavelengths.
- It has also been shown that light has both inductive and inhibitory effect on cell growth and division in a red tide flagellate, Chattonellantique (Nemote Y., Plant and Cell Physiol., 26(4):669-674 (1985)). The light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- When the excitable cells (e.g., neurons, cardiomyocites) are irradiated with monochromatic visible light, the photoacceptors are also believed to be components of respiratory chain. It is clear from experimental data (Karu, T. I., (2002). Low-power laser therapy. In: CRC Biomedical Photonics Handbook, T. Vo-Dinh, Editor-in-Chief, CRC Press, Boca Raton (USA)) that irradiation can cause physiological and morphological changes in nonpigmental excitable cells viabsorption in mitochondria. Later, similar irradiation experiments were performed with neurons in connection with low-power laser therapy. It was shown in 80′s that He-Ne laser radiation alters the firing pattern of nerves; it was also found that transcutaneous irradiation with HeNe laser mimicked the effect of peripheral stimulation of a behavioral reflex. These findings were found to be connected with pain therapy (Karu T I, et al., (2002)). The light emitting insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- When photoacceptors absorb photons, electronic excitation followed by photochemical reactions occurring from lower excitation states (first singlet and triplet) takes place. It is also known that electronic excitation of absorbing centers alters their redox properties. Five primary reactions have been discussed in literature (Karu T I, et al., (2002)). Two of them are connected with alteration of redox properties and two mechanisms involve generation of reactive oxygen species (ROE). Also, induction of local transient (very short time) heating of absorbing chromophores is possible. Details of these mechanisms can be found in (Karu T I, et. al., (2002); Karu T I, et al., (1998). The Science of Low Power Laser Therapy. Gordon and Breach Sci. Publ., London). The insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- Photobiological action via activation of respiratory chain is believed to be a general mechanism occurring in cells. Crucial events of this type of cell metabolism activation are occurring due to a shift of cellular redox potential into more oxidized direction as well as due to ATP extrasynthesis. Susceptibility to irradiation and capability for activation depend on physiological status of irradiated cells: the cells, which overall redox potential is shifted to more reduced state (example: some pathological conditions) are more sensitive to the irradiation. The specificity of final photobiological response is determined not at the level of primary reactions in the respiratory chain but at the transcription level during cellular signaling cascades. In some cells, only partial activation of cell metabolism happens by this mechanism (example: redox priming of lymphocytes). The insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- Far red and NIR radiation have been shown to promote wound healing, e.g., infected, ischemic, and hypoxic wounds (Wong-Reley, W T T, JBC, 280(6):4761-4771 (2005)). Red-to-NIR radiation also protects the retina against the toxic actions of methanol-derived formic acid in a rodent model of methanol toxicity and may enhance recovery from retinal injury and other ocular diseases in which mitochondrial dysfunction is postulated to play a role (Eells J T., PNAS, 100(6):3439-44 (2003)). Another clinical application of photobiomodulation is repair of soft and bone tissues by IR laser irradiation (Martinez M E, et al., Laser in Med. Sci., 2007). Invasive laser assisted liposuction is a recently developed method, wherein a laser fiber is introduced through a tube into the skin and directly to the fat cells causing the cells to rapture and drain away as liquid (Kim K H, Dermatol. Surg., 32(2):241-48 (2006)). Tissue around the area is coagulated. Yet, another application of photobiomodulation is a non-surgical varicose vein treatment (an endovenous laser therapy), wherein a laser is threaded through an incision and the full length of the varicose vein (Kim H S, J. Vasc. Interv. Radiol., 18(6):811 (2007)). When the laser is slowly withdrawn, heat is applied to the vein walls, causing the vein to permanently close and disappear. The insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- The green light laser is a laser that vaporizes and removes the enlarged prostate tissue (Heinrich E., Eur. Urol., 52(6):1632-7 (2007)). The significance of the color of the laser light (green) is that this results in absorption by hemoglobin which is contained within red blood cells and not absorbed by water. The procedure may also be known as laser prostatectomy or laser Transurethral resection of the prostate (TURP). The technique involves painting the enlarged prostate with the laser until the capsule of the prostate is reached. By relieving this portion of the prostate, patients are able to void much easier through a wide-open channel in the prostate. The procedure needs to be performed under general or spinal anesthesia. An advantage of the procedure is that even patients taking blood thinners (e.g., aspirin to prevent stroke) can be treated because there is less bleeding compared to a traditional surgery. The insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- Yet, another area of application of photobiomodulation is a direct control of brain cell activity with light. The technique is based upon NIR spectroscopy and is simpler to use and less expensive than other methods such as functional magnetic resonance imaging and positron emission tomography.
- Whenever a region of the brain is activated, that part of the brain uses more oxygen. This technique works by measuring the blood flow and oxygen consumption in the brain. The light emitted by NIR laser diodes is carried through optical fibers to a person's head. The light penetrates the skull where it assesses the brain's oxygen level and blood volume. The scattered light is then collected by optical fibers, sent to detectors and analyzed by a computer. By examining how much of the light is scattered and how much is absorbed, portions of the brain and extract information about brain activity can be mapped. By measuring the scattering, it is determined where the neurons are firing. This means that scientists can simultaneously detect both blood profusion and neural activity. The technique could be used in many diagnostic, prognostic and clinical applications. For example, it could be used to find hematomas in children, to study blood flow in the brain during sleep apnea, and to monitor recovering stroke patients on a daily, or even hourly, basis (that would be impractical to do with MRI). To validate the technique, hemoglobin oxygen concentrations in the brain obtained simultaneously by NIR spectroscopy and by functional MRI, the current “gold standard” in brain studies, was compared. Both methods were used to generate functional maps of the brain's motor cortex during a periodic sequence of stimulation by finger motion and rest. Spatial congruence between the hemoglobin signal and the MRI signal in the motor cortex related to finger movement was demonstrated. The researchers also demonstrated collocation between hemoglobin oxygen levels and changes in scattering due to brain activities. The changes in scattering associated with fast neuron signals came from exactly the same locations. The insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- A low-intensity laser light-oxygen cancer therapy is another application of photobiomodulation. The light-oxygen effect (LOE), which involves activation of or damage to biosystems by optical radiation at low optical doses by direct photoexcitation of molecular oxygen dissolved in a biosystem so that it is converted to the singlet state, i.e., by photogeneration of molecular singlet oxygen from O2 dissolved in cells, similar to photodynamic effect (Zakharov S D, et al., Quantum Electronics, 29(12):1031-53 (1999)). It was shown that the He—Ne laser radiation destroys tumor cells in the presence or absence of the photosensitiser. The LOE can be activated by small optical doses, which are 4-5 orders of magnitude lower that those found if a comparison is made with the familiar analogue in the form of the photodynamic effect (PDE). The insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and programmed or instructed to or configured to deliver light at these wavelengths.
- Another type of photobiomodulation methods fall into two general categories: one set of methods uses light to uncage a compound that then becomes biochemically active, binding to a downstream effector; the other set uses light to activate a light-sensitive protein such as rhodopsin (ChR2), which can then excite the cell expressing the opsin. The insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and or instructed to or configured to deliver light for these types of photobiomodulation.
- In the first set, this method involves applying “caged” chemicals to a sample and then using light to open the cage to invoke a reaction. Modified glutamate is useful for finding excitatory connections between neurons, since the uncaged glutamate mimics the natural synaptic activity of one neuron impinging upon another. This method is used for elucidation of neuron functions and imaging in brain slices using, for example, two-photon glutamine uncageing (Harvey C D, et al., Nature, 450:1195-1202 (2007); Eder M, et al., Rev. Neurosci., 15:167-183 (2004)). Other signaling molecules can be released by UV light stimulation, e.g., GABA, secondary messengers (e.g., Ca2+ and Mg2+), carbachol, capsaicin, and ATP (Zhang F., et al., 2006). Chemical modifications of ion channels and receptors may be carried out to render them light-responsive. Ca2+ is involved in controlling fertilization, differentiation, proliferation, apoptosis, synaptic plasticity, memory, and developing axons. In yet another preferred embodiment, Ca2+ waves can be induced by UV irradiation (single-photon absorption) and NIR irradiation (two-photon absorption) by releasing caged Ca2+, an extracellular purinergic messenger InsP3 (Braet K., et al., Cell Calcium, 33:37-48 (2003)), or ion channel ligands (Zhang F., et al., 2006).
- In the second set which uses light to activate a light-sensitive protein such as rhodopsin (ChR2), which can then excite the cell expressing the opsin, It has been shown that channelrhodopsin-2, a monolithic protein containing a light sensor and a cation channel, provides electrical stimulation of appropriate speed and magnitude to activate neuronal spike firing. Recently, photoinhibition, the inhibition of neural activity with light, has become feasible with the application of molecules such as the light-activated chloride pump halorhodopsin to neural control. Together, blue-light activated channelrhodopsin-2 and the yellow light-activated chloride pump halorhodopsin enable multiple-color, optical activation and silencing of neural activity.
- ChR2 photostimulation involves genetic targeting ChR2 to neurons and light pulsing the neurons expressing ChR2 protein. The experiments have been conducted in vitro and in vivo in mice by in vivo deep-brain photostimulaiton using optical fibers to deliver light into the lateral hypothalamus (Adamantidis A R, et al., Nature 450:420-425 (2007)). Genetic targeting of ChR2 allows exclusive stimulation of defined cellular subsets and avoids the need for addition of the caged glutamate, facilitating photostimulation in vivo (Wang H., et al., PNAS, 104(19):8143-48 (2007)). ChR2 photostimulation has been used for restoring visual activity in mice with impaired vision, to evoke behavioral responses in worms and flies (Wang H., et al., 2007). The robust associative learning induced by ChR2-assisted photostimulaiton in mice opens the door to study the circuit basis of perception and cognition in vivo (Huber D., et al., 2007). This kind of neuronal targeting and stimulation might have clinical application, e.g., deep brain stimulation to treat Parkinson's disease and other disorders, controlling behavioral, perceptional and cognitive characteristics, and for imaging and studying how the brain works (Zhang F., et al., Nature Methods, 3(10):785-792 (2006); Wong-Riley M T., et al., JBC, 280(6):4761-4771 (2005)).
- Another gene, chloride pump (NpHR), which is borrowed from a microbe called an archaebacterium, can make neurons less active in the presence of yellow light. Combined, the two genes ChR2 and NpHR can now make neurons obey pulses of light like drivers obey a traffic signal: Blue means “go” (emit a signal), and yellow means “stop” (don't emit).
- Light-sensitive proteins can be introduced into cells or live subjects via number of techniques including electroporation, DNA microinjection, viral delivery, liposomal transfection and calcium-phosphate precipitation.
- Photostimulation
- A photostimulation technique involves chemical modification of ion channels and receptors to render them light-responsive. The insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and or instructed to or configured to deliver light for this technique. Some of the most fundamental signaling mechanisms in a cell involve the release and uptake of Ca2+ ions. Ca2+ is involved in controlling fertilization, differentiation, proliferation, apoptosis, synaptic plasticity, memory, and developing axons. It has been shown that Ca2+ waves can be induced by UV irradiation (single-photon absorption) and NIR irradiation (two-photon absorption) by releasing caged Ca2+, an extracellular purinergic messenger InsP3 (Braet K., et al., Cell Calcium, 33:37-48 (2003)), or ion channel ligands (Zhang F., et al., 2006).
- Directly controlling a brain cell activity with light is a novel means for experimenting with neural circuits and could lead to therapies for some disorders. This accomplishment is a step toward the goal of mapping neural circuit dynamics on a millisecond timescale to see if impairments in these dynamics underlie severe psychiatric symptoms. Knowing the effects that different neurons have could ultimately help researchers figure out the workings of healthy and unhealthy brain circuits. If use of the technique can show that altered activity in a particular kind of neuron underlies symptoms, for example, this insight will allow development of targeted genetic or pharmaceutical treatments to fix those neurons. Conceivably, direct control of neuronal activity with light could someday become a therapy in itself. Here, the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and or instructed to or configured to deliver light for direct control of neuronal activity.
- In living organisms, scientists have been able to cause worms, C. elegans, to stop swimming while their genetically altered motor neurons were exposed to pulses of yellow light intensified through a microscope. In some experiments, exposure to blue light caused the worms to wiggle in ways they weren't moving while unperturbed. When the lights were turned off, the worms resumed their normal behavior.
- Meanwhile, in experiments in living brain tissues extracted from mice, the researchers were able to use the technique to cause neurons to signal or stop on the millisecond timescale, just as they do naturally. Other experiments showed that cells appear to suffer no ill effects from exposure to the light. The mice resume their normal function once the exposure ends.
- The most direct application of an optical neuron control is experimenting with neural circuits to determine why unhealthy ones fail and how healthy ones work.
- In patients with Parkinson's disease, for example, researchers have shown that electrical “deep brain stimulation” of cells can help patients. By allowing researchers to selectively stimulate or dampen different neurons in the brain, the light stimulation techniques could help in determining which particular neurons are benefiting from deep brain stimulation. That could lead to making the electrical treatment, which has some unwanted side effects, more targeted.
- Another potential application is experimenting with simulating neural communications. Because neurons communicate by generating patterns of signals-sometimes on and sometimes off like the 0s and 1s of binary computer code-flashing blue and yellow lights in these patterns could compel neurons to emit messages that correspond to real neural instructions. In the future, this could allow researchers to test and tune sophisticated neuron behaviors. Much farther down the road, the ability to artificially stimulate neural signals, such as movement instructions, could allow doctors to bridge blockages in damaged spinal columns, perhaps restoring some function to the limbs of paralyzed patients.
- Finally, the technique could be useful in teasing out the largely unknown functioning of healthy brains. Here, the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be constructed and or instructed to or configured to deliver light for control of these and other neuron activities.
- Drug Packaging
- The reagents and chemicals useful for methods and systems of the present invention may be packaged in kits to facilitate application of the present invention. In one exemplary embodiment, a kit including a psoralen, and fractionating containers for easy fractionation and isolation of autovaccines is contemplated. A further embodiment of kit would comprise at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent capable of causing a predetermined cellular change, at least one energy modulation agent capable of activating the at least one activatable agent when energized, and containers suitable for storing the agents in stable form, and preferably further comprising instructions for administering the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent and at least one energy modulation agent to a subject, and for applying an initiation energy from an initiation energy source to activate the insertion device(s) which in turn activate the pharmaceutical agent. The instructions could be in any desired form, including but not limited to, printed on a kit insert, printed on one or more containers, as well as electronically stored instructions provided on an electronic storage medium, such as a computer readable storage medium. Also optionally included is a software package on a computer readable storage medium that permits the user to integrate the information and calculate a control dose, to calculate and control intensity of the irradiation of initiation source.
- Sterilization and Cold Pasteurization of Fluids
- It is known that ultraviolet (UV) with a wavelength of 254 nm tends to inactivate most types of microorganisms. Most juices are opaque to UV due to the high-suspended solids in them and hence the conventional UV treatment, usually used for water treatment, cannot be used for treating juices. In order to make the process efficient, a thin film reactor constructed from glass has been used with the juice flowing along the inner surface of a vertical glass tube as a thin film. See “Ultraviolet Treatment of Orange Juice” by Tran et al. published in Innovative Food Science & Emerging Technologies (
Volume 5,Issue 4, December 2004, Pages 495-502), the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference. Tran et al. reported that decimal reduction doses required for the reconstitute orange juices (O J; 10.5° Brix) were 87±7 and 119±17 mJ/cm2 for the standard aerobic plate count (APC) and yeast and moulds, respectively. They also reported that the shelf life of fresh squeezed orange juice was extended to 5 days with a limited exposure of UV (73.8 mJ/cm2). The effect of UV on the concentration of Vitamin C was investigated using both HPLC and titration methods of measurements. The degradation of Vitamin C was 17% under high UV exposure of 100 mJ/cm2, which was similar to that usually found in thermal sterilization. Enzyme pectin methylesterase (PME) activity, which is the major cause of cloud loss of juices, was also measured. The energy required for UV treatment of orange juice (2.0 kW h/m3) was much smaller than that required in thermal treatment (82 kW h/m3). The color and pH of the juice were not significantly influenced by the treatment. - The invention described herein offers advantages over this approach in that the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention can be placed inside fixtures such as quartz or glass (encapsulation structures) within the orange juice (or other fluid medium) and irradiated with microwave or RF power supplied to activate insertion device(s) 3 in the orange juice.
- While discussed with regard to orange juice, any other medium to be sterilized including food products, medical products and cosmetic products could be treated using the technique of the invention described herein.
- Sterilization of Blood Products
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,087,141 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes an ultraviolet light activated psoralen process for sterilization of blood transfusion products. The invention can be applied for the neutralization of AIDS and HIV or other viral or pathogenic agents in blood transfusion products. In this embodiment, at least one photoactivatable agent is selected from psoralens, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines, vitamin Ks, vitamin L, vitamin metabolites, vitamin precursors, naphthoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and derivatives thereof having planar molecular conformations, porphorinporphyrins, dyes and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolones, quinones, anthroquinones, porphycene, rubyrin, rosarin, hexaphyrin, sapphyrin, chlorophyl, chlorin, phthalocynine, porphyrazine, bacteriochlorophyl, pheophytin, texaphyrin macrocyclic-based component, or a metalated derivative thereof. These photoactivatable agents serve as recipients for the generated light from the insertion device(s) 3.
- The recipient in this and other embodiments of the invention can include at least one of a laser dye, a fluorophore, a lumophore, or a phosphor. The laser dye can be at least one of p-terphenyl, sulforhodamine B, p-quaterphenyl, Rhodamine 101, curbostyryl 124, cresyl violet perchlorate, popop, DODC iodide, coumarin 120, sulforhodamine 101,
coumarin 2,oxozine 4 perchlorate, coumarin 339, PCM,coumarin 1, oxazine 170 perchlorate, coumarin 138, nile blue A perchlorate,coumarin 106,oxatine 1 perchlorate,coumarin 102,pyridine 1, coumarin 314T, styryl 7, coumarin 338, HIDC iodide, coumarin 151, PTPC iodide,coumarin 4, cryptocyanine, coumarin 314, DOTC iodide,coumarin 30, HITC iodide, coumarin 500, HITC perchlorate, coumarin 307, PTTC iodide, coumarin 334, DTTC perchlorate, coumarin 7, IR-144, coumarin 343, HDITC perchlorate, coumarin 337, IR-NO, coumarin 6, IR-132, coumarin 152, IR-125, coumarin 153, boron-dipyrromethere, HPTS, flourescein,rhodamine - In various embodiments of the invention, the recipients are secondary agents performing other functions. Suitable secondary agents for the invention include secondary emitters, cytotoxic agents, magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) agents, positron emission tomography (PET) agents, radiological imaging agents, or photodynamic therapy (PDT) agents.
- These photoactivatable agents (recipients and secondary agents) are introduced into the blood product (or a patient's blood stream). Microwave or RF power is applied to the blood product (or to the patient). The insertion device(s) 3 (either included in the blood product) or in encapsulated structures generate secondary light such as UV light which activates the photoactivatable agents in the blood products.
- In a specific example, the photoactivatable agent is a psoralen, a coumarin, or a derivative thereof, and as discussed above, one can sterilize blood products in vivo (i.e., in a patient) or in a container of the blood product (such as for example donated blood). The treatment can be applied to treat disorders such as for example a cancer cell, a tumor cell, an autoimmune deficiency symptom virus, or a blood-borne germicide is treated by the psoralen, the coumarin, or the derivative thereof.
- Waste Water Detoxification
- Photocatalysis has also been used as tertiary treatment for wastewater to comply with regulatory discharge limits and to oxidize compounds that have not been oxidized in the biological treatment. Photocatalysis has been used to reduce or eliminate several pollutants (e.g., alkanes, alkenes, phenols, aromatics, pesticides) with great success. In many cases, total mineralization of the organic compounds has been observed. Several photocatalysts, such as CdS, Fe2O3, ZnO, WO3, and ZnS, have been studied, but the best results have been achieved with TiO2 P25. These photocatalyst can be used in the invention.
- The wastewaters of an oil refinery are the waters resulting from washing the equipment used in the process, undesirable wastes, and sanitary sewage. These effluents have high oil and grease contents, besides other organic compounds in solution. These pollutants form a residual chemical oxygen demand (COD) that may pose serious toxic hazards to the environment.
- It is known that photocatalysis can be used for waste water reduction remediation. U.S. Pat. No. 5,118,422 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) to Cooper et al. describe an ultraviolet driven photocatalytic post-treatment technique for purifying a water feedstock containing an oxidizable contaminant compound. In this work, the water feedstock was mixed with photocatalytic semiconductor particles (e.g., TiO2, ZnO, CdS, CdSe, SnO2, SrTiO3, WO3, Fe2O3, and Ta2O5 particles) having a particle size in the range of about 0.01 to about 1.0 micron and in an amount of between about 0.01% and about 0.2% by weight of the water. The water including the semiconductor mixture is exposed to band-gap photons for a time sufficient to affect an oxidation of the oxidizable contaminant to purify the water. Crossflow membrane filtration was used to separate the purified water from the semiconductor particles. Cooper et al. show that the organic impurity carbon content of simulated reclamation waters at nominal 40 PPM level were reduced to parts per billion using a recirculation batch reactor.
- Cooper et al. identified that one important aspect of the photocatalytic process is the adsorption of the organic molecules onto the extremely large surface area presented by the finely divided powders dispersed in the water. Cooper et al. further indicated that, in photoelectrochemical applications, advantage is taken of the fact that the solid phase (a metal oxide semiconductor) is also photo-active and that the generated charge carriers are directly involved in the organic oxidation. The adsorption of the band-gap photon by the semiconductor particle results in the formation of an electron (e−)/hole(h+) pair. Cooper et al. explain that the electrons generated in the conduction band react with solution oxygen forming the dioxygen anion (O2−) species which subsequently undergo further reactions resulting in the production of the powerfully oxidizing hydroxyl radical species, .OH. These powerful oxidants are known to oxidize organic compounds by themselves. Additionally, Cooper et al. explain that the strongly oxidizing holes generated in the valence band have sufficient energy to oxidize all organic bonds.
- In the reactor of Cooper et al., turbulence is necessary in order to ensure that the waste water contaminants and the photocatalytic titania particles are exposed to the UV light. Cooper et al. explain that the most basic considerations of photocatalyst light adsorption and its relationship to convective mixing. For a 0.1 wt % photocatalyst loading, experiments have shown that 90% of the light is absorbed within 0.08 cm. This is primarily due to the large UV absorption coefficient of the photocatalyst and therefore, most of the photoelectrochemistry occurs within this illuminated region. By operating the reactor of Cooper et al. with a Reynolds number (Re) of 4000, a significant portion of the photoactive region is ensured of being within the well mixed turbulent zone.
- Santos et al. have reported in “Photocatalysis as a tertiary treatment for petroleum refinery wastewaters” published in Braz. J. Chem. Eng. vol. 23, No. 4, 2006 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference), photocatalysis for tertiary treatment for petroleum refinery wastewaters which satisfactorily reduced the amount of pollutants to the level of the regulatory discharge limits and oxidized persistent compounds that had not been oxidized in the biological treatment. The treatment sequence used by the refinery (REDUC/PETROBRAS, a Brazilian oil refinery) is oil/water separation followed by a biological treatment. Although the process efficiency in terms of biological oxygen demand (BOD) removal is high, a residual and persistent COD and a phenol content remains. The refining capacity of the refinery is 41,000 m3/day, generating 1,100 m3/h of wastewater, which are discharged directly into the Guanabara Bay (Rio de Janeiro). Treating the residual and persistent COD remains a priority.
- Santos et al. conducted a first set of experiments carried out in an open 250 mL reactor containing 60 mL of wastewater. In the second set of experiments, a Pyrex® annular reactor containing 550 mL of wastewater was used (De Paoli and Rodrigues, 1978). The reaction mixtures inside the reactors were maintained in suspension by magnetic stirring. In all experiments, air was continuously bubbled through the suspensions. A 250 W Phillips HPL-N medium pressure mercury vapor lamp (with its outer bulb removed) was used as the UV-light source (radiant flux of 108 J·m−2·s−1 at λ>254 nm). In one set of experiments, the lamp was positioned above the surface of the liquid at a fixed height (12 cm). In the second set, the lamp was inserted into the well. All experiments by Santos et al. were performed at 25±1° C. The catalyst concentration ranged from 0.5 to 5.5 g L−1 and the initial pH ranged from 3.5 to 9.
- In one embodiment of the invention described herein, the insertion device(s) 3 would be placed inside quartz or glass fixtures within the waste water or would be placed on silica encapsulated structures within the waste water which, like the photocatalytic TiO2, could be entrained in the waste water during the irradiation.
- Upon irradiation with for example microwave or RF power, the insertion device(s) 3 would generate UV light in nearby presence of the photocatalytic agent. In other words for this embodiment, the insertion device(s) 3 are mixed along with the photocatalytic semiconductor particles in the waste water fluid stream, and the exterior activation energy source penetrates the container (e.g., a plastic or aluminum container) and irradiates the bulk of the waste water, producing UV light throughout the waste water which in turn drives the photocatalytic reactions. In one embodiment, the insertion device(s) 3 are complexed with the down converting particles or other energy modulation agents.
- Photostimulation
- Photostimulation is a field in which light is applied to in order to alter or change a physical property. For example, there has been an increased focus on the use of biodegradable polymers in consumer and biomedical fields. Polylactic acid (PLA) plastics and polyhydroxyalkanoates (PHA) plastics have been playing a vital role in fulfilling the objectives. But their relatively hydrophobic surfaces limit their use in various applications. Hence, there is a need to surface modify these film surfaces. Due to the lack of any modifiable side chain groups, workers have used a sequential two step photografting technique for the surface modification of these biopolymers. In step one, benzophenone was photografted on the film surface and in step two, hydrophilic monomers like acrylic acid and acrylamide were photopolymerized from the film surfaces.
- Workers have found that UV irradiation could realize an effective graft copolymerization. UV-assisted photografting in ethanol has been used to grow hydrophilic polymers (e.g., poly(acrylic acid) and polyacrylamide) from the surfaces of PLA, PHA, and PLA/PHA blend films. In that work, a functional polyurethane (PU) surface was prepared by photo-grafting N,N-dimethylaminoethyl methacrylate (DMAEM) onto the membrane surface. Grafting copolymerization was conducted by the combined use of the photo-oxidation and irradiation grafting. PU membrane was photo-oxidized to introduce the hydroperoxide groups onto the surface, then the membrane previously immersed in monomer solution was irradiated by UV light. Results have shown prior to the invention that UV irradiation can realize graft copolymerization effectively.
- In the invention described herein, these processes are expedited by the inclusion of the insertion device(s) 3 in dispersion in the fluid medium being used for photostimulation. Upon microwave or RF power irradiation, the insertion device(s) 3 would generate UV light permitting batch or bulk type processing to occur in parallel inside the container.
- Photodeactivation
- In many industrial processes, especially food and beverage industries, yeasts are used to produce changes in a medium such as the conversion of sugars in the raw product. One particularly prominent example is in the wine industry. Stopping the wine from fermenting any further would preserve the current level of sweetness. Likewise, allowing the wine to continue fermenting further would only make the wine less sweet with each passing day. Eventually the wine would become completely dry at which time the fermentation would stop on its own. This is because during the fermentation process yeast turns the sugar into alcohol.
- Wanting to stop the fermentation process is all good in and of itself. But unfortunately, there is really no practical way to successfully stop a fermentation dead in its tracks. Additives such as sulphite and sorbate can be added to stabilize a fermented product and stop additional fermentation. Many winemakers will turn to sulfites such as that found in Sodium Bisulfite or Campden tablets for the answer. But, these two items are not capable of reliably killing enough of the yeast to guarantee a complete stop of the activity—at least not at normal doses that leave the wine still drinkable.
- Once the bulk of the sulfites from either of these ingredients dissipate from the wine into the air—as sulfites do—there is a very strong chance that the remaining few live yeast cells will start multiplying and fermenting again if given enough time. This usually happens at a most inconvenient time, like after the wine has been bottled and stowed away.
- Potassium sorbate is another ingredient that many winemakers consider when trying to stop a wine from fermenting any further. There is a lot of misunderstanding surrounding this product. It is typically called for by home wine making books when sweetening a wine. This is a situation where the fermentation has already completed and is ready for bottling. One adds the potassium sorbate along with the sugar that is added for sweetening.
- The potassium sorbate stops the yeast from fermenting the newly added sugar. So, many winemakers assume potassium sorbate can stop an active fermentation as well, but, potassium sorbate does not kill the yeast at all, but rather it makes the yeast sterile. In other words, it impairs the yeast's ability to reproduce itself. But, it does not hinder the yeast's ability to ferment sugar into alcohol.
- Ultraviolet light is known to destroy yeast cultures, but has restricted applications due to the inability of UV light to penetrate throughout the fluid medium. While heat can be used to destroy the yeast activity, cooking of the product may be premature or may produce undesirable changes in the consistency and taste. For liquid or fluid food products, the same techniques described above could be used for the application described here. For non-liquid products, energy modulation agents with little and preferably no toxicity (e.g. Fe oxides or titanium oxides) could be added. Here, the concentration of these additives would likely be limited by any unexpected changes in taste.
- Here, UV light produced by the insertion device(s) 3 would deactivate the yeasts.
- Photoactivated Cross-Linking and Curing of Polymers
- In this application, the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention are provided and distributed into an uncured polymer based medium for the activation of photosensitive agents in the medium to promote cross-linking and curing of the polymer based medium. In one embodiment, the insertion device(s) 3 are provided with down-converting luminescent particles or other energy modulation agents prior to being added to the polymer.
- For adhesive and surface coating applications, light activated processing is limited due to the penetration depth of UV light into the processed medium. In light activated adhesive and surface coating processing, the primary limitation is that the material to be cured must see the light—both in type (wavelength or spectral distribution) and intensity. This limitation has meant that one medium typically has to transmit the appropriate light. In adhesive and surface coating applications, any “shaded” area will require a secondary cure mechanism, increasing cure time over the non-shaded areas and further delaying cure time due to the existent of a sealed skin through which subsequent curing must proceed.
- Conventionally, moisture-curing mechanisms, heat-curing mechanisms, and photo-initiated curing mechanisms are used to initiate cure, i.e., cross-linking, of reactive compositions, such as reactive silicones, polymers, and adhesives. These mechanisms are based on either condensation reactions, whereby moisture hydrolyzes certain groups, or addition reactions that can be initiated by a form of energy, such as electromagnetic radiation or heat.
- The invention described herein can use any of the following light activated curing polymers as well as others known in the art to which the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention are added.
- Photocuring with the Insertion Devices of this Invention
- In this application, the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention are provided and distributed into an uncured polymer based medium for the activation of photosensitive agents in the medium to promote cross-linking and curing of the polymer based medium. For adhesive and surface coating applications, light activated processing is limited due to the penetration depth of UV light into the processed medium. In light activated adhesive and surface coating processing, the primary limitation is that the material to be cured must see the light—both in type (wavelength or spectral distribution) and intensity. This limitation has meant that one medium typically has to transmit the appropriate light. In adhesive and surface coating applications, any “shaded” area will require a secondary cure mechanism, increasing cure time over the non-shaded areas and further delaying cure time due to the existent of a sealed skin through which subsequent curing must proceed.
- Conventionally, moisture-curing mechanisms, heat-curing mechanisms, and photo-initiated curing mechanisms are used to initiate cure, i.e., cross-linking, of reactive compositions, such as reactive silicones, polymers, and adhesives. These mechanisms are based on either condensation reactions, whereby moisture hydrolyzes certain groups, or addition reactions that can be initiated by a form of energy, such as electromagnetic radiation or heat.
- The invention described herein can use any of the following light activated curing polymers as well as others known in the art to which the
insertion devices 3 of the invention are added. - Loctite Corporation has designed and developed UV and UV/moisture dual curable silicone compositions, which also demonstrate high resistance to flammability and combustibility, where the flame-retardant component is a combination of hydrated aluminand a member selected from the group consisting of organo ligand complexes of transition metals, organosiloxane ligand complexes of transition metals, and combinations thereof. See U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,281,261 and 6,323,253 to Bennington. These formulations are also suitable for the invention.
- Other known UV photoactivatable silicones include silicones functionalized with, for example, carboxylate, maleate, cinnamate and combinations thereof. These formulations are also suitable for the invention. Other known UV photoactivatable silicones suitable for the invention include benzoin ethers (“UV free radical generator”) and a free-radical polymerizable functional silicone polymers, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,051,625 whose content is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The UV free radical generator (i.e., the benzoin ether) is contained at from 0.001 to 10 wt % based on the total weight of the curable composition. Free radicals produced by irradiating the composition function as initiators of the polymerization reaction, and the free radical generator can be added in a catalytic quantity relative to the polymerizable functionality in the subject composition. Further included in these silicone resins can be silicon-bonded divalent oxygen atom compounds which can form a siloxane bond while the remaining oxygen in each case can be bonded to another silicon to form a siloxane bond, or can be bonded to methyl or ethyl to form an alkoxy group, or can be bonded to hydrogen to form silanol. Such compounds can include trimethylsilyl, dimethylsilyl, phenyldimethylsilyl, vinyldimethylsilyl, trifluoropropyldimethylsilyl, (4-vinylphenyl)dimethylsilyl, (vinylbenzyl)dimethylsilyl, and (vinylphenethyl)dimethylsilyl.
- The photoinitiator component of this invention is not limited to those free radical generators given above, but may be any photoinitiator known in the art, including the aforementioned benzoin and substituted benzoins (such as alkyl ester substituted benzoins), Michler's ketone, dialkoxyacetophenones, such as diethoxyacetophenone (“DEAP”), benzophenone and substituted benzophenones, acetophenone and substituted acetophenones, and xanthone and substituted xanthones. Other desirable photoinitiators include DEAP, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, diethoxyxanthone, chloro-thio-xanthone, azo-bisisobutyronitrile, N-methyl diethanolaminebenzophenone, and mixtures thereof. Visible light initiators include camphoquinone, peroxyester initiators and non-fluorene-carboxylic acid peroxyesters.
- Commercially available examples of photoinitiators suitable for the invention include those from Vantico, Inc., Brewster, N.Y. under the IRGACURE and DAROCUR tradenames, specifically IRGACURE 184 (1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone), 907 (2-methyl-1-[4-(methylthio)phenyl]-2-morpholino propan-1-one), 369 (2-benzyl-2-N,N-dimethylamino-1-(4-morpholinophenyl)-1-butanone), 500 (the combination of 1-hydroxy cyclohexyl phenyl ketone and benzophenone), 651 (2,2-dimethoxy-2-phenyl acetophenone), 1700 (the combination of bis(2,6-dimethoxybenzoyl-2,4,4-trimethyl pentyl) phosphine oxide and 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one), and 819 [bis(2,4,6-trimethyl benzoyl)phenyl phosphine oxide] and DAROCUR 1173 (2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-1-propane) and 4265 (the combination of 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenyl-phosphine oxide and 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenyl-propan-1-one); and IRGACURE 784DC (bis(.eta..sup.5-2,4-cyclopentadien-1-yl)-bis[2,6-difluoro-3-(1H-pyrrol-1-yl)phenyl]titanium).
- Generally, the amount of photoinitiator (or free radical generators) should be in the range of about 0.1% to about 10% by weight, such as about 2 to about 6% by weight. The free radical generator concentration for benzoin ether is generally from 0.01 to 5% based on the total weight of the curable composition.
- A moisture cure catalyst can also be included in an amount effective to cure the composition. For example, from about 0.1 to about 5% by weight, such as about 0.25 to about 2.5% by weight, of the moisture cure catalyst can be used in the invention to facilitate the cure process beyond that of photo-activated curing. Examples of such catalysts include organic compounds of titanium, tin, zirconium and combinations thereof. Tetraisopropoxytitanate and tetrabutoxytitanate are suitable as moisture cure catalyst. See also U.S. Pat. No. 4,111,890.
- Included in the conventional silicone composition (and other inorganic and organic adhesive polymers) suitable for the invention are various inorganic fillers. For example, hollow microspheres supplied by Kish under the trade name Q-CEL are free flowing powders, white in color. Generally, these borosilicate hollow microspheres are promoted as extenders in reactive resin systems, ordinarily to replace heavy fillers, such as calcium carbonate, thereby lowering the weight of composite materials formed therewith. Q-CEL 5019 hollow microspheres are constructed of a borosilicate, with a liquid displacement density of 0.19 g/cm2, a mean particle size of 70 microns, and a particle size range of 10-150 um. Other Q-CEL products are shown below in tabular form. Another commercially available hollow glass microsphere is sold by Kish under the trade name SPHERICEL. SPHEREICEL 110P8 has a mean particle size of about 11.7 microns, and a crush strength of greater than 10,000 psi. Yet other commercially available hollow glass microsphere are sold by the Schundler Company, Metuchen, N.J. under the PERLITE tradename, Whitehouse Scientific Ltd., Chester, UK and 3M, Minneapolis, Minn. under the SCOTCHLITE trade name.
- In general, these inorganic filler components (and others such as fumed silica) add structural properties to the cured composition, as well as confers flowability properties to the composition in the uncured state and increase the transmissivity for the UV cure radiation. When present, the fumed silica can be used at a level of up to about 50 weight percent, with a range of about 4 to at least about 10 weight percent, being desirable. While the precise level of silica may vary depending on the characteristics of the particular silica and the desired properties of the composition and the reaction product thereof, care should be exercised by those persons of ordinary skill in the art to allow for an appropriate level of transmissivity of the inventive compositions to permit a UV cure to occur.
- Desirable hydrophobic silicas include hexamethyldisilazane-treated silicas, such as those commercially available from Wacker-Chemie, Adrian, Mich. under the trade designation HDK-2000. Others include polydimethylsiloxane-treated silicas, such as those commercially available from Cabot Corporation under the trade designation CAB-O-SIL N70-TS, or Degussa Corporation under the trade designation AEROSIL R202. Still other silicas include trialkoxyalkyl silane-treated silicas, such as the trimethoxyoctyl silane-treated silica commercially available from Degussa under the trade designation AEROSIL R805; and 3-dimethyl dichlorosilane-treated silicas commercially available from Degussa under the trade designation R972, R974 and R976.
- While these inorganic fillers have extended the use of conventional UV cured silicone systems to permit the curing of materials beyond a skin depth of UV penetration, these inorganic fillers alone do not overcome shadowing effects and suffer from UV scattering which effectively makes for a smaller penetration depth. In the invention described herein, the inclusion of these inorganic fillers along with phosphor or scintillator particles provide a mechanism by which uniform light activated cures can occur deep inside of the body of adhesive-solidified assemblies in regions that would normally be shadowed or not with the reach of external UV or other light sources.
- Accordingly, in this example of the invention described herein, conventional silicone and polymeric adhesive or release or coating compositions are prepared using conventional mixing, heating, and incubation techniques. Included in these conventional compositions are the upconverter structures of the invention. These compositions can then be applied to surfaces of objects to be fixed together or to surfaces where a hard coating is desired or cast in a curable form for the production of molded objects. These compositions upon activation will produce radiant light for photoactivated cure of the polymer composition. The density of the phosphors in these compositions will depend on the “light transparency” of the luminescing particle containing composition.
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,294,656 to Bach et al., the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, describes a non-aqueous composition curable by UV radiation broadly containing a mixture of two UV curable urethane acrylates that have several advantages over conventional radiation-curable compositions. The Bache et al. compositions can be cured in a relatively short time using UV-C (200-280 nm), UV-B (280-320 nm), UV-A (320-400 nm) and visible (400 nm and above) radiation. In particular, Bache et al. compositions can be cured using radiation having a wavelength of 320 nm or more. When fully cured (regardless of the type of radiation used), the Bach et al. compositions exhibit hardnesses and impact resistances at least comparable to conventional coatings.
- In the invention described here, the light emitting insertion devices of the invention are added to these Bach et al. compositions. Due to the fact that the exterior energy source penetrates deeper into the entirety of the Bach et al. compositions, thicker surface coatings can be realized. Further, the coatings can be applied to intricate surfaces having for example been prepared with recesses or protrusions.
- For example, one suitable light activated polymer compound includes UV curing silicones having methacrylate functional groups. U.S. Pat. No. 4,675,346 to Lin, the disclosure of which is hereby expressly incorporated herein by reference, is directed to UV curable silicone compositions including at least 50% of a specific type of silicone resin, at least 10% of a fumed silica filler and a photoinitiator, and cured compositions thereof. Other known UV curing silicone compositions suitable for the invention include organopolysiloxane containing a (meth)acrylate functional group, a photosensitizer, and a solvent, which cures to a hard film. Other known UV curing silicone compositions suitable for the invention include compositions of an organopolysiloxane having an average of at least one acryloxy and/or methacryloxy group per molecule; a low molecular weight polyacrylyl crosslinking agent; and a photosensitizer.
- Accordingly, in this example of the invention described herein, conventional silicone and polymeric adhesive or release or coating compositions are prepared using conventional mixing, heating, and incubation techniques. Included in these conventional compositions are the insertion device(s) 3 of the invention. These compositions can then be applied to surfaces of objects to be fixed together or to surfaces where a hard coating is desired or cast in a curable form for the production of molded objects. These compositions upon activation will produce radiant light for photoactivated cure of the luminescing particle containing polymer composition. The density of the upconverter structures in these compositions will depend on the “light transparency” of the luminescing particle containing composition. Where these compositions contain a significant amount of the inorganic filler as discussed above, the concentration of the insertion device(s) 3 can be reduced for example as compared to a composition with a black color pigment where the light transparency will be significantly reduced.
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,294,656 to Bach et al., the entire disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference, describes a non-aqueous composition curable by UV radiation broadly containing a mixture of two UV curable urethane acrylates that have several advantages over conventional radiation-curable compositions. The Bache et al. compositions can be cured in a relatively short time using UV-C (200-280 nm), UV-B (280-320 nm), UV-A (320-400 nm) and visible (400 nm and above) radiation. In particular, Bache et al. compositions can be cured using radiation having a wavelength of 320 nm or more. When fully cured (regardless of the type of radiation used), the Bach et al. compositions exhibit hardnesses and impact resistances at least comparable to conventional coatings.
- In the invention described here,
insertion devices 3 are added to these Bach et al. compositions. Due to the fact that the exterior energy source penetrates deeper into the entirety of the Bach et al. compositions, thicker surface coatings can be realized. Further, the coatings can be applied to intricate surfaces having for example been prepared with recesses or protrusions. - Treatment of Cell-Proliferation Disorders with the Insertion Devices
- In a preferred embodiment of the invention, a subject is administered an activatable pharmaceutical agent including at least one photoactive drug. The insertion device(s) 3 are inserted in the subject preferably in vicinity of the diseased site. UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 activates the at least one photoactive drug inside the subject to thereby treat the subject for the cell proliferation disorder.
- Alternatively, or in addition, another aspect of the invention includes a method for treating a subject carrying a virus in which the method provides within the subject at least one photoactive drug for treatment of the subject carrying the virus and inserts one of more insertion devices inside the subject. The at least one photoactive drug is activated directly or indirectly at the target inside the subject by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices 3 (or light from energy modulation agents) to thereby treat the subject carrying the virus.
- Mechanisms included in the invention can involve photoactivation of a drug such as a psoralen or its derivatives or an alkylating agent. Mechanisms included in the invention can involve the formation of highly reactive oxygen species, such as singlet oxygen. Any of these mechanisms can be used in combination or selectively to treat a subject with a cell proliferation disorder, or who is carrying viruses and/or has associated disorders or symptoms thereof. In one embodiment, the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices can be used to activate an alkylating agent (e.g., iodonophthylazide) for its attachment to a virus. In one embodiment, the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices can be used to activate a psoralen (or a derivative or substitute thereof) for treatment of a bacterial infection or other disorders in the patient. In one embodiment, one wavelength of the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices can be used to activate an alkylating agent (e.g., iodonophthylazide) for its attachment to a virus, while another different wavelength of the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices can be used to activate a psoralen (or a derivative or substitute thereof) for treatment of a bacterial infection or other disorders in the patient. In one embodiment, one wavelength can be used to activate an alkylating agent or a psoralen, while another wavelength is used for a different purpose such as for example production of singlet oxygen (i.e., highly reactive oxygen species) or for production of sterilizing UV light or to promote cell growth or reduce inflammation, etc.
- In various embodiments, one or more wavelengths of the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices could be used for treatment a host or arrest of viruses such as Ebola, West Nile, encephalitis, HIV, etc., and/or for the regulation and control of biological responses having varying degrees of apoptosis (the process of programmed cell death PCD) and necrosis (the premature death of cells and living tissue typically from external factors). In necrosis, factors external to the cell or tissue, such as infection, toxins, or trauma that result in the unregulated digestion of cell components. In contrast, apoptosis is a naturally occurring programmed and targeted cause of cellular death. While apoptosis often provides beneficial effects to the organism, necrosis is almost always detrimental and may be fatal.
- In various embodiments of this invention, the alkylating agent can be at least one or more of drugs from the iodonophthylazide family, such as 1,5-iodonaphthylazide (INA). These photoactivatable compounds are non-toxic, hydrophobic compounds that can penetrate into the innermost regions of biological membrane bilayers and selectively accumulate in such inner membrane regions. Upon irradiation with UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 or light from energy modulation agents, generated inside or nearby the membrane region, it is believed that a reactive derivative of the compound is generated that binds to membrane proteins deep in the lipid bilayer. This process inactivates integral membrane proteins embedded in the membrane while maintaining the structural integrity and activity of the proteins that protrude from the extracellular surface of the membrane. In one aspect of the invention, the inactivated agent constitutes a vaccine created inside the subject animal or bird or human with the vaccine specific to the viral or bacterial infection of the animal or bird or human.
- In various embodiments of this invention, a photoactive drug such as a psoralen or its derivatives is used separately or in conjunction with at least one alkylating agent. When using a psoralen, the psoralen is photactivated inside the cell by ultraviolet or visible light generated within the cell or nearby the cell by the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices or by light from energy modulation agents. The activated psoralen attaches to the virus's genetic contents, prevents its replication, and causes local cell death (one form of treatment). Alternatively or in addition, the psoralen-inactivated virus can induce an autoimmune response from the animal or bird or human resulting in the body effectively eliminating untreated viruses in other regions of the body.
- In one embodiment of the invention, 1,5-iodonaphthyl azide (INA) is employed as a photoactivatable hydrophobic compound. INA is a nontoxic hydrophobic compound. The structure for 1,5-iodonaphthyl azide (INA) is provided below.
- Upon exposure to cells, the photoactivatable hydrophobic compounds can penetrate into the innermost regions of biological membrane bilayers and will accumulate selectively in these regions. Upon irradiation with ultraviolet light (e.g., 320 to 400 nm) generated (or otherwise provided) internally within the animal or bird or human subject by the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 or light from energy modulation agents, it is believed that a reactive derivative is generated that binds to membrane proteins deep in the lipid bilayer.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the photoactivatable hydrophobic compounds of the invention can be used for inactivation of viruses, bacteria, parasites and tumor cells using visible light. However, when visible light is used a photosensitizer, a chromophore is typically needed unless the photoactive drug is developed to be activated directly by visible light. A photosensitizer chromophore has an absorption maximum in the visible light range and can photosensitize the photoactivatable hydrophobic compounds of the invention. In general, the photosensitizer chromophores have absorption maxima in the range of about 450 to about 525 nm or about 600 to about 700 nm. Suitable photosensitizer chromophores can include one or more of a porphyrin, chlorin, bacteriochlorin, purpurin, phthalocyanine, naphthalocyanine, merocyanines, carbocyanine, texaphyrin, non-tetrapyrrole, or other photosensitizers known in the art. Specific examples of photosensitizer chromophores include fluorescein, eosin, bodipy, nitro-benzo-diazol (NBD), erythrosine, acridine orange, doxorubicin, rhodamine 123, picoerythrin and the like.
- As provided in various embodiments of the invention, viruses, bacteria, parasites and tumor cells and other infectious structures and microorganisms can be inactivated by exposure to photoactivatable hydrophobic compounds which were themselves activated by light generated internally within the animal or bird or human subject by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion devices or light from energy modulation agents or light from photosensitizer chromophores. In various embodiments, the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound is 1,5-iodonaphthyl azide (INA) or a related compound. In one embodiment of the invention, the virus, parasite or tumor cell is contacted with the recently photoactivated hydrophobic compound, which was photoactivated by ultraviolet light generated internally using the energy modulation agents of the invention. If the virus, parasite, tumor cell or other infectious structures and microorganisms are contacted with both the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound and a photosensitizer chromophore that absorbs visible light, then visible light generated internally by UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 or light from energy modulation agents or light from photosensitizer chromophores can photoactivate the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound. Accordingly, in one embodiment, exposure to internally generated ultraviolet light directly photoactivates the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound within viral and cellular membranes. In one embodiment, exposure to internally generated visible light first photoactivates the photosensitizer chromophore, which then activates or photosensitizes the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound within viral or cellular membranes.
- In either case, a reactive derivative of the photoactivatable hydrophobic compound is generated that binds to membrane proteins deep within the lipid bilayer. This process is believed to cause specific inactivation of integral membrane proteins embedded in the membrane, while maintaining the integrity and activity of proteins that protrude outside of the membrane.
- The invention with internally generated light can provide a method that can inactivate a wide variety of viruses, bacteria, parasites and tumor cells in a way that the inactivated species can be safely used as immunological compositions or vaccines to inhibit the disease they cause. The activated drug agents (generated indirectly from the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 activating a photoactivatable drug) kill the organism or cell in a specific manner that maintains its structure and conformation. Hence, the structure of the inactivated virus/cell is similar to that of the live virus/cell. In this way, the immunogenicity of the organism or cell as a whole is maintained and can be safely used to stimulate the immune system of a subject animal or bird or patient. Similarly, in one aspect of the invention, the inactivated viruses, bacteria, cancer cells, or parasites generated inside the animal or bird or human subject can be used for vaccination without causing disease or other negative side effects.
- Hence, the INA internal treatment procedures generate inactive viruses inside the subject that can be used in a manner similar to aldrithiol inactivated HIV (developed by the AIDS vaccine program SAIC). Alternatively, the INA-internal-inactivation procedures of this invention can be used in conjunction with aldrithiol inactivation procedures to generate inactive HIV that comply with the requirements of the FDA. Thus, in one aspect of this invention, two mechanistically independent methods of inactivation can be used to provide a prophylactic AIDS or HIV vaccine.
- In one aspect of the invention, prevention or treatment of microbial infections, viral infections, parasitic infections, prion infection or cancer is intended to include the alleviation of or diminishment of at least one symptom typically associated with the infection or cancer. Prevention or treatment also includes alleviation or diminishment of more than one symptom. Ideally, treatment with the internally inactivated agents of the invention generates immunity in the animal or bird or human towards the agent while prevention by the inactivated agents of the invention substantially eliminates the symptoms associated with the infection or cancer.
- In various embodiments of the invention, infections that can be treated by the present internally activated drug agents (generated from the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 activating a photoactivatable drug) include infections by any target infectious organisms and structures that can infect a mammal or other animal or a bird. Such target infectious organisms and structures include, but are not limited to, any virus, bacterium, fungus, single cell organism, prion conformations or parasite that can infect an animal, including mammals. For example, target microbial organisms include viruses, bacteria, fungi, yeast strains and other single cell organisms. In another embodiment, the inactivated agents of the invention can give rise to immunity against both gram-negative and gram-positive bacteria.
- Exemplary viral infections that can be treated by this invention include infections by any virus that can infect animals (including but not limited to mammals or birds), including enveloped and non-enveloped viruses, DNA and RNA viruses, viroids, and prions. Hence, for example, infections or unwanted levels of the following viruses and viral types can be treated internally: human immunodeficiency virus (HIV), simian immunodeficiency virus (SIV), hemorrhagic fever viruses, hepatitis A virus, hepatitis B virus, hepatitis C virus, poxviruses, herpes viruses, adenoviruses, papovaviruses, parvoviruses, reoviruses, orbiviruses, picornaviruses, rotaviruses, alphaviruses, rubiviruses, influenza virus type A and B, flaviviruses, coronaviruses, paramyxoviruses, morbilliviruses, pneumoviruses, rhabdoviruses, lyssaviruses, orthmyxoviruses, bunyaviruses, phleboviruses, nairoviruses, hepadnaviruses, arenaviruses, retroviruses, enteroviruses, rhinoviruses and the filovirus.
- Infections or unwanted levels of the following target viruses and viral types that are believed to have potential as biological weapons can be treated, prevented or addressed by the internally inactivated agents of this invention: hemorrhagic fever viruses (HFVs), Chikungunya virus, Japanese encephalitis virus, Monkey pox virus, variola virus, Congo-Crimean hemorrhagic fever virus, Junin virus, Omsk hemorrhagic fever virus, Venezuelan equine encephalitis virus, Dengue fever virus, Lassa fever virus, Rift valley fever virus, Western equine encephalitis virus, Eastern equine encephalitis virus, Lymphocytic choriomeningitis virus, Russian Spring-Summer encephalitis virus, White pox, Ebola virus, Machupo virus, Smallpox virus, Yellow fever virus, Hantaan virus, Marburg virus, and Tick-borne encephalitis virus.
- Similarly, infections or unwanted levels of the following examples of target microbial organisms can be treated by this invention: Aeromonas spp. (including, for example, Aeromonas hydrophila, Aeromonas caviae and Aeromonas sobria), Bacillus spp. (including, for example, Bacillus cereus, Bacillus anthracis and Bacillus thuringiensis), Bacteroides spp. (including, for example, B. fragilis, B. thetaiotaomicron, B. vulgatus, B. ovatus, B. distasonis, B. uniformis, B. stercoris, B. eggerthii, B. merdae, and B. caccae), Campylobacter spp. (including, for example, Campylobacter jejuni, Campylobacter laridis, and Campylobacter hyointestinalis), Clostridium spp. (such as the pathogenic clostridia including all types of Clostridium botulinum (including those in Groups I, II, III and IV, and including those that produce botulism A, B, C, D, E, F and G), all types of Clostridium tetani, all types of Clostridium difficile, and all types of Clostridium perfringens), Ebola spp. (e.g. EBOV Zaire), Enterobacter spp. (including, for example, Enterobacter aerogenes (also sometimes referred to as Klebsiella mobilis), Enterobacter agglomerans (also sometimes referred to as Pantoea agglomerans), Enterobacter amnigenus, Enterobacter asburiae, Enterobacter cancerogenus (also sometimes referred to as Enterobacter taylorae and/or Erwinia cancerogena), Enterobacter cloacae, Enterobacter cowanii, Enterobacter dissolvens (also sometimes referred to as Erwinia dissolvens), Enterobacter gergoviae, Enterobacter hormaechei, Enterobacter intermedium, Enterobacter intermedius (also sometimes referred to as Enterobacter intermedium), Enterobacter kobei, Enterobacter nimipressuralis (also sometimes referred to as Erwinia nimipressuralis), Enterobacter sakazakii, and Enterobacter taylorae (also sometimes referred to as Enterobacter cancerogenus)), Enterococcus spp. (including, for example, Vancomycin Resistant Enterococcus (VRE), Enterococcus faecalis, Enterococcus faecium, Enterococcus durans, Enterococcus gallinarum, and Enterococcus casseliflavus), Escherichia spp. (including the enterotoxigenic (ETEC) strains, the enteropathogenic (EPEC) strains, the enterohemorrhagic (EHEC) strain designated E. coli O157:H7, and the enteroinvasive (EIEC) strains), Gastrospirillum spp. (including, for example, Gastrospirillum hominis (also sometimes now referred to as Helicobacter heilmannii), Helicobacter spp. (including, for example, Helicobacter pylori and Helicobacter hepaticus), Klebsiella spp. (including, for example, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Klebsiella ozaenae, Klebsiella rhinoscleromatis, Klebsiella oxytoca, Klebsiella planticola, Klebsiella terrigena, and Klebsiella ornithinolytica), Salmonella spp. (including, for example, S. typhi and S. paratyphi A, B, and C, S. enteritidis, and S. dublin), Shigella spp. (including, for example, Shigella sonnei, Shigella boydii, Shigella flexneri, and Shigella dysenteriae), Staphylococcus spp. (including, for example, Staphylococcus aureus, methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus (MRSA), Staphylococcus saprophyticus and Staphylococcus epidermis), Streptococcus ssp. (including Groups A (one species with 40 antigenic types, Streptococcus pyogenes), B, C, D (five species (Streptococcus faecalis, Streptococcus faecium, Streptococcus durans, Streptococcus avium, and Streptococcus bovis)), F, and G, including Streptococcus pneumoniae), Pseudomonas spp. (including, for example, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Pseudomonas maltophilia, Pseudomonas fluorescens, Pseudomonas putida, Pseudomonas cepacia, Pseudomonas stutzeri, Pseudomonas mallei, Pseudomonas pseudomallei and Pseudomonas putrefaciens), Vibrio spp. (including, for example, Vibrio cholera Serogroup O1 and Vibrio cholera Serogroup Non-O1, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, Vibrio alginolyticus, Vibrio furnissii, Vibrio carchariae, Vibrio hollisae, Vibrio cincinnatiensis, Vibrio metschnikovii, Vibrio damsela, Vibrio mimicus, Vibrio vulnificus, and Vibrio fluvialis), Yersinia spp. (including, for example, Yersinia pestis, Yersinia enterocolitica and Yersinia pseudotuberculosis), Neisseria, Proteus, Citrobacter, Aerobacter, Providencia, Serratia, Brucella, Francisella tularensis (also sometimes referred to as Pasteurella tularensis, Bacillus tularensis, Brucella tularensis, tularemia, rabbit fever, deerfly fever, Ohara's disease, and/or Francis disease), and the like.
- Thus, for example, various bacterial infections or unwanted levels of bacteria that can be treated, prevented or addressed by the present invention include but are not limited to those associated with anthrax (Bacillus anthracia), staph infections (Staphylococcus aureus), typhus (Salmonella typhi), food poisoning (Escherichia coli, such as O157:H7), bascillary dysentery (Shigella dysenteria), pneumonia (Psuedomonas aerugenosa and/or Pseudomonas cepacia), cholera (Vibrio cholerae), ulcers (Helicobacter pylori), Bacillus cereus, Salmonella, Clostridium perfringens, Campylobacter, Listeria monocytogenes, Vibrio parahaemolyticus, botulism (Clostridium botulinum), smallpox (variola major), listeriosis (Listeria monocytogenes), tularemia (Francisella tularensis), plague (Yersinia pestis; also sometimes referred to as bubonic plague, pneumonic plague, and/or black death) and others. E. coli serotype 0157:H7 has been implicated in the pathogenesis of diarrhea, hemorrhagic colitis, hemolytic uremic syndrome (HUS) and thrombotic thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP). As indicated herein, the internally inactivated agents of this invention are also active against drug-resistant and multiply-drug resistant strains of bacteria, for example, multiply-resistant strains of Staphylococcus aureus and vancomycin-resistant strains of Enterococcus faecium and Enterococcus faecalis.
- Fungal infections that can be treated or prevented by this invention include infections by fungi that infect a mammal or a bird, including Histoplasma capsulatum, Coccidioides immitis, Cryptococcus neoformans, Candida ssp. including Candida albicans, Aspergilli ssp. including Aspergillus fumigatus, Sporothrix, Trichophyton ssp., Fusarium ssp., Tricosporon ssp., Pneumocystis carinii, and Trichophyton mentagrophytes. Hence, for example, infections or unwanted levels of target fungi can be treated, prevented or addressed by the present inactivated agents. Such fungi also include fungal pathogens that may have potential for use biological weapons, including Coccidioides immitis and Histoplasma capsulatum.
- Prions that are treatable in the invention are proteins that can access multiple conformations, at least one of which is beta-sheet rich, infectious and self-perpetuating in nature. These infectious proteins show several remarkable biological activities, including the ability to form multiple infectious prion conformations, also known as strains or variants, encoding unique biological phenotypes, and to establish and overcome prion species (transmission) barriers. See, e.g., Tessier et al., Unraveling infectious structures, strain variants and species barriers for the yeast prion [PSI+], Nat. Struct. Mol. Biol. 2009 June; 16(6):598-605.
- Cancers that can be treated by this invention include solid mammalian tumors as well as hematological malignancies. Solid mammalian tumors include cancers of the head and neck, lung, mesothelioma, mediastinum, esophagus, stomach, pancreas, hepatobiliary system, small intestine, colon, colorectal, rectum, anus, kidney, urethra, bladder, prostate, urethra, penis, testis, gynecological organs, ovaries, breast, endocrine system, skin central nervous system; sarcomas of the soft tissue and bone; and melanoma of cutaneous and intraocular origin. Hematological malignancies include childhood leukemia and lymphomas, Hodgkin's disease, lymphomas of lymphocytic and cutaneous origin, acute and chronic leukemia, plasma cell neoplasm and cancers associated with AIDS. In addition, a cancer at any stage of progression can be treated, such as primary, metastatic, and recurrent cancers. Both human and veterinary uses are contemplated.
- Besides cancers, other disorders of the lymph nodes (such as for example viral and/or bacterial infections) can be treated by this invention. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the invention, there is provided a method for treating a subject with a virus or a bacterium which 1) provides within lymph nodes of the subject at least one photoactive or photoactivatable drug for treatment of the virus or the bacterium, and 2) applies initiation energy from at least one source to the lymph nodes. The method 3) activates by the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 directly or indirectly the at least one photoactive or photoactivatable drug at the target inside the lymph nodes. Inside the lymph nodes, the method 4) reacts the activated drug with the virus or bacterium to inactivate the virus or the bacterium to thereby treat the subject.
- Generalized Applications
- The invention as described above can be viewed for its following applications in both medical and non-medical uses. Light or energy from the insertion device(s) 3 as noted above can produce a change in a medium in which the insertion device(s) 3 are in a vicinity of, whether or not the insertion device(s) 3 are interior or proximate the medium being treated. The changes induced can be changes in biological or non-biological medium.
- The change produced can cure a radiation-curable medium by activating a photoinitiator in the radiation-curable medium. In this case, the emitted light or energy can be of a wavelength appropriate to induce photo-catalytic effects such as coupling to a photo-initiator or a UV cross-linking agent to produce curing in the uncured medium. Curing or polymerization of the medium results in the formation of a partial or complete three-dimensional network. The radiation-curable medium can be cured by activating a photo-initiator in the radiation-curable medium. For way of contrast, an uncured state of a material can be considered a state at which the material exhibit liquid-like behavior with a viscosity that can be high or that can be low. The cured state typically results in a state at which the material exhibits solid-like or rubbery-like behavior or a visco-elastic behavior and can result in a state where limited flow under an applied stress is produced.
- The change produced can result in a photo-stimulated change to a medium. The change produced can result in a radiation cured medium. The change produced can result in a sterilized medium. The change produced can activate a therapeutic drug.
- For many applications, the insertion device(s) 3 can be activated by signals transmitted from low frequency sources such as microwave or radio frequency irradiation. In one embodiment of the invention, reception of the microwave or radio frequency radiation by the insertion device(s) 3 results in subsequent emission at visible and/or ultraviolet light.
- In one embodiment, the invention utilizes microwave or radiofrequency energy to trigger light generation from the insertion device(s) 3, whose light emission in turn produces a number of the physical and biological changes described above.
- In one embodiment of the invention, at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent that is capable of activation a predetermined cellular change when activated is administering to a subject. Light or energy from the insertion device(s) 3 interacts with the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent to activate the activatable pharmaceutical agent in situ, thus causing the predetermined cellular change to occur in the medium of the subject.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the cell proliferation disorder being treated by light from the insertion device(s) 3 is at least one member selected from the group consisting of cancer, bacterial infection, viral infection, immune rejection response, autoimmune disorders, aplastic conditions, and combinations thereof. In one embodiment of the invention, the activatable pharmaceutical agent is a photoactivatable agent activatable by light from the insertion device(s) 3. The activatable pharmaceutical agent can be selected from psoralens, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines, vitamin Ks, vitamin L, vitamin metabolites, vitamin precursors, naphthoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and derivatives thereof having planar molecular conformations, porphorinporphyrins, dyes and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolones, quinones, and anthroquinones.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the pharmaceutical agent activated by light from the insertion device(s) 3 is a psoralen, a coumarin, a porphyrin or a derivative thereof. In one embodiment of the invention, the pharmaceutical agent is 8-MOP or AMT. In one embodiment of the invention, the activatable pharmaceutical agent is one selected from 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl, isoalloxazine, 7,8,10-trimethylisoalloxazine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, isoalloxazine-adenine dinucleotide, alloxazine mononucleotide, aluminum (III) phthalocyanine tetrasulonate, hematophorphyrin, and phthadocyanine.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the activatable pharmaceutical agent is coupled to a carrier that is capable of binding to a receptor site. The carrier can be one selected from insulin, interleukin, thymopoietin or transferrin. In one embodiment of the invention, the activatable pharmaceutical agent is coupled to the carrier by a covalent bond. In one embodiment of the invention, the activatable pharmaceutical agent is coupled to the carrier by non-covalent bond. In one embodiment of the invention, the receptor site is one selected from nucleic acids of nucleated cells, antigenic sites on nucleated cells, or epitopes.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the pharmaceutical agent has affinity for a target cell. In one embodiment of the invention, the activatable pharmaceutical agent is capable of being preferentially absorbed by a target cell. In one embodiment of the invention, the predetermined cellular change is apoptosis in a target cell.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the activatable pharmaceutical agent causes an auto-vaccine effect in the subject that reacts with a target cell. The auto-vaccine effect can be generated in a joint or lymph node. In one embodiment of the invention, the activatable pharmaceutical agent is a DNA intercalator or a halogenated derivative thereof.
- In one embodiment of the invention, light or energy from the insertion device(s) 3 is applied to a target structure in a subject in need of treatment, wherein the light contacts the target structure and induces a predetermined change in the target structure in situ in the medium of the subject, and the predetermined change modifies the target structure and modulates the biological activity of the target structure. In this embodiment, the emitted light or energy can induce a predetermined change in the target structure with or without an energy modulator or photoactive agent.
- In one embodiment, an energy modulation agent can be administered to the subject which adsorbs, intensifies or modifies the light emitted from insertion device(s) 3 into an energy that effects the predetermined change in the target structure. In this embodiment, the energy modulation agent can be specifically located around, on, or in the target structure. In this embodiment, the energy modulation agent can also transform the initiation electromagnetic energy into a photonic or another electromagnetic energy that effects the predetermined change in the target structure. In this embodiment, the energy modulation agent can decrease the wavelength of the initiation energy. In this embodiment, the energy modulation agent can increase the wavelength of the initiation energy. In this embodiment, the energy modulation agent(s) can include one or more members selected from a biocompatible fluorescing metal nanoparticle, fluorescing metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing metal coated metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing dye molecule, gold nanoparticle, silver nanoparticle, gold-coated silver nanoparticle, a water soluble quantum dot encapsulated by polyamidoamine dendrimers, a luciferase, a biocompatible phosphorescent molecule, a combined electromagnetic energy harvester molecule, and a lanthanide chelate exhibiting intense luminescence.
- In one embodiment, the predetermined change can or cannot result in destruction, lysis orinactivation of the target structure. In this embodiment, the predetermined change can enhance an activity of the target structure. The activity enhanced can be energy emission from the target, which then mediates, initiates or enhances a biological activity of other target structures in the subject, or of a second target structure.
- In one embodiment, the target structure can be at least one of a eukaryotic cell, a prokaryotic cell, a subcellular structure. The subcellular structure can be a cell membrane, a nuclear membrane, cell nucleus, nucleic acid, mitochondria, ribosome, or other cellular organelle or component. In this embodiment, the target structure can be at least one of an extracellular structure, a virus or prion, a cellular tissue.
- In one embodiment, the predetermined change can result in treatment of a condition, disorder or disease in the subject. The condition, disorder or disease can be at least one of a cancer, a disease occurring in a soft tissue and/or cartilage, a disease occurring in bone tissue, a chronic pain, an autoimmune disease, a prion, viral, bacterial, fungal, or parasitic infection, a disease characterized by varicose veins, a disease characterized by an enlarged prostate, a disease characterized by retinal injuries and other ocular diseases, a disease characterized by a behavioral, perceptional and/or cognitive disorder, or Parkinson's disease.
- In one embodiment, the predetermined change can be a wound healing, an enhancement of tissue growth, nerve regeneration or sensory regeneration/restoration, reduction or removal of fat deposits (liposuction), nerve (brain) imaging and stimulation or direct control of brain cell activity with light, modulation of cell death (apoptosis), modulating cell growth and division, modulation of an activity, quantity, or number of intracellular components in a cell, or modulation of an activity, quantity, or number of extracellular components produced by, excreted by, or associated with a cell.
- In one embodiment, heat can be generated in the target structure from the light or energy from insertion device(s) 3, and the heat can enhance the induction of the predetermined change. In this embodiment, the predetermined change can modify the target structure and modulate the biological activity of the target structure thus treating a condition, disorder or disease affecting the target structure.
- Computer-Assisted Control
-
FIG. 3 illustrates a system according to one exemplary embodiment of the invention. Referring toFIG. 3 , an exemplary system according to one embodiment of the invention may have aninitiation energy source 1 directed at thesubject 4. An activatablepharmaceutical agent 2 and aninsertion device 3 can be administered to thesubject 4. The initiation energy source may additionally be controlled by acomputer system 5 that is capable of directing the delivery of the initiation energy (e.g., radio-wave or microwave communications). - In another embodiment, there is also provided a computer implemented system for designing and selecting suitable combinations of initiation energy source, energy transfer agent, and activatable pharmaceutical agent to provide in a vicinity of the insertion device(s) 3 when inserted into a medium to be treated or a subject or patient, comprising:
- a central processing unit (CPU) having a storage medium on which is provided:
- a database of excitable compounds;
- a first computation module for identifying and designing an excitable compound (e.g., a photoactivatable drug) that optionally is capable of binding with a target cellular structure or component; and
- a second computation module predicting the UV light (or visible light) dose or flux from the insertion device(s) 3 needed for excitation of the excitable compound,
- wherein the system, upon selection of a target cellular structure or component, computes an excitable compound that is capable of interacting with the target structure.
- The computer-implemented system according to one embodiment of the invention may have a central processing unit (CPU) connected to a memory unit, configured such that the CPU is capable of processing user inputs and selecting a combination of initiation source (or initiation energies or distances), activatable pharmaceutical agent, and energy modulation or energy transfer agents for use in a method of the invention along with the insertion device(s) 3.
- The computer-implemented system according to one embodiment of the invention includes (or is programmed to act as) a control device configured to calculate and provide control instructions to the insertion device(s) 3 for a prescribed ultraviolet light exposure. For example, the
computer system 5 shown inFIG. 3 can include a central processing unit (CPU) having a storage medium on which is provided: a database of excitable compounds, a first computation module for a photoactivatable agent or energy transfer agent, and a second computation module predicting the requisite ultraviolet or visible flux needed to sufficiently activate the energy transfer agent or photoactivatable agent. - A more thorough discussion of the
computer system 5 is provided below in reference toFIG. 4 . As discussed below in more detail, theinitiation energy source 1 can be an external energy source or an energy source located at least partially in a biological ornon-biological medium 4. As discussed elsewhere in more detail,activatable agents 2 and/or energy modulation agents and/or plasmonics agents (which enhance either the ultraviolet or visible flux from the insertion device(s) 3) can be introduced into the medium so as to directly or indirectly produce a change in the biological or non-biological medium. -
FIG. 4 illustrates acomputer system 1201 for implementing various embodiments of the invention. Thecomputer system 1201 may be used as thecomputer system 5 to perform any or all of the functions described above. Thecomputer system 1201 includes abus 1202 or other communication mechanism for communicating information, and aprocessor 1203 coupled with thebus 1202 for processing the information. Thecomputer system 1201 also includes amain memory 1204, such as a random access memory (RAM) or other dynamic storage device (e.g., dynamic RAM (DRAM), static RAM (SRAM), and synchronous DRAM (SDRAM)), coupled to thebus 1202 for storing information and instructions to be executed byprocessor 1203. In addition, themain memory 1204 may be used for storing temporary variables or other intermediate information during the execution of instructions by theprocessor 1203. Thecomputer system 1201 further includes a read only memory (ROM) 1205 or other static storage device (e.g., programmable read only memory (PROM), erasable PROM (EPROM), and electrically erasable PROM (EEPROM)) coupled to thebus 1202 for storing static information and instructions for theprocessor 1203. - The
computer system 1201 also includes adisk controller 1206 coupled to thebus 1202 to control one or more storage devices for storing information and instructions, such as a magnetichard disk 1207, and a removable media drive 1208 (e.g., floppy disk drive, read-only compact disc drive, read/write compact disc drive, compact disc jukebox, tape drive, and removable magneto-optical drive). The storage devices may be added to thecomputer system 1201 using an appropriate device interface (e.g., small computer system interface (SCSI), integrated device electronics (IDE), enhanced-IDE (E-IDE), direct memory access (DMA), or ultra-DMA). - The
computer system 1201 may also include special purpose logic devices (e.g., application specific integrated circuits (ASICs)) or configurable logic devices (e.g., simple programmable logic devices (SPLDs), complex programmable logic devices (CPLDs), and field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs)). - The
computer system 1201 may also include adisplay controller 1209 coupled to thebus 1202 to control a display, such as a cathode ray tube (CRT), for displaying information to a computer user. The computer system includes input devices, such as a keyboard and a pointing device, for interacting with a computer user and providing information to theprocessor 1203. The pointing device, for example, may be a mouse, a trackball, or a pointing stick for communicating direction information and command selections to theprocessor 1203 and for controlling cursor movement on the display. In addition, a printer may provide printed listings of data stored and/or generated by thecomputer system 1201. - The
computer system 1201 performs a portion or all of the processing steps (or functions) of this invention in response to theprocessor 1203 executing one or more sequences of one or more instructions contained in a memory, such as themain memory 1204. Such instructions may be read into themain memory 1204 from another computer readable medium, such as ahard disk 1207 or aremovable media drive 1208. One or more processors in a multi-processing arrangement may also be employed to execute the sequences of instructions contained inmain memory 1204. In alternative embodiments, hard-wired circuitry may be used in place of or in combination with software instructions. Thus, embodiments are not limited to any specific combination of hardware circuitry and software. - As stated above, the
computer system 1201 includes at least one computer readable medium or memory for holding instructions programmed according to the teachings of the invention and for containing data structures, tables, records, or other data described herein. Examples of computer readable media are compact discs, hard disks, floppy disks, tape, magneto-optical disks, PROMs (EPROM, EEPROM, flash EPROM), DRAM, SRAM, SDRAM, or any other magnetic medium, compact discs (e.g., CD-ROM), or any other optical medium, punch cards, paper tape, or other physical medium with patterns of holes, a carrier wave (described below), or any other medium from which a computer can read. - Stored on any one or on a combination of computer readable media, the invention includes software for controlling the
computer system 1201, for driving a device or devices for implementing the invention, and for enabling thecomputer system 1201 to interact with a human user (i.e., operator). Such software may include, but is not limited to, device drivers, operating systems, development tools, and applications software. Such computer readable media further includes the computer program product of the invention for performing all or a portion (if processing is distributed) of the processing performed in implementing the invention. - The computer code devices of the invention may be any interpretable or executable code mechanism, including but not limited to scripts, interpretable programs, dynamic link libraries (DLLs), Java classes, and complete executable programs. Moreover, parts of the processing of the invention may be distributed for better performance, reliability, and/or cost.
- The term “computer readable medium” as used herein refers to any medium that participates in providing instructions to the
processor 1203 for execution. A computer readable medium may take many forms, including but not limited to, non-volatile media, volatile media, and transmission media. Non-volatile media includes, for example, optical, magnetic disks, and magneto-optical disks, such as thehard disk 1207 or the removable media drive 1208. Volatile media includes dynamic memory, such as themain memory 1204. Transmission media includes coaxial cables, copper wire and fiber optics, including the wires that make up thebus 1202. Transmission media also may also take the form of acoustic or light waves, such as those generated during radio wave and infrared data communications which can be used along with microwave broadcast to communicate to the insertion device(s) 3. - Various forms of computer readable media may be involved in carrying out one or more sequences of one or more instructions to
processor 1203 for execution. For example, the instructions may initially be carried on a magnetic disk of a remote computer. The remote computer can load the instructions for implementing all or a portion of the invention remotely into a dynamic memory and send the instructions over a telephone line using a modem. A modem local to thecomputer system 1201 may receive the data on the telephone line and use an infrared transmitter to convert the data to an infrared signal. An infrared detector coupled to thebus 1202 can receive the data carried in the infrared signal and place the data on thebus 1202. Thebus 1202 carries the data to themain memory 1204, from which theprocessor 1203 retrieves and executes the instructions. The instructions received by themain memory 1204 may optionally be stored onstorage device processor 1203. - The
computer system 1201 also includes acommunication interface 1213 coupled to thebus 1202. Thecommunication interface 1213 provides a two-way data communication coupling to anetwork link 1214 that is connected to, for example, a local area network (LAN) 1215, or to anothercommunications network 1216 such as the Internet. For example, thecommunication interface 1213 may be a network interface card to attach to any packet switched LAN. As another example, thecommunication interface 1213 may be an asymmetrical digital subscriber line (ADSL) card, an integrated services digital network (ISDN) card or a modem to provide a data communication connection to a corresponding type of communications line. Wireless links may also be implemented. In any such implementation, thecommunication interface 1213 sends and receives electrical, electromagnetic or optical signals that carry digital data streams representing various types of information. - The
network link 1214 typically provides data communication through one or more networks to other data devices. For example, thenetwork link 1214 may provide a connection to another computer through a local network 1215 (e.g., a LAN) or through equipment operated by a service provider, which provides communication services through acommunications network 1216. Thelocal network 1214 and thecommunications network 1216 use, for example, electrical, electromagnetic, or optical signals that carry digital data streams, and the associated physical layer (e.g.,CAT 5 cable, coaxial cable, optical fiber, etc). The signals through the various networks and the signals on thenetwork link 1214 and through thecommunication interface 1213, which carry the digital data to and from thecomputer system 1201 may be implemented in baseband signals, or carrier wave based signals. The baseband signals convey the digital data as unmodulated electrical pulses that are descriptive of a stream of digital data bits, where the term “bits” is to be construed broadly to mean symbol, where each symbol conveys at least one or more information bits. The digital data may also be used to modulate a carrier wave, such as with amplitude, phase and/or frequency shift keyed signals that are propagated over a conductive media, or transmitted as electromagnetic waves through a propagation medium. Thus, the digital data may be sent as unmodulated baseband data through a “wired” communication channel and/or sent within a predetermined frequency band, different than baseband, by modulating a carrier wave. Thecomputer system 1201 can transmit and receive data, including program code, through the network(s) 1215 and 1216, thenetwork link 1214, and thecommunication interface 1213. Moreover, thenetwork link 1214 may provide a connection through aLAN 1215 to amobile device 1217 such as a personal digital assistant (PDA) laptop computer, or cellular telephone. - In one embodiment, there is provided a system for production of emitted light internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject. The system includes 1) a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject and 2) an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit. The assembly unit includes 1) an emitter configured to emit light of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium and 2) a receiver that receives the signal, 3) a transponder (including for example components of
computer system 1201 describe above) having the ability to receive, process and emit a signal (optionally signals for an iCode Philips chip) The assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter thereby emitting the light interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium. - As noted above, the iCode Philips chip is a compliant transponder that has fast access and read/write times. The higher frequency operation allows communication rates up to 53 kbaud. The iCode Philips chip hasflexible memory structure and requires for only a few turns of wire or printed foil tracks for the antenna.
- In one embodiment, there is provided a system for production of emitted light internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject. The system includes 1) a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject and 2) an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit. The assembly unit includes 1) an emitter configured to emit light of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium and 2) a receiver that receives the signal and optionally 3) a receiving and transmitting device. The assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter thereby emitting the light interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium. The assembly (including for example components of
computer system 1201 describe above) can be embedded in the human or animal subject and configured to perform a diagnostic function (such as a local measurement of temperature) and then emit such information to be processed. The transmission of such High Frequency signals can be optionally within the compliance and communication protocols and standards such as ISO 15693/ISO 18000-3 or optionally outside of such protocols. The information received from the embedded device that is remotely controlled is then processed through a computerized system (such ascomputer system 5 inFIG. 3 ) which provides a feedback loop as to the next step to be performed by the insertion device. - The reagents and chemicals useful for methods and systems of the invention may be packaged in kits to facilitate application of the invention. In one exemplary embodiment, a kit would comprise the insertion device(s) 3, at least one activatable agent capable of producing a predetermined cellular change, optionally at least one energy modulation agent capable of activating the at least one activatable agent when energized, optionally at least one plasmonics agent that can enhance the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 such that the UV light (or visible light) from the insertion device(s) 3 activates the at least one activatable agent which produces a change in the medium when activated, and containers suitable for storing the various agents in stable form, and further comprising instructions for administering the at least one activatable agent and/or at least one energy modulation agent to a medium, and for applying an initiation energy from an initiation energy source to activate the insertion device(s) 3. The instructions could be in any desired form, including but not limited to, printed on a kit insert, printed on one or more containers, as well as electronically stored instructions provided on an electronic storage medium, such as a computer readable storage medium. Also optionally included is a software package on a computer readable storage medium that permits the user to integrate the information and calculate a control dose, to calculate and control intensity of the irradiation source.
- Specific Insertion Device Configurations
- The insertion device(s) 3 described above can employ one or more of the configurations described below.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the insertion device(s) 3 are part of an intravenous ultraviolet implant inserted into blood supply vessel close to a diseased organ. US Pat. Appl. No. 2006/0183987 describes an intravenous ultraviolet implant within a human body having a plurality of ultra-violet frequency (UV) LED's attached radially in an inwardly facing manner to a rigid ring, an electrical power cord attached at one end to the UV-LED ring and at the other end to a power supply such as a battery, and a housing that encloses the power supply as well as other standard electronic components such as resistors and battery contacts. In the '987 application, the ring was surgically installed within a major vein so that blood passing through the vein can be irradiated with UV light frequencies.
-
FIG. 5 is a schematic depiction of a ring-member insertion device. In one embodiment of the invention, the ring member insertion device can be installed inside a major vein orartery 110 by way of asurgical slit 116 so that blood passing through can be irradiated with UV and/or visible light frequencies on reception of an initiation signal. - Similar to that in the '987 application, the insertion device(s) are disposed along an interior or exterior a
ring member 102 and comprise a plurality of UV or visible LED's 104 radially attached to the inner surface of thering member 102. Aresilient tubular cord 106 can enclose a pair of electrically conducting wires that power the LED's 104. Ahousing 108 encloses components that control and power the LED's 104. After insertion in the vein orartery 110, thering member 102 may be turned ninety degrees so that blood can flow through thering member 102 and be radiated by the UV or visible LED's 104. Inside thehousing 108 are a battery and control electronics to operate the UV or visible LED's 104. The control electronics can receive the initiation signal as discussed above. Here, in the present invention,housing 108 contains a supply of the activatable drugs, the energy modulation agents, and/or plasmonic agents. The energy modulation agents and/or plasmonic agents can serve to enhance the penetration of the UV or visible light throughout a portion of the artery or vein and if positioned adjacent a diseased organ can serve to enhance the penetration of the UV or visible light into the diseased organ. - In one embodiment of the invention, ring member 102 (or for example the
insertion devices 3 shown inFIG. 2A ) are attached onto the outside of the arteries (e.g., bronchial arteries) interior or in proximity to a diseased organ (e.g. the lungs). UV or visible light emitted from thering member 102 without or without the assistance of energy modulation agents and/or plasmonic agents can penetrate the diseased cells of the organ and activate the above-noted photoactivatable drugs, administered separately or from the insertion device(s) 3. - In another embodiment of the invention,
FIG. 6 shows the surgical placement of the insertion device(s) 3 around a lung tumor. The insertion devices (not shown to scale) would be attached to the surface of the tumor. (While illustrated here with full exposure of the lung cavity, the insertion devices could be positioned by a robotic device or an intra-cavity catheter.) Millimeter size devices or sheet or wire-tube configurations (discussed below) holding a plurality of the insertion devices would be positioned and secured to the surface of the tumor. In one embodiment of the invention, the insertion device(s) 3 would be adhered to the surface of the tumor with a substantially UV transparent or visible light transparent adhesive to promote better coupling of the light into the tumor. In one embodiment of the invention, plasmonics structures such as gold nanoparticles could be impressed into the tumor prior to securing the insertion device(s) 3. The gold nanoparticles serve to enhance the UV light intensity and thereby increase the probability of the photoactivatable drugs inside the cancerous mass being activated. - Once the insertion devices were secured, the patient could be sewn up. The initiation energy would then be used to control periodic UV and/or visible light exposures simultaneous with the presence of the photoactivatable drug.
-
FIG. 7A shows another insertion device configuration of the present invention. Specifically,FIG. 7A is a schematic depiction of planar electroluminescent (EL) insertion device In this configuration, electroluminescent devices are used as the source of the UV and/or visible light. Electroluminescent (EL) devices include a material (or materials) which emits light in response to the passage of an electric current or to a strong electric field.FIG. 7B shows still another insertion device configuration of the present invention. Specifically,FIG. 7B is a schematic depiction of coaxial electroluminescent (EL) insertion device. - U.S. Pat. No. 6,204,514 illustrates how ultraviolet light emitting devices can be fabricated. The techniques in the '514 patent are suitable in the present invention for preparation of UV light emitting insertion device components. The '514 patent describes for example that an EL element (or a laser luminescent element) capable of emitting ultraviolet rays with high wavelength purity includes a thin film made from one of a polymer and an oligomer in which the elements, selected from Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb, and directly bonded. The elements selected may be the same as or different from each other. The film is disposed between two electrodes. At least one of the electrodes is transparent. In one embodiment of the present invention the thin film polymer-based construction permits the insertion device(s) 3 of the present invention to be fabricated on a flexible template thereby providing a conformal luminescent sheet which can be “wrapped” in place at the diseased organ.
- The '514 patent indicates that a thin film made from a polymer or an oligomer, can be formed by directly bonding elements selected from Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb (those elements may be the same as or different from each other) and used as an emission layer of an EL element or a laser luminescent element. As a polymer or an oligomer in which elements selected from Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb are directly bonded (those elements may be the same as or different from each other),
chemical formula 1 may be used as follows: - polymer or oligomer in which elements selected from Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb are the same as each other, and the elements are directly bonded, or
chemical formula 2 may be used as follows: - polymer or oligomer in which elements selected from Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb are different from each other, and the elements are directly bonded.
- Here, M represents Si, Ge, Sn, or Pb, and R1 and R2 represent substituents of the aforementioned elements. Both of them may be the same as or different from each other. Alkyl group, allyl group, phenoxy group, alkoxyl group, alkylamino group, alkylthio group, alcoholic hydroxy group or the like may be selected as R1 and R2. However, they are not limited to the above-mentioned groups.
- Here, M1 and M2 represent Si, Ge, Sn, or Pb, and R3, R4, R5, and R6 represent substituents of the aforementioned elements. Both of them may be the same as or different from each other. Alkyl group, allyl group, phenoxy group, alkoxyl group, alkylamino group, alkylthio group, alcoholic hydroxy group or the like may be selected as R1 and R2. However, they are not limited to the above-mentioned groups.
- A polymer of any one of the four kinds of 14th group elements Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb basically has the same physical properties. So that it is possible to obtain an EL element and a laser luminescent element with an emission spectrum in the ultraviolet range from a polymer or an oligomer in which the above-mentioned elements are exchanged with each other. Since this kind of EL element has a narrow emission band, it is possible to produce EL elements and laser luminescent elements with different emission wave lengths by changing the kinds of 14th family elements or the sequence of elements.
- In the '514 patent and in the present invention, the UV light emitting EL devices can be made using conventional methods such as spin coating, vacuum evaporation, optical CVD, thermal CVD, and MBE (molecular beam epitaxy) may be used to form an emission layer film. When an emission layer is formed directly on a base plate by the CVD method, it is advantageous to use a silane-treated surface.
- In the '514 patent and in the present invention, with a polymer or an oligomer, which is used as an emission layer in the present invention, it is possible to control the emission wave length by changing the number of atoms of Si, Ge, Sn, and Pb, which form the main structure. Generally, as chain length of the polymer or oligomer becomes longer, the peak wave length shifts on the long wave length side.
- In the '514 patent and in the present invention, emission of polysilane itself is used to provide an ultraviolet electroluminescent element. These materials of the '514 patent can be utilized in either the configurations of
FIG. 7A and 7B to produce either planar or of coaxial electroluminescent (EL)insertion devices 3. - Similarly, Brovelli et al in Nature Communications |3:690|DOI: 10.1038/ncomms1683|www.nature.com/naturecommunications Received 3 May 2011 Accepted 12 Jan. 2012 Published 21 Feb. 2012, reported on the realization of fully inorganic ultraviolet light-emitting diodes emitting at 390 nm with a maximum external quantum efficiency of ˜0.3%, based on SnO2 nanoparticles embedded in SiO2 thin films obtained from a solution-processed method. The techniques in the Brovelli et al are applicable to the present invention for fabrication of UV (or visible) light emitting EL devices for the insertion device(s) 3. Brovelli et al report on a composite planar system similar to that shown in
FIG. 7A , including a p-silicon substrate and the semitransparent Au-capped titanium cathode (˜10 nm Au; ˜5 nm Ti). The choice of titanium as electrode assured a good electron injection into the conduction band of SnO2 NCs (FIG. 2e ), which favors electric conduction and the resulting generation of excitons inside the NCs. Furthermore, titanium ensured good adhesion on the glassy active film, which results in remarkably robust LEDs resistive to mechanical damage. - These materials of the Brovelli et al article can be utilized in either the configurations of
FIGS. 7A and 7B to produce either planar or of coaxial electroluminescent (EL)insertion devices 3. - Konenkamp et al in an article in Nano Lett. 2005 October; 5(10):2005-8, entitled “Ultraviolet electroluminescence from ZnO/polymer heterojunction light-emitting diodes” describe ultraviolet electroluminescence at 390 nm from diode structures consisting of electrodeposited ZnO nanorods sandwiched between a transparent SnO2 film and a p-type conducting polymer. The nanorods were embedded in an insulating polystyrene layer. ZnO deposition occurs at 90° C. and produces vertically oriented nanorods with very high uniformity over areas of approximately 20 cm2. Electron diffraction shows the nanorods to be single crystalline wurtzite ZnO. As-grown films show a broad electroluminescence band over the visible spectrum. Annealing at moderate temperatures (T=300° C.) increased the emission and strongly raises the excitonic contribution. Optimally processed films in the Konenkamp et al article showed a narrow ultraviolet electroluminescence line at approximately 390 nm. These materials of the Konenkamp et al article can be utilized in either the configurations of
FIGS. 7A and 7B to produce either planar or of coaxial electroluminescent (EL)insertion devices 3. The low temperature deposited 90° C. ZnO would in the present invention be especially well suited for deposition on low temperature flexible polymeric substrates, thereby providing a flexible, conformal sheet of EL devices to apply to a tumor. - U.S. Pat. No. 8,786,188 describes another configuration which can be used in the present invention for remote communication and power supply to the
insertion devices 3. The '188 patent describes a wireless electroluminescent device having a top (or first) electrode layer and a bottom (or second) electrode layer, an electroluminescent layer, and an interconnection. The interconnection connects the top and the bottom electrode layers, with the two electrode layers structured as windings; and the electroluminescent layer located between the two electrode layers. - The '188 patent describes a mode of operation which would be preferred in the
insertion devices 3 of the present invention. That is an AC voltage is induced into the electrode layers by an electromagnetic field. The induced voltage is applied to the electroluminescent layer being located between the two electrode layers. Thus, the first and the second electrode layer are adapted for applying a voltage on the electroluminescent layer. Because the electroluminescent device acts as a diode and blocks the current in reverse direction, only during one of the half waves a current flows. While for the purposes of the '188 patent, the AC frequency has to be high enough to avoid flickering, e.g. larger than 100 Hz, here in the present invention the “flickering” merely provides a high frequency duty cycle for the UV or visible emission. When the AC frequency is in the kHz, MHz or even GHz region, the spatial length of the windings will control the power coupling based in part on the resonance frequencies of the windings being used. -
FIG. 8 is a schematic depiction of a wirelessEL insertion device 3 according to the invention. Similar to that m the '188 patent, the electroluminescent devices are mounted on acommon substrate 1000 which may be a flexible or rigid material. Each EL device comprises atop electrode 1102, abottom electrode 1104, anelectroluminescent layer 1106, aninterconnection 1108, and aninsulation layer 1110. - The
electroluminescent layer 1106, thetop electrode 1102 and thebottom electrode 1104 are structured as clockwise windings. As an alternative, anti-clockwise windings can also be used. Theelectroluminescent layer 1106 is located between thetop electrode 1102 and thebottom electrode 1104. Theinterconnection 1108 connects thetop electrode 1102 with thebottom electrode 1104. The origin of the windings oftop electrode 1102 is connected with theinterconnection 1108 to the end of the peripheral winding ofbottom electrode 1104. Theinsulation layer 1110 insulates other parts of thetop electrode 1102 from theinterconnection 1108 for avoiding a short circuit. The insulation layer may be extended to form an encapsulation layer isolating and passivating these components and materials from the medium where the insertion device(s) are to be disposed. - In operation, an AC voltage is induced into the windings of the
top electrode 1102 and thebottom electrode 1104. Because the end of the peripheral winding of thebottom electrode 1104 is connected with the origin of the windings of thetop electrode 1108, a short circuit is established between these two points. Thus, the applied voltage at these points is zero volts. Depending on the direction of the electromagnetic field the voltage in the windings increases or decreases from the origin of the windings to the end of the peripheral winding. - If, for example, the voltage decreases from the origin of the windings to the end of the peripheral winding, the induced voltage in the
top electrode 1102 decreases from 0 volts in the origin of the windings to the maximum negative value on the end of the peripheral winding. The maximum value depends on the power of the electromagnetic field. The voltage in thebottom electrode 1104 increases from 0 volts on the end of the peripheral winding up to the maximum value in the origin of the windings. Thus, there is a constant voltage between thetop electrode 1102 and thebottom electrode 1104, the maximum voltage induced by the electromagnetic field. - Because a homogeneous voltage is applied between the two electrodes, the electroluminescent layer homogeneously emits light. A short circuit is avoided by the winded structure of the electroluminescent layer. To avoid shortcuts the
electroluminescent layer 106 is preferably a good conductor in the direction from one electrode to the other electrode, and a bad conductor in the perpendicular direction. This is achieved by the structuredelectroluminescent layer 1106 inFIG. 1 . Alternatively a non-structured contiguous electroluminescent layer can also be applied without risks of shorts, if the thickness of the electroluminescent layer is significantly smaller than the distance between neighbored windings of the electrodes. A typical thickness of the electroluminescent layer is 100 nm. The distance between neighbored windings can be adjusted to be at least 1 mm. For electroluminescent layers with a homogeneous conductivity, the electrical path from one electrode to the opposite electrode can be about 10000 times shorter than the electrical path from a winding to its neighbored winding of one electrode. - U.S. Pat. No. 8,317,561 similarly described light emitting diode materials and configurations operating in response to frequencies from between about 30 and 500 kHz, and between about 10 and 15 MHz. The materials and configurations are suitable for the insertion device(s) of the present invention. Indeed, as described in the '561 patent and applicable to the present invention, an alternating electromagnetic field usually induces a voltage in a coil and/or an antenna, (e.g., the top and bottom electrodes of
FIG. 8 ) which generates a voltage/current. as described in the '561 patent and applicable to the present invention, a micro-coil can be used in the present invention in addition to or as the top and bottom electrodes ofFIG. 8 . The micro-coils can have, for example, in cross section, a height of less than or equal to 2 mm, such as less than or equal to 1 mm and/or a width of less than or equal to 5 mm, such as less than or equal to 3 mm. The length of a micro-coil equals between about 20 mm and 50 mm in some embodiments; for example, in one embodiment, the micro-coil length equals 30 mm. The micro-coil can include a ferrite core. - In one embodiment of the present invention, a device (for example, a storage battery) can be included (e.g., on
substrate 1000 or insidehousings 24 or 108) that stores or accumulates the energy drawn by the receiver device from the alternating electromagnetic field over a longer time span—that is for a longer duration than one or a few periods of the alternating electromagnetic field The power accumulated over time can then be used “on demand” to power the UV or visible light emitting insertion device(s) 3. -
FIG. 9 is a schematic depiction of a flexible wireless UV or visible light emittinginsertion device 3 according to the invention. In one embodiment of the present invention,substrate 1000 could be a porous template containing the plurality of wirelessly powered UV or visible light emitting LEDs orEL devices 300. Thedevices 300 would in one embodiment contain the light emitters and the micro-coils described above. Thedevices 300 would in another embodiment contain the light emitters and use strip antennas on thesubstrate 1000 and a battery to power the devices. As shown inFIG. 9 , thesubstrate 1000 has an optional number ofholes 302 adding to the flexibility although inclusion of any of the holes is not required. - By having a porous template (i.e. a substrate with through-holes) small LED chips could be picked and placed robotically onto the porous membrane (or for that matter onto substrate 1000) and solder bump bonded to wire traces on the membrane. The wire traces would serve the antennas or micro-coils for the power coupling. With this template, the holes in the template would permit a medium to be treated (e.g., blood or polymers to be cured or a medium to be sterilized) to flow in between. This template with or without the pores made of a flexible material could be inserted by way of a
catheter having substrate 1000 or the porous template rolled-up for placement inside or against a tumor site. - In one embodiment of the invention, the UV or visible light emitting LEDs or
EL devices 300 can be made of the materials and constructions described in U.S. Pat. No. 7,355,284. In general, the '284 patent describes semiconductor light emitting devices including a substrate having a face, a flexible film that includes therein an optical element, on the face, and a semiconductor light emitting element between the substrate and the flexible film and configured to emit light through the optical element. The face can include a cavity therein, and the semiconductor light emitting element may be in the cavity. The flexible film extends onto the face beyond the cavity, and the optical element overlies the cavity. - As in the '284 patent and suitable for the present invention, some embodiments may be configured to incorporate phosphor into the semiconductor light emitting device. In some embodiments, phosphor is provided on the flexible film between the lens and the semiconductor light emitting element. In other embodiments, the lens includes a concave inner surface adjacent the semiconductor light emitting element, and the phosphor includes a conformal phosphor layer on the concave inner surface. In yet other embodiments, the optical element includes a lens that overlies the cavity and protrudes away from the cavity, the flexible film further includes a protruding element between the lens and the light emitting element that protrudes towards the cavity, and a conformal phosphor coating is provided on the protruding element. Combinations and subcombinations of these and/or other configurations of phosphor also may be provided. Moreover, an optical coupling media may be provided between the phosphor and the semiconductor light emitting element in any of these embodiments. In one embodiment of the present invention, the insertion device(s) 3 can include an optical coupling media may be provided between the semiconductor light emitting element and the diseased organ. The optical coupling media can be a fluid which has a relatively high visible or ultraviolet transmission as compared to blood. In one example, a saline solution can function as an optical coupling media.
- As in the '284 patent and suitable for the present invention, the light emitting elements of the insertion device(s) 3 may be gallium nitride-based LEDs or lasers fabricated on a silicon carbide substrate such as those devices manufactured and sold by Cree, Inc. of Durham, N.C. Other suitable LEDs and/or lasers are described in published U.S. Patent Publication No. US 2003/0006418 A1 entitled Group III Nitride Based Light Emitting Diode Structures With a Quantum Well and Superlattice, Group III Nitride Based Quantum Well Structures and Group III Nitride Based Superlattice Structures, published Jan. 9, 2003, as well as published U.S. Patent Publication No. US 2002/0123164 A1 entitled Light Emitting Diodes Including Modifications for Light Extraction and Manufacturing Methods Therefor. Furthermore, phosphor coated LEDs, such as those described in U.S. application Ser. No. 10/659,241, entitled Phosphor-Coated Light Emitting Diodes Including Tapered Sidewalls and Fabrication Methods Therefor, filed Sep. 9, 2003, may also be suitable for use in embodiments of the present invention for the insertion device(s) 3. The LEDs may be configured to operate such that light emission occurs through the substrate. In such embodiments, the substrate may be patterned so as to enhance light output of the light emitting devices as is described, for example, in the above-cited U.S. Patent Publication No. US 2002/0123164 A1.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the UV or visible light emitting LEDs or
EL devices 300 can be made of the materials and constructions described in U.S. Pat. Appl. Publ. No. 2008/0096365. As in the '365 application and suitable for the present invention, the insertion device(s) 3 of the present invention can be fabricated from semiconductor devices at the wafer level. Wafer-level bonding using an electrically conducting bond medium can be used to achieve void-free permanent wafer level bonding. The bond medium can be introduced to the pre-bonded wafers by deposition or as a preform. - The papers, articles, patents, and patent applications discussed herein are each incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
- Passive and Active Insertion Devices
- Remote control of the internal light (e.g., UV or visible) generating devices, according to various embodiments of the invention, can be accomplished by remote control of passive devices (i.e., devices that do not necessarily contain light emitting electronics) or active devices (i.e., devices that do contain light emitting electronics). For the passive devices, in one embodiment, the passive devices do not contain a chemical agent but works co-incubated with bio-therapeutic agent such as a photoactivatable drug or catalyst or co-incubated with other photoactivatable substances such as photoinitiators. For the passive devices, in one embodiment, the passive devices do contain a chemical agent which, upon release into the subject or medium to be treated, is then activated by light emitted from the passive device typically, but not necessarily, by some form of fluorescence or luminescence, as described in a number of the related cases incorporated by reference as noted above. For the passive devices, in one embodiment, the passive devices do not contain a chemical agent, but are able to treat a disease or disorder via a photobiomodulation pathway, as described in a number of the related cases incorporated by reference as noted above.
- For the active devices, in one embodiment, the active devices do not contain a chemical agent but works co-incubated with bio-therapeutic agent such as a photoactivatable drug or catalyst or co-incubated with other photoactivatable substances such as photoinitiators. For the active devices, in one embodiment, the active devices do contain a chemical agent which, upon release into the subject or medium to be treated, is then activated by light emitted from the active device(s). For the active devices, in one embodiment, the active devices do not contain a chemical agent, but are able to treat a disease or disorder via the photobiomodulation pathway. For the active devices, in one embodiment, the active devices can have an on-board source of energy (e.g., a battery). For the active devices, in one embodiment, the active devices can rely on an external signal to charge the device and/or to provide instructions for how and when the active device functions. For the active devices, in one embodiment, the active devices can be programmed prior to insertion into the subject or medium to be treated. For the active devices, in one embodiment, the active devices can receive instructions (programming) once inside the subject or medium to be treated.
- In one embodiment, passive devices are capable of remotely being oriented using a magnetic field.
FIG. 10 is a schematic depicting a representative phosphorescent or fluorescent particle having a magnetic or paramagnetic component and that is capable of being activated using x-ray energy and/or an electron-beam. The magnetic or paramagnetic component includes, in one embodiment, a magnetic or paramagnetic film (or coating) partially covering the surface of the phosphorescent or fluorescent particle, and therefore partially covering an emission surface thereof When the magnetic or paramagnetic film coated particle is exposed to a magnetic field, the coated particles will align in a common direction. The presence of the coating not only assists in alignment but also in directing light emission in a preferential direction by reflection or by obstruction. The reflection of the light occurs by at the internal surface between the magnetic or paramagnetic film and the phosphorescent or fluorescent particle. The reflective properties can be enhanced if the particle is coated with a metallic coating such as Gold or Silver prior to depositing the magnetic material. The obstruction of the light occurs when the thickness of the film is such that the transmission coefficient of the magnetic film attenuates the emitted light emanating from the phosphorous material. - Suitable ferromagnetic layers for this invention can be grown in one embodiment of the invention in an atomic layer deposition (ALD) system for production of manganites such as (La0:7Sr0:3MnO3). Other paramagnetic and magnetic thin films (and ALD methods) are described and referenced in the Proceedings of the Workshop on Smoothing and Characterization of Magnetic Films. Vol. 112 (2007) ACTA PHYSICA POLONICA A No. 6, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
- In one embodiment of the invention, manufacturing considerations for production of the magnetically orientable phosphorous particles would follow for example the method described below, although the following description is not the only method to produce phosphor particles with a magnetic film attached thereon. In this manufacturable method, a slurry of phosphors is made by mixing a given mass of phosphors with a volume of solvent at for example a ratio of 1 gm of phosphor to 10 mL of solvent (such as Acetone).
- The phosphor slurry is spun onto a meshed disk (e.g., like a sieve). The average particle size would be suitably matched the size of the aperture. A slight vacuum is applied from one side of the mesh during the spinning process to force the phosphors through the various apertures. The elastic forces of the solvent increases the binding of the phosphorous particles to the mesh. Once the particles are secured in place, the mesh is dried to remove the solvent.
-
FIG. 11 is a schematic depicting particles secured in place in openings in a mesh. - The mesh is then transferred to a metal vapor deposition system for deposition of a magnetic coating on the exposed top surface of the phosphor particles. In one embodiment, the above-noted atomic layer deposition (ALD) process could be used to deposit the magnetic coating on one side of the mesh and hence on one side of the embedded particles. In one embodiment, La0:7Sr0:3MnO3 is the magnetic material deposited.
- Once the deposition is performed, the mesh disk is transferred to a station where positive pressure is applied from the back side of the mesh to force the particles out of the mesh and into a container. Alternatively, an electromagnet can be used to pick up the partially coated particles. In this case the binding force of the magnetic field has to over come the retaining force between the mesh and the particles. In either case (with or without a magnetic field, a positive pressure can be applied to remove the particles) The phosphorescent, fluorescent, or otherwise luminescent particles are therefore partially coated with a magnetic coating. This magnetic coating acts also as a light reflector reflecting emissions of the phosphor particles in a unidirectional manner. If the particles are suspended into a solution then gain a degree of freedom and can be made to orient and to reorient under the influence of an externally applied magnetic field.
-
FIG. 12A is a schematic depicting a representative phosphorous or fluorescent particle aligned under the influence of a magnetic field, showing the ability to orient the particles in a preferred direction and thereby orient the direction of the light emission. - In particular,
FIG. 12B shows a representation of multiple phosphorous or fluorescent particle aligned under the influence of a magnetic field where the net light emissions (induced by incident KV, MV X-Ray beams are directed (preferentially) toward a target site, for example a diseased area, and thereby bypassing normal tissue. In one embodiment, a particle beam or a photon beam can be used instead of the x-rays. - Normally, when a phosphorous particle is exposed to an excitation energy leading to its excitation and subsequently its emission, the emitted light emanates from the numerous color centers and the emission is uniform (isotropic emission).
- One method for achieving non-isotropic light emissions would be, according to one embodiment of the invention, to have a particle constructed by inter-layering metallic thin layers with phosphorescent or fluorescent layers.
FIG. 13 is a process diagram showing various steps according to one embodiment for making the inter-layered phosphorous or fluorescent composite. First, a wafer (such as an intrinsic silicon wafer) is etched to form a set of cavities (e.g., small hemispheres etched into the silicon wafer), as shown in the top view inFIG. 13 . - An illustration of the cross-section of the hemispheres etched into the silicon wafer is shown in step a-1. In step a-2, the silicon wafer is placed inside a deposition system where an interlayering is formed by a sequential deposition of a metal (e.g., Ag or Au) thin film (and/or a magnetic or paramagnetic film) followed by a phosphor thin film (e.g., YTaO4) or other phosphorescent or fluorescent film.
- The interlayering of the thin films metals (Ag or Au in this case) and thin phosphor films (YTaO4 in this case) create hemispheres. In one embodiment, the thickness of each layer can vary from 100 nm to 800 nm, or from 10 to 2000 nm, or from 200 to 800 nm, or from 400 to 500 nm with intermediate and extended layer thicknesses achievable through timing of the layer deposition sequences. In other embodiments, a separation distance between layers in the layered assemblies noted above can range from 10 nm to 1000 nm, or between 100 nm and 700 nm, or between 200 nm and 500 nm, or between 300 nm and 400 nm. In still other embodiments, a separation distance between layers in the layered assemblies noted above can range from 1 μm to 1000 μm, or between 10 μm and 100 μm, or between 100 μm and 500 μm, or between 300 μm and 400 μm.
- As shown in step a-3, once two wafers that have been used to create hemispheres, the hemispheres of each wafer are butted and collapsed together under heat and pressure to fuse the thin meal layers together and form spheres of the interlayered structures out of the two hemispheres.
- The particles as seen in step a-4 are removed from the wafer by etching of the silicon.
- In one embodiment of the invention, these particles formed through sequential layering of thin film metals (Ag in this case) and thin film phosphors (YTaO4 in this case) have anisotropic light emission under the influence of an excitation energy such as X-Ray.
- In one embodiment of the invention, there are specially occurring photonic crystals and “black” phosphors that have non-isotropic emissions which can be utilized to produce anisotropic emissions.
- One example of such materials capable of emitting more energy along certain planes but not others. include:
- Sr2CeO4 where the crystallographic structure is orthorhombic and the phosphor has linear chains of edge sharing CeO6.
- Other examples of such phosphors include:
- (Y0.82 Al0.07 La0.06)VO4:Eu0.05,
- (Y0.5 Gd0.5)2.97 (Al0.5 Ga0.5)5O12:Ce0.03.
- The methods of building and the specific chemistries to be utilized are described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,013,199, the entire contents of which are incorporate herein by reference.
- In one embodiment of the invention, these phosphors would be coated with a magnetic or paramagnetic material (as described above) and oriented by way of a magnetic field (as described above). X-Ray energy excitation of these phosphor or photonic crystals would result in light emission preferentially along different crystallographic planes in these materials.
FIG. 14 is a schematic depicting x-ray excitation and a preferential light emission from the phosphor or photonic crystal along certain crystallographic planes. - In one embodiment, the phosphorescent or fluorescent particles are “free-floating” particles inside hard shell cores of hollow spheres.
FIG. 15 is a schematic depiction of a free-floating particle inside a hard shell core of a hollow sphere. In one aspect of this embodiment, a polycrystalline or single crystalline particles is encapsulated inside a fluidic media in the hollow space, provided by the encapsulating hard shell core. In one aspect of this embodiment, the fluidic media can be a bio-therapeutic suspension (e.g., a photoactivatable drug or other therapeutic substance). A breaking of the shell would release the bio-therapeutic suspension into the subject to be treated. - In one embodiment of the invention, manufacturing considerations for production of the free-floating particle construction would follow for example the method described below, although the following description is not the only method to produce this construction.
-
FIG. 16 is a process diagram showing various steps according to one embodiment for making the free-floating particle construction. In step b-1, an intrinsic silicon wafer with hollow up hemispheres is prepared. (The hemispheres in this case, can be in the range of 5 to 10 microns for the sake of illustration.) A solution is prepared containing a silicate chemistry (with a proportion within the range of 6SiO2:1Al2O3:2NaO2). The silicate solution is added to the wafer surface while it is spinning at a rate for example of 250 rpm and fills the hemispheres, as shown in step b-2. An IR lamp is used to dry and vitrify the silicate chemistry span on the wafer , as shown in step b-3. Two wafers are prepared in the same fashion. The bottom wafer is designed to host the phosphors powders. The top wafer is treated using photoresist techniques to etch fluidic channels. (A slurry containing magnetic powders or a dry powder spray of magnetic powders could be used to provide for a “strip” of magnetic material.) - A slurry containing phosphors is added to the wafer also while spinning for example at around 100 rpm. The wafer is dried and the phosphors particles become lodged into the hemispheres. Step b-4 shows a depiction of this completed step.
- The second wafer (top wafer) also containing a silicate coating and containing microfluidic channels is positioned on top of the first wafer containing the phosphors. The two wafers are pressed and heated until the silicate coatings are fused to form a sphere (from the 2 initial hemispheres contained in each of the respective top and bottom wafers).
- Once the composited two wafers are fused the bio-therapeutic agent is added through the microfluidic channels (step b-5). A pressure is added until the silicate capsules are filled with the bio-therapeutic agent. The top wafer is released from the bottom wafer. The glass coating is released from the top wafer by applying a rapid heat spike to the wafer to force a thermal expansion mismatch. The glass capsules are now formed and partially filled with the phosphors particles and the bio therapeutic agent. The free volume left between the inner volume of the silicate sphere and the phosphor particle is partially filled (e.g., at about 65% fill). The small aperture on top of the sphere (where the microchannel existed) is closed using a laser. The bottom wafer is exposed to a rapid thermal heat using lamps to release all the glass capsules from the wafer. The spheres containing the phosphors and the bio-therapeutic are hence formed.
- These cylindrical phosphorous materials depicted in b-4 can be made for example by compacting a phosphorous powder and then sintering the powder to form the desired shape. An organic binder can be used to give the powder green strength and an extrusion process can be used to heat and burn the binder at 700° C. followed by sintering at elevated temperatures. The sintering temperatures can be around 1500° C. The sintering temperatures can be lowered by adding a small silicate chemistry such as 3SiO2:1Na2O to lower the temperature at which the particles can be necked together.
- In one embodiment of the invention, particles such as for example an amorphous, polycrystalline, or single crystalline particle with a magnetic strip can be encapsulated with a fluidic media inside a hard shell cover (where the fluidic media could be a bio-therapeutic suspension) and where the hard shell can be made breakable under certain X-Ray energies. Schematically, the structural elements are the same as in
FIG. 15 but the hard shell is made of materials susceptible to X-ray damage and loss of structural integrity. - In this embodiment, the hard shell capsule containing a fluidic bio-therapeutic agent which can be made to break (or lose structural integrity) under the influence of X-Ray energy exposure is a glass modified for example to contain PbO. Bio therapeutic agent in powder forms can also be used. The manufacturing method of adding such is however different than for fluidic bio therapeutic agents. Pb can be incorporated as a network former in the glass chemistry at a rate of 0.5% molar percent compared to Silica. Upon X-Ray exposure the Si—O—Pb bridge is broken. If sufficient amount of these lead containing silicate bridges are broken then the glass loses its structural integrity. Other heavy metals can be added instead of or as a supplement to the Pb, such as network formers of Cu and Ag. Regardless of the heavy metal used, the same phenomenon of breakable bonds under X-Ray works to produce a glass capsule that is breakable under X-Ray.
- In one embodiment, multiple hard shell capsules can contain the same or different bio-therapeutic agents. Each capsule can be made of a shell having a different thickness that will break under different X-Ray beam or delivered dose and therefore a staged and controllable drug delivery system is devised.
-
FIG. 17 depicts another embodiment of the invention where the phosphorescent or fluorescent material is shaped in the form of a rod (or other elongated shape). A magnetic strip exist along a longitudinal axis that serves for orientation of the rod and for reflection of the emitted light. This constriction can be made along similar ways as the fabricated engineered particles described above inFIG. 13 but by starting not with hemispherical spheres in the base wafer but rather by etching trenches. - In one embodiment, multiple hard shell capsules can be inserted in the vicinity of a target or diseased site along with “simple” phosphorescent or fluorescent particles or rods not having a fluidic compartment. In one embodiment, multiple hard shell capsules can be inserted in the vicinity of a target or diseased site along with the insertion devices described above. In one embodiment, the multiple hard shell capsules, the simple phosphorescent or fluorescent particles, and the insertion devices can all be used interchangeably or in conjunction to treat a target site.
- In one embodiment, multiple insertion devices are inserted into the vicinity of the target site and work in tandem to treat the target site. The multiple insertion devices are either remote controlled or are preprogrammed and optionally grafted in the body (in the diseased are of the micro-environment surrounding the diseased area).
-
FIG. 18 is a schematic representation of an insertion device grafted in place adjacent an organ (i.e. a target site). Upon emission of light from the insertion device, a photoactivatable drug (i.e., a biotherapeutic agent or an adjuvant agent or a combination) elsewhere supplied to the organ than from the insertion device absorbs the emitted light and binds to diseased cells in the organ. In this embodiment shown inFIG. 18 , a reservoir located outside the body provides the photoactivatable drug to the organ through a catheter. In this embodiment shown inFIG. 18 , the insertion device is LED capsule with an on board battery where the battery can be charged remotely and a processor in the capsule can be programmed or triggered remotely. -
FIG. 19 is a schematic representation of an insertion device grafted in place nearby a region containing blood from a vasculature surrounding a diseased area, for example of an organ. In the embodiment shown inFIG. 19 , a controllable T-valve takes blood from the vasculature surrounding the diseased area and mixes the blood from a reservoir containing a bio-therapeutic agent. The blood is passed to a conformable bladder (acting as a port where the blood is exposed to the emitted light) that treats the mixture of blood and medication using light from the LED capsule. A secondary T-valve takes the treated blood from one port and forces it into circulation using a pump to create the right pressure conditions. The pump can utilize the pump/valve 40, thefluid reservoir 38, thefluid conduit channel 46, and/or theconduit 44 described above with regard toFIG. 2B to pump the blood and/or provide a biotherapeutic or photoactivatable agent to the blood. - With the embodiment shown in
FIG. 19 , the combination of modular systems (reservoir, T-valves, LED capsule, pump) can permit treatment to be performed around a major artery for systemic circulation. This inventive system and method can replace the conventional well established psoralen and ultraviolet A (PUVA) radiation treatments. - The emitted light treats the blood supply or directly treats organs of the human or animal subject. The energy modulation agent can be at least one of a phosphorescent or fluorescent agent, including at least one of a sulfide, a telluride, a selenide and an oxide semiconductor and a combination thereof.
- In one embodiment of the invention, as shown in
FIG. 19 , there is a relay device utilized. The relay device's function is to mediate the communication between the programmable micro-device (or microdevices as the case may be) and the outside world where a computerized system monitors and provide feedback as to the next process step to be performed. By doing so, even faint and weak signals from the micro-device can be picked up and relayed to the computerized system (control) monitoring and guiding the process. - Hence, in one embodiment of the invention, a system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject includes an embedded insertion-device embedded within a region of a human or animal subject, a computerized control controlling an external source of electro-magnetic transmissions outside the human or animal subject, and an embedded relay unit embedded within the region of a human or animal subject and disposed between the embedded insertion-device and the outside world. The embedded relay passes the electro-magnetic transmissions, and is in communication with the embedded insertion device.
- In one embodiment of the invention, the embedded relay is programmed to functions as a booster to alleviate loss of transmission of the electro-magnetic transmissions through a thick section of the human body where signal aberration and loss can occur.
- Controlled Release of a Biotherapeutic agent and/or One or More Energy Modulation Agents:
- In terms of special coatings and materials with special properties, sodium silicates and other silicates are suitable for the present invention. A gelatinous precipitate of condensed Silicic acids (SiO2.H2O) is obtained when an ordinary acid including HCl is added to a solution of sodium silicate. When this precipitate is partially dehydrated it forms a porous material widely referred to as silica gel. This material can be impregnated with a bio therapeutic agent for its slow release once embeded inside the human body. Furthermore, the release of the bio-therapeutic agent can be made to accelerate if some of the bonds are made with Pb, Phosphorous network formers. Such materials would partially lose their integrity leading to more release of the biotherapeutic in the body. Both of the phosphors (that are UV emitters under X-Ray energy) as well as the porous materials (that are impregnated with the biotherapeutic agent) can be delivered to the tumor site (as implants). The added benefit of this technique is that the releasing of the bio therapeutic agent is only taking place when X-Ray is sensed and the phosphors are only activating UV when the X-Ray energy is turned on. Such atreatment would be used for osteosarcomas for examples where these materials are implanted (drilled into) the bone. Then the frequency of X-Ray treatment dictates the frequency with which the treatment is delivered. Other examples would include the jaw bone where the phosphors and impregnated porous gels are implanted at the root of a tooth and exposed to a dental X-Ray delivering imaging doses to activate the therapy.
- In one embodiment of the invention pertaining to the release of energy modulation agents, the energy modulation agent (the above-noted phosphors) can be at least one of CaWO4:Pb2+, CaWO4:W, Sr3(PO4)2: Eu2+, Ba3(PO4)2: Eu2+, Y2SiO5:Ce3+, SrMg(SiO4)2:Eu2+, BaMg2Al14O24:Eu2+, ZnSiO4::Mn2+, Y3(Al,Ga)5O12:Ce3+, BaMg2Al14O24:Mn2+, BaMgAl14O23:Mn2+, SrAl12SiO19:Mn2+, ZnAl12O19:Mn2+, CaAl12O19:Mn2+, YBO3:Tb3+, Sr4Si3O8Cl4:Eu3+, Y2O3:Eu3+, Y2SiO5:Eu3+, Y3Al5O12Eu3+, CaSiO3:Mn2+, YVO4:Eu3+.
- In one embodiment pertaining to the release of energy modulation agents, the energy modulation agent can further include a plasmonics agent comprising a dielectric-metal composite; or a plasmonics agent comprising a plurality of differently sized metal particles disposed in vicinity of each other as a composite plasmonics agent.
- In one embodiment pertaining to the release of energy modulation agents, the energy modulation agent can be at least one of Y2O3; ZnS; ZnSe;MgS; CaS; Mn, Er ZnSe; Mn, Er MgS; Mn, Er CaS; Mn, Er ZnS; Mn, Yb ZnSe; Mn, Yb MgS; Mn, Yb CaS; Mn, Yb ZnS:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Mn2+; ZnS:Mn, Er3+; CaWO4, YaTO4, YaTO4:Nb, BaSO4:Eu, La2O2S:Tb, BaSi2O5:Pb, NaI(Tl), CsI(Tl), CsI(Na), CsI(pure), CsF, KI(Tl), LiI(Eu), BaF2, CaF, CaF2(Eu), ZnS(Ag), CaWO4, CdWO4, YAG(Ce) (Y3Al5O12(Ce)), BGO bismuth germanate, GSO gadolinium oxyorthosilicate, LSO lutetium oxyorthosilicate, LaCl3(Ce), and LaBr3(Ce).
- The above noted energy modulation agents (and others known in the art or described elsewhere in this specification) can be used as the passive devices described above or in conjunction with the active devices described above by their positioning near a diseased or target site to be treated.
- The above noted energy modulation agents (and others known in the art or described elsewhere in this specification) cab injected from the insertion devices in saline solutions or in solutions containing the above-noted photoactivatable drugs or biotherapeutics.
- Blood Processing and Treatment with and without Insertion Devices
- Blood performs many functions including transporting nutrients and oxygen to tissues and organs to regulating pH and temperature. It also provides an efficient transit system through the vascular network for transport of immune cells for defense against foreign microbes and wound healing. Broadly, plasma and cells constitute the two main blood components each with ˜60% and 40% volume fractions respectively. The blood cellular components mainly consist of red blood cells (RBCs), leukocytes and platelets. Of the ˜5 billion cells per milliliter of blood, red blood cells (RBCs) make up >99% of all cellular components. However, ultraviolet is greatly attenuated by RBCs.
- Therefore, in one embodiment of the invention, there is provided a system for treating a patient or a subject with a photoactivatable drug where the system includes a source of a wavelength of energy which is capable of activating the photoactivatable drug and a blood supply displacement system (e.g. an organization of valves, pumps, reservoirs etc, as shown above in for example
FIGS. 5, 18, and 19 ) and method thereof which displaces or flushes blood from a diseased site or organ to be treated. Displacing the blood is a biocompatible fluid which is less absorptive of the wavelength of energy than blood. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the invention, the resultant treatment is more likely to have the internal wavelength of energy photoactivate the photoactivatable drug than be absorbed by the subject or patient's blood. In one embodiment, the biocompatible fluid is a saline solution. In another embodiment, the biocompatible fluid is plasma. In another embodiment, the biocompatible fluid is plasma separated from the subject's blood supply. In another embodiment, the biocompatible fluid includes a photoactivatable drug such as for example psoralen or INA. In another embodiment, the biocompatible fluid includes a photoactivatable drug and/or a luminescing agent (such as for example a phosphorescent or a fluorescent agent). In one embodiment, the biocompatible fluid displaces the blood for a time period less than 10 minutes, preferably less than 5 minutes, more preferably less than 2 minutes, and still more preferably less than 1 minute. In one embodiment, the internal wavelength of energy is generated (during the time of displacement) inside the patient or subject by the passive devices of this invention. In one embodiment, the internal wavelength of energy is generated (during the time of displacement) inside the patient or subject by the active devices of this invention. In another embodiment, the displacement of blood occurs by needle injections of a saline solution and/or the photoactivatable drug solution. - Moreover, while described below as an insertion device, the microfluidic devices described below need not be inserted within the body of a subject or patient, but may reside outside the body.
- According to one embodiment of the invention, the insertion devices described above can include or can be supplemented with microfluidic devices permitting the RBCs to be separated or diverted from the organ, while plasma (from the remaining blood) and/or a saline solution is pumped through the diseased organ or site. In one embodiment, similar to that shown above, valves are used to divert the blood supply and a reservoir of plasma or saline can be substituted for the blood flow. While prolonged periods of RBCs would be detrimental to the diseased and healthy cells in the organ, for short durations (e.g., 10 sec to 2 min.), the effects are not expected to be detrimental during this gap time of blood diplacement when no RBCs flow. Furthermore, according to one embodiment of the invention, it is during the gap period, preferably in the last half or last quarter that a photoactivatable drug such as psoralen is applied and activated by UV light (or other wavelength of radiation) from the light emitting insertion device. If the insertion device is a passive device (see discussion above), then the UV or other wavelength of radiation is generated during the gap period as detailed above by phosphorescent or fluorescent agents (or other luminescing agent) disposed in or nearby the diseased organ or site
- Over the past decade, new microfluidic based technologies have emerged to process clinical blood samples. Microfluidics is the science of studying fluid flow behavior at the microscale and the development of miniaturized analysis systems that take advantage of the unique physics emergent at these small scales. Microfluidic devices are capable of plasma and RBC separation using acoustophoresis. With this approach in the present invention, a microchannel containing the whole blood is excited by a λ/2 wavelength ultrasonic standing wave which concentrates the RBCs at the channel center by the primary acoustic radiation force. The acoustic forces generated by ultrasonic standing waves can be used for plasma separation in microchannels. The radiation force generated on the cells by these acoustic waves moves them into pressure nodes of the standing wave field. By exciting the microfluidic channel with half wavelength width ultrasonic wave, the cells/particles can be focused at the pressure node located at the center of the channel. Typically, in these devices, a transducer is placed underneath a chip containing the microchannel and outlet, and the transducer generates an ultrasonic standing wave between the channel walls perpendicular to the flow. A multiple outlet system permits the enriched blood cell fractions to be removed from the center of the channel, while a clean plasma fraction can be withdrawn from the side, and used in the present invention to provide plasma to a diseased or target site thereby displacing the blood from the site during a time of drug photoactivation.
- U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2014/0008307 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes two-stage microfluidic devices using surface acoustic waves and having a particle focusing stage including: at least a first pair of surface acoustic wave generators, the first pair of surface acoustic wave generators are positioned opposite one another, and a first channel disposed between the first pair of surface acoustic wave generators; a particle separating stage including: a second pair of surface acoustic wave generators, the pair of surface acoustic wave generators are positioned opposite one another, and a second channel disposed between the second pair of surface acoustic wave generators; with the first channel and the second channel being in fluidic communication with one another. U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2008/0181828 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a one-quarter wave separation chamber of an ultrasound resonator which is effective at particle/fluid/living cell separation. The '828 ultrasound resonator is part of a continuous flow closed system, and is optically monitored for cell type/volume near each exit port to control outlet valves maintaining collection purity. Uncollected cells/plasma can return to donor patient. In the '828 system, nonresonant secondary ultrasound can be applied to the resonator to fluidize/facilitate aggregated cell egress from exit ports.
- U.S. Pat. No. 6,664,104 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a device for separating an analyte from a fluid sample comprises a cartridge incorporating a flow-through microfluidic chip. The '104 microfluidic chip includes an extraction chamber having an array of microstructures for capturing the analyte and for subsequently releasing the captured analyte into an elution fluid. Each of the microstructures has an aspect ratio of at least 2:1. The '104 cartridge also includes channels and at least one low controller (e.g., one or more valves) for directing the flow of the sample and elution fluid through the microfluidic chip. U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2013/0175226 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes an acoustic separator having two parallel chamber walls defining a separation chamber therebetween, each chamber wall defining one side of the chamber; inlet means through which fluid can flow into the chamber; and outlet means through which fluid can flow out of the chamber. One of the chamber walls includes a transducer arranged to transmit pressure waves across the chamber towards the other of the chamber walls which in turn is arranged to reflect the pressure waves to set up a standing wave in the chamber. The outlet means defines an opening in one of the sides of the chamber.
- Such microfluidic devices and others known in the art would be capable, according to the invention, of the separation of RBCs during the aforementioned gap time when plasma or a saline solution would supply a photoactivatable drug to the diseased organ or site for activation by UV light or other wavelength of energy.
- In another embodiment of the invention, the microfluidic devices permit circulating tumor cells to be collected from the blood stream exiting a diseased organ or site. As background, circulating tumor cells (CTCs) in blood is an important intermediate step in cancer metastasis, which accounts for ˜90% of all cancer related deaths. Clinical studies have shown that enumeration of CTCs can be correlated with cancer progression.
- Due to the large size differences between CTCs and other blood cellular components (CTCs ˜16-20 μm; RBC ˜8 μm; leukocytes ˜10-15 μm), size-based CTCs separation in microfluidic devices is often achieved using microstructures of different geometries to physically trap the larger CTCs. The engineered dimension in these devices has been the size of the pore/structure which is designed to allow maximum CTCs trapping with little contamination. Using spacing or sieve sizes between 5 to 10 μm, microfluidic devices have been used for isolation of cancer cells with high efficiency (>80%).
- In one embodiment of the invention, the isolated CTCs are then treated with a photoactivatable drug such as psoralen, UV activated, and returned to the blood stream by reverse pumping of blood backwards through the sieve. In one embodiment of the invention, microfluidic devices can be used for separation and collection of CTCs from a patient or subject's blood stream as a monitor of cancer progression or regression over time.
- In one embodiment of the invention, microfluidic devices can be used for separation and treatment of microorganisms (e.g., CTCs, bacterial agents, and viral agents) in the blood stream. Separation of microorganisms from blood has been primarily used as a therapeutic blood cleansing method for treating sepsis, a lethal disease caused by a systemic microbial infection that spreads via the bloodstream and compromises the body's immunological system. Antibiotics are often the main course of treatment, but inflammation continues to spread for a few hours before the drugs are effective. As noted above, psoarelen once photoactivated is effective in cancer cell apoptosis, engendering an autovaccine response from the human body. As noted above, iodonophthylazide (INA) once photoactivated is an effective antiviral and antibacterial agent engendering an autovaccine response from the human body. Accordingly, in one embodiment of the invention, isolated microorganisms are treated with a photoactivatable drug such as psoralen or INA, UV activated, and returned to the blood stream for example by reverse pumping of blood backwards through the sieve.
- U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2011/0301058 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a microfluidic device fabricated as Monolithic Internal micro Pillars (MIPi) made of SU-8 photoresist in which a microfluidic chip with the internal pillars (a MIPi chip) was used for cell capturing. The surface of MIPi was coated with specific antibody and then used for capturing cells by affinity binding. An antibody, anti-EGFR, which has high affinity to lung cancer cells, CL1-5 was coated on the micro pillars. The coated MIPi chip specifically captured the cancer cells that were pumped through the MIPi chip. This device with the specific coatings noted would be especially useful in the present invention for monitoring of the cancer progression or regression over time, but could also be used for collection, treatment, and release of the treated cells for example by way of heating the micro pillars to release the cells.
- For example, in Gurkan et al. “Controlled viable release of selectively captured label-free cells in microchannels” in Lab Chip. 2011 Dec. 7; 11(23): 10.1039/c11c20487d (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describe that rapid heating to (37° C.) and cooling (<32° C.) of their microchannels (achieved by the small liquid volume of 10 μL) allowed release of bound species. More specifically, Gurkan et al, described the following heating/cooling sequence applicable to the present invention using a microfluidic chip composed of three parallel channels (4 mm×22 mm×80 μm), one of which (middle channel) was used as the temperature indicator channel. Blood was introduced into the top and bottom release channels. A channel surface at 37° C. captured cells on the channel surface thereof, with the non-captured cells in the channels rinsed away. The microchip was then cooled down below 32° C. (in less than 5 minutes). The released cells were rinsed out of the channels and collected at the channel outlet.
- U.S. Pat. No. 8,834,794 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a disposable handheld device for detecting circulating tumor cells (CTC) in blood (HCTCD). The HCTCD is capable of detecting less than 1 CTC per milliliter. The HCTCD consists of a dense array of high aspect ratio freestanding metallic nanoneedles, functionalized with antibodies that integrated within a microfluidic device and selectively capture and count (using electrical signal detection) the CTCs. By selecting a right functionalization protocol for the nanoneedles array, the HCTCD can be used for selective capturing a variety of rare cells that are mixed in human fluids. This device with the specific antibodies noted would be especially useful in the present invention for monitoring of the cancer progression or regression over time, but could also be used for collection, treatment, and release of the treated cells for example by way of heating the nanoneedles to release the cells.
- U.S. Pat. Appl. No. 2014/0061049 (the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference) describes a printed circuit with a microfluidic device and the wirelessly powering the microfluidic device. The '049 microfluidic device includes a substrate with a fluidic channel to provide a path for a fluid with particles. The fluidic channel includes fluid inlet and outlet. A pair of electrodes near the inlet and the outlet guides the particles toward a center of the fluidic channel using negative-dielectrophoresis (DEP) effect in response to an alternating current (AC) frequency voltage received at the pairs of electrodes. Additional pairs of electrodes are disposed along a border of the fluidic channel between the pairs of electrodes near the inlet and the outlet of the fluidic channel to isolate a subpopulation of the particles using positive and negative DEP effects in response to AC voltages of different frequencies received at different ones of the additional pairs of electrodes. Plasma and RBCs separation could be accomplished in the invention with this kind of device.
- As described in the '049 application and as suitable for the present invention to capture preferentially CTCs or microorganisms, cells with different size experience different amounts of dielectrophoretic force when passing through the electrode pair. Cells experiencing negative dielectrophoresis (DEP) will be deflected into upper chambers while cells subject to positive DEP will flow into lower chambers. The cells are then subdivided by the travelling DEP force generated by the parallel array electrodes. The phase difference between these electrodes is 90°. For example, if the first electrode in the array has a phase of 0°, the subsequent electrodes will have phases of 90°, 180° and 270°, respectively. Cells subjected to positive traveling DEP are deflected to different regions of the device than those subject to negative DEP. In such a way, cells are grouped by like kind.
- Such microfluidic devices and others known in the art would be capable, according to the invention, of the capture of CTCs or microorganisms from the blood supply and treatment thereof with a photoactivatable drug with its activation by UV light or other wavelength of energy.
- Generalized Statements of the Invention
- The following statements of the invention provide one or more characterizations of the invention and do not limit the scope of the invention.
- 1. A system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject, comprising: a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject; an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit. The assembly unit comprises an emitter configured to emit said wavelength of energy of a predetermined type 1) to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or 2) to produce a change in the medium, and a receiver that receives the initiation signal. The assembly unit is configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit said wavelength of energy interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
- 2. The system of
statement 1, where the emitter comprises a microemitter capsule ranging in size from 100 microns to less than a centimeter. - 3. The system of
statement - 4. The system of any one of
statements 1 to 3, wherein the initiation signal is a low frequency RF or microwave signal which traverses parts of or the entirety of the human or animal subject or the medium. - 5. The system of any one of
statements 1 to 4, wherein the insertion device comprises a container having a containment wall comprising at least one of a silicate glass, an alkali glass, a sodium glass, and a phosphate glass. - 6. The system of any one of
statements 1 to 5, further comprising: -
- a fluid reservoir;
- at least one fluid channel from the reservoir to outside of the insertion device.
- 7. The system of statement 6, wherein the fluid reservoir contains at least one of a fluid of an activatable pharmaceutical agent or a fluid of nanoparticles.
- 8. The system of statement 7, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and, upon activation by the emitted wavelength of energy treats a cell proliferation disorder selected from the group consisting of cancer, bacterial infection, viral infection, immune rejection response, autoimmune disorders, aplastic conditions, and
combinations thereof 9. The system ofstatement 7 or 8, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is selected from psoralens, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines, vitamin Ks, vitamin L, vitamin metabolites, vitamin precursors, naphthoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and derivatives thereof having planar molecular conformations, porphorinporphyrins, dyes and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolones, quinones, and anthroquinones. - 10. The system of any one of statements 7 to 9, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is a psoralen, a coumarin, a porphyrin or a
derivative thereof 11. The system of any one of statements 7 to 10, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is 8-MOP or AMT. - 12. The system of statement 7, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is one selected from 7,8-dimethyl-l0-ribityl, isoalloxazine, 7,8,10-trimethylisoalloxazine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, isoalloxazine-adenine dinucleotide, alloxazine mononucleotide, aluminum (III) phthalocyanine tetrasulonate, hematophorphyrin, and phthadocyanine.
- 13. The system of any one of statements 7 to 12, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is coupled to a carrier that is capable of binding to a receptor site.
- 14. The system of statement 13, wherein the carrier is one selected from insulin, interleukin, thymopoietin or transferrin.
- 15. The system of statement 13 or 14, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is coupled to the carrier by a covalent bond.
- 16. The system of statement 13 or 14, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is coupled to the carrier by non-covalent bond.
- 17. The system of any one of statements 13 to 16, wherein the receptor site is one selected from nucleic acids of nucleated cells, antigenic sites on nucleated cells, or epitopes.
- 18. The system of any one of statements 7 to 17, wherein the cell proliferation disorder is treated by apoptosis in a target cell.
- 19. The system of any one of statements 7 to 18, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is capable of being preferentially absorbed by a target cell.
- 20. The system of any one of
statements 1 to 19, wherein said wavelength of energy induces a predetermined change in the target structure with or without an energy modulation agent or a photoactive agent. - 21. The system of
statement 20, wherein the energy modulation agent is present and is configured to adsorb, intensify or modify said wavelength of energy. - 22. The system of
statement 20 or 21, wherein the energy modulation agent is present and is configured to transform the wavelength of energy into a photonic or another electromagnetic energy that affects the predetermined change in said target structure. - 23. The system of any one of
statements 20 to 22, wherein the energy modulation agent emits secondary light at a decreased wavelength compared to the wavelength of energy. - 24. The system of any one of
statements 20 to 22, wherein the energy modulation agent emits secondary light at an increased wavelength compared to the wavelength of energy. - 25. The system of any one of
statements 20 to 24, wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises one or more members selected from a biocompatible fluorescing metal nanoparticle, fluorescing metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing metal coated metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing dye molecule, gold nanoparticle, silver nanoparticle, gold-coated silver nanoparticle, a water soluble quantum dot encapsulated by polyamidoamine dendrimers, a luciferase, a biocompatible phosphorescent molecule, a combined electromagnetic energy harvester molecule, and a lanthanide chelate exhibiting intense luminescence. - 26. The system of any one of
statements 20 to 25, wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises at least one of a phosphorescent or fluorescent agent. - 27. The system of any one of
statements 20 to 26, wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises at least one of at least one of a sulfide, a telluride, a selenide and an oxide semiconductor and a combination thereof. - 28. The system of any one of
statements 20 to 26, wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises at least one of CaWO4:Pb2+, CaWO4:W, Sr3(PO4)2:Eu2+, Ba3(PO4)2:Eu2+, Y2SiO5:Ce3+, SrMg(SiO4)2:Eu2+, BaMg2Al14O24:Eu2+, ZnSiO4::Mn2+, Y3(Al, Ga)5O12:Ce3+, BaMg2Al14O24:Mn2+, BaMgAl14O23:Mn2+, SrAl12SiO19:Mn2+, ZnAl12O19:Mn2+, CaAl12O19:Mn2+, YBO3:Tb3+, Sr4Si3O8Cl4:Eu3+, Y2O3:Eu3+, Y2SiO5:Eu3+, Y3Al5O12Eu3+, CaSiO3:Mn2+, YVO4:Eu3+. - 29. The system of any one of
statements 20 to 28, wherein the energy modulation agent is present and further comprises a plasmonics agent comprising a dielectric-metal composite; or a plasmonics agent comprising a plurality of differently sized metal particles disposed in vicinity of each other as a composite plasmonics agent. - 30. The system of any one of
statements 20 to 29, wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises at least one of Y2O3; ZnS; ZnSe;MgS; CaS; Mn, Er ZnSe; Mn, Er MgS; Mn, Er CaS; Mn, Er ZnS; Mn, Yb ZnSe; Mn, Yb MgS; Mn, Yb CaS; Mn, Yb ZnS:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Mn2+; ZnS:Mn, Er3+; CaWO4, YaTO4, YaTO4:Nb, BaSO4:Eu, La2O2S:Tb, BaSi2O5:Pb, NaI(Tl), CsI(Tl), CsI(Na), CsI(pure), CsF, KI(Tl), LiI(Eu), BaF2, CaF, CaF2(Eu), ZnS(Ag), CaWO4, CdWO4, YAG(Ce) (Y3Al5O12(Ce)), BGO bismuth germanate, GSO gadolinium oxyorthosilicate, LSO lutetium oxyorthosilicate, LaCl3(Ce), and LaBr3(Ce). - 31. The system of any one of
statements 1 to 30, wherein: - said insertion device is disposed in a fluidized bed;
- said insertion device is disposed in re-entrant structures extending into an artificial container holding said medium; or
- said insertion device is disposed on interior walls of an artificial container holding said medium.
- 32. The system of any one of
statements 1 to 31, wherein interaction of at least one photoactivatable agent in the medium after activation by said wavelength of energy cures a polymer in the medium. - 33. The system of
statement 32, wherein the photoactivatable agent comprises photoinitiator including at least one of benzoin and substituted benzoins, Michler's ketone, dialkoxyacetophenones, benzophenone and substituted benzophenones, acetophenone and substituted acetophenones, and xanthone and substituted xanthones, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, diethoxyxanthone, chloro-thio-xanthone, azo-bisisobutyronitrile, N-methyl diethanolaminebenzophenone, camphoquinone, peroxyester initiators and non-fluorene-carboxylic acid peroxyesters. - 34. A system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject, comprising:
- an emitter configured, in response to an initiation signal, to emit said wavelength of energy of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium,
- a controller which provides a control signal moderating an amount of said wavelength of energy being emitted in the human or animal subject.
- 35. The system of
statement 34, wherein the emitter comprises an active device including a receiver for reception of at least one of the initiation signal and the control signal. - 36. The system of
statement 34 or 35, wherein the emitter further comprises a processor which contains programmed instructions determining a schedule for administration of said wavelength of energy to the medium or internal to the human or animal subject. - 37. The system of any one of
statements 34 to 36, wherein the emitter comprises a light emitting diode or an electroluminescent device configured to emit said wavelength of energy. - 38. The system of any one of
statements 34 to 37, further comprising a fluid reservoir including a biotherapeutic fluid. - 39. The system of
statement 38, further comprising at least one fluid channels for delivery of the biotherapeutic fluid to the human or animal subject. - 40. The system of any one of
statements 34 to 37, further comprising a fluid reservoir including a photoactivatable fluid. - 41. The system of
statement 40, further comprising at least one fluid channel for delivery of the photoactivatable fluid to the medium or to the human or animal subject. - 42. The system of any one of
statements 34 to 37, further comprising an x-ray breakable container holding at least one of a biotherapeutic fluid or a photoactivatable fluid, wherein upon x-ray exposure a container wall breaks releasing said at least one of a biotherapeutic fluid or a photoactivatable fluid to the medium or to the human or animal subject. - 43. The system of
statement 42, wherein the x-ray breakable container comprises a glass including at least one of a silicate glass, an alkali glass, a sodium glass, and a phosphate glass doped with a heavy metal. - 44. The system of statement 43, wherein the heavy metal in the glass comprises at least one of Pb, Cr, and Th.
- 45. The system of any one of
statements 34 to 44, wherein the emitter comprises a passive device without electrical circuitry. - 46. The system of statement 45, wherein the passive device comprises at least one of a phosphorescent or fluorescent agent.
- 47. The system of
statement 45 or 46, wherein the passive device comprises at least one of at least one of a sulfide, a telluride, a selenide and an oxide semiconductor and a combination thereof. 48. The system of any one of statements 45 to 47, wherein the passive device comprises at least one of CaWO4:Pb2+, CaWO4:W, Sr3(PO4)2:Eu2+, Ba3(PO4)2:Eu2+, Y2SiO5:Ce3+, SrMg(SiO4)2:Eu2+, BaMg2Al14O24:Eu2+, ZnSiO4::Mn2+, Y3(Al, Ga)5O12:Ce3+, BaMg2Al14O24:Mn2+, BaMgAl14O23:Mn2+, SrAl12SiO19:Mn2+, ZnAl12O19:Mn2+, CaAl12O19:Mn2+, YBO3:Tb3+, Sr4Si3O8Cl4:Eu3+, Y2O3:Eu3+, Y2SiO5:Eu3+, Y3Al5O12Eu3+, CaSiO3:Mn2+, YVO4:Eu3+. - 49. The system of any one of statements 45 to 48, wherein the passive device comprises a plasmonics agent comprising a dielectric-metal composite; or a plasmonics agent comprising a plurality of differently sized metal particles disposed in vicinity of each other as a composite plasmonics agent.
- 50. The system of any one of statements 45 to 49, wherein the passive device comprises at least one of Y2O3; ZnS; ZnSe;MgS; CaS; Mn, Er ZnSe; Mn, Er MgS; Mn, Er CaS; Mn, Er ZnS; Mn, Yb ZnSe; Mn, Yb MgS; Mn, Yb CaS; Mn, Yb ZnS:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Mn2+; ZnS:Mn, Er3+; CaWO4, YaTO4, YaTO4:Nb, BaSO4:Eu, La2O2S:Tb, BaSi2O5:Pb, NaI(Tl), CsI(Tl), CsI(Na), CsI(pure), CsF, KI(Tl), LiI(Eu), BaF2, CaF, CaF2(Eu), ZnS(Ag), CaWO4, CdWO4, YAG(Ce) (Y3Al5O12(Ce)), BGO bismuth germanate, GSO gadolinium oxyorthosilicate, LSO lutetium oxyorthosilicate, LaCl3(Ce), and LaBr3(Ce).
- 51. The system of any one of
statements 34 to 50, further comprising: a mechanism to administer to a subject at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent that is capable of producing a predetermined cellular change when activated by said wavelength of energy to treat a cell proliferation related disorder. - 52. The system of statement 51, wherein the cell proliferation disorder is at least one member selected from the group consisting of cancer, bacterial infection, viral infection, immune rejection response, autoimmune disorders, aplastic conditions, and combinations thereof. 53. The system of
statement 51 or 52, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is selected from psoralens, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines, vitamin Ks, vitamin L, vitamin metabolites, vitamin precursors, naphthoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and derivatives thereof having planar molecular conformations, porphorinporphyrins, dyes and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolones, quinones, and anthroquinones. - 54. The system of any one of statements 51 to 53, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is a psoralen, a coumarin, a porphyrin or a derivative thereof 55. The system of any one of statements 51 to 54, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is 8-MOP, TMP, or AMT.
- 56. The system of any one of statements 51 to 52, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is one selected from 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl, isoalloxazine, 7,8,10-trimethylisoalloxazine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, isoalloxazine-adenine dinucleotide, alloxazine mononucleotide, aluminum (III) phthalocyanine tetrasulonate, hematophorphyrin, and phthadocyanine.
- 57. The system of any one of statements 51 to 56, wherein the predetermined cellular change is apoptosis in a target cell.
- 58. The system of any one of statements 51 to 57, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent causes an auto-vaccine effect in the subject that reacts with a target cell.
- 59. The system of any one of statements 51 to 58, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is a DNA intercalator or a halogenated derivative thereof
- 60. The system of any one of statements 51 to 59, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent upon activation binds to DNA associated with the cell proliferation related disorder.
- 61. The system of any one of statements 51 to 60, wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent intercalates DNA associated with the cell proliferation related disorder and upon activation binds to the DNA.
- 62. A directional energy modulator for converting initiation energy into a wavelength of energy emitted in a preferential direction, comprising:
- a layered assembly including,
- at least one layer of an energy converting material which absorbs the initiation energy and emits said wavelength of energy, and
- multiple layers of an energy reflecting material disposed around said at least one layer of the energy converting material,
- wherein said wavelength of energy is reflected by the energy reflecting material and exits at a longitudinal end of the layered assembly.
- 63. The modulator of
statement 62, wherein the layered assembly has a spherical shape. - 64. The modulator of
statement 62, wherein the layered assembly has a rectilinear shape. - 65. The modulator of
statement 62, wherein the layered assembly has a rod shape. - 66. The modulator of
statement 62, wherein the energy reflecting material comprises at least one of Ag, Au, Al, or Cu. - 67. The modulator of any one of
statements 62 to 66, wherein the energy reflecting material comprises a magnetic or paramagnetic material. - 68. The modulator of any one of
statements 62 to 67, wherein the energy reflecting material comprises a non-magnetic material. - 69. The modulator of any one of
statements 62 to 68, wherein the energy reflecting material comprises at least one of iron, nickel, cobalt, and alloys of rare earth metals. - 70. The modulator of any one of
statements 62 to 69, wherein a separation distance between layers in the layered assembly ranges from 10 nm to 1000 nm, or between 100 nm and 700 nm, or between 200 nm and 500 nm, or between 300 nm and 400 nm. - 71. The modulator of any one of
statements 62 to 69, wherein a separation distance between layers in the layered assembly ranges from 1 μm to 1000 μm, or between 10 μm and 100 μm, or between 100 μm and 500 μm, or between 300 μm and 400 μm. - 72. A system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject, comprising:
- any one of the modulators of statements 62-71 configured, in response to an initiation signal, to emit said wavelength of energy of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium,
- a magnetic field generator configured to provide a magnetic field along a predetermined direction which moderates a direction of said wavelength of energy being emitted in the human or animal subject.
- 73. A system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a human or animal subject, comprising:
- an emitter disposed inside the human or animal subject, which in response to an initiation signal containing the initiation energy, emits said wavelength of energy to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject;
- a first blood supply valve disposed inside the human or animal subject, which diverts blood from a first blood vessel of the human or animal subject;
- a port connected to the blood supply valve where the blood is exposed to the wavelength of energy;
- a photoactivatable drug reservoir for delivery of a photoactivatable drug to the blood in the port; and
- a second blood supply valve disposed inside the human or animal subject, which returns blood from the port back to a second blood vessel of the human or animal subject.
- 74. The system of statement 73, further comprising a pump disposed inside the human or animal subject for pumping said blood.
- 75. The system of statement 73 or 74, where the reservoir is disposed inside the human or animal subject.
- 76. The system of statement 73 or 74, where the reservoir is disposed outside the human or animal subject.
- 77. The system of any one of statements 73 to 76, further comprising an artificial bladder disposed inside the human or animal subject.
- 78. The system of any one of statements 73 to 77, where at least one of the emitter, the port, and the reservoir is disposed inside the artificial bladder.
- 79. The system of any one of statements 73 to 78, further comprising a pump disposed inside the artificial bladder for pumping said blood.
- 80. A medical catheter comprising:
- an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit;
- said assembly unit comprising,
-
- an emitter,
- a receiver that receives a signal for communication with the assembly unit; and
- said assembly unit configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter to emit a wavelength of energy of a predetermined type interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject; and
- an insertion sleeve including at a distal end thereof for insertion of the insertion device into a patient.
- 81. An emitter capsule comprising:
- an assembly unit comprising,
-
- an emitter,
- a receiver that receives an initiation signal for communication with the assembly unit; and
- said emitter emitting a wavelength of energy interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject or emitting the wavelength of energy interior to the medium to produce a change in the medium.
- 82. An insertion device comprising:
- an electronics assembly unit; and
- a container configured to contain the electronics assembly unit and configured for insertion 1) into a body of a human or animal subject or 2) into a medium;
- wherein said electronics assembly unit comprises,
- an emitter configured to emit a wavelength of energy of a predetermined type 1) to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or 2) to produce a change in the medium,
- said electronics assembly unit configured to power the emitter to thereby emit said wavelength of energy from the container.
- 83. An insertion device comprising:
- an electronics assembly unit; and
- a container configured to contain the electronics assembly unit and configured for insertion 1) into a body of a human or animal subject or 2) into a medium;
- wherein said electronics assembly unit comprises,
- an emitter configured to emit a wavelength of energy of a predetermined type 1) to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or 2) to produce a change in the medium,
- a receiver that receives an initiation signal; and
- said electronics assembly unit configured, upon receiving the initiation signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit said wavelength of energy interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
- 84. A system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject, comprising:
- an embedded insertion device embedded within a region of a human or animal subject;
- a computerized control controlling an external source of electro-magnetic transmissions outside the human or animal subject;
- a relay embedded within the region of a human or animal subject and disposed between the embedded insertion device and the outside world; and
- said relay passes along the electro-magnetic transmissions to the embedded insertion device.
- 85. The system of statement 84, wherein the relay is programmed to functions as a booster to alleviate loss of transmission of the electro-magnetic transmissions through a thick section of the human body where signal aberration and loss can occur.
- 86. A system for treating a patient or a subject with a photoactivatable drug. comprising:
- a source of a wavelength of energy which is capable of activating the photoactivatable drug; and
- a blood supply displacement system which temporarily displaces blood from a diseased site or organ to be treated with a biocompatible fluid which is less absorptive of the wavelength of energy than blood.
- 87. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
- generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of (1) any one of the systems of statements 1-61, 72-79, or 84-86, (2) a medical catheter of statement 80, (3) an emitter capsule of statement 81, or (4) an insertion device of one of statements 82-83,
- whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
- Having generally described this invention, a further understanding can be obtained by reference to certain specific examples which are provided herein for purposes of illustration only and are not intended to be limiting unless otherwise specified.
- Numerous modifications and variations of the invention are possible in light of the above teachings. It is therefore to be understood that within the scope of the appended statements, the invention may be practiced otherwise than as specifically described herein.
Claims (67)
1. A system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject, comprising:
a source configured to produce an initiation signal penetrating at least a part of the medium or the human or animal subject;
an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit;
said assembly unit comprising,
an emitter configured to emit said wavelength of energy of a predetermined type 1) to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or 2) to produce a change in the medium,
a receiver that receives the initiation signal; and
said assembly unit configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit said wavelength of energy interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
2. The system of claim 1 , where the emitter comprises a microemitter capsule ranging in size from 100 microns to less than a centimeter.
3. The system of claim 1 , where the emitter comprises a light emitting diode or an electroluminescent device configured to emit said wavelength of energy.
4. The system of claim 1 , wherein the initiation signal is a low frequency RF or microwave signal which traverses parts of or the entirety of the human or animal subject or the medium.
5. The system of claim 1 , wherein the insertion device comprises a container having a containment wall comprising at least one of a silicate glass, an alkali glass, a sodium glass, and a phosphate glass.
6. The system of claim 1 , further comprising:
a fluid reservoir;
at least one fluid channel from the reservoir to outside of the insertion device.
7. The system of claim 6 , wherein the fluid reservoir contains at least one of a fluid of an activatable pharmaceutical agent or a fluid of nanoparticles.
8. The system of claim 7 , wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and, upon activation by the emitted wavelength of energy treats a cell proliferation disorder selected from the group consisting of cancer, bacterial infection, viral infection, immune rejection response, autoimmune disorders, aplastic conditions, and combinations thereof.
9. The system of claim 7 , wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is selected from psoralens, pyrene cholesteryloleate, acridine, porphyrin, fluorescein, rhodamine, 16-diazorcortisone, ethidium, transition metal complexes of bleomycin, transition metal complexes of deglycobleomycin organoplatinum complexes, alloxazines, vitamin Ks, vitamin L, vitamin metabolites, vitamin precursors, naphthoquinones, naphthalenes, naphthols and derivatives thereof having planar molecular conformations, porphorinporphyrins, dyes and phenothiazine derivatives, coumarins, quinolones, quinones, and anthroquinones.
10. The system of claim 7 , wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is a psoralen, a coumarin, a porphyrin or a derivative thereof.
11. The system of claim 7 , wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is 8-MOP or AMT.
12. The system of claim 7 , wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is one selected from 7,8-dimethyl-10-ribityl, isoalloxazine, 7,8,10-trimethylisoalloxazine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, isoalloxazine-adenine dinucleotide, alloxazine mononucleotide, aluminum (III) phthalocyanine tetrasulonate, hematophorphyrin, and phthadocyanine.
13. The system of claim 7 , wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is coupled to a carrier that is capable of binding to a receptor site.
14. The system of claim 13 , wherein the carrier is one selected from insulin, interleukin, thymopoietin or transferrin.
15. The system of claim 13 , wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is coupled to the carrier by a covalent bond.
16. The system of claim 13 , wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is coupled to the carrier by non-covalent bond.
17. The system of claim 13 , wherein the receptor site is one selected from nucleic acids of nucleated cells, antigenic sites on nucleated cells, or epitopes.
18. The system of claim 7 , wherein the cell proliferation disorder is treated by apoptosis in a target cell.
19. The system of claim 7 , wherein the at least one activatable pharmaceutical agent is present and is capable of being preferentially absorbed by a target cell.
20. The system of claim 1 , wherein said wavelength of energy induces a predetermined change in the target structure with or without an energy modulation agent or a photoactive agent.
21. The system of claim 20 , wherein the energy modulation agent is present and is configured to adsorb, intensify or modify said wavelength of energy.
22. The system of claim 20 , wherein the energy modulation agent is present and is configured to transform the wavelength of energy into a photonic or another electromagnetic energy that affects the predetermined change in said target structure.
23. The system of claim 22 , wherein the energy modulation agent emits secondary light at a decreased wavelength compared to the wavelength of energy.
24. The system of claim 22 , wherein the energy modulation agent emits secondary light at an increased wavelength compared to the wavelength of energy.
25. The system of claim 20 , wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises one or more members selected from a biocompatible fluorescing metal nanoparticle, fluorescing metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing metal coated metal oxide nanoparticle, fluorescing dye molecule, gold nanoparticle, silver nanoparticle, gold-coated silver nanoparticle, a water soluble quantum dot encapsulated by polyamidoamine dendrimers, a luciferase, a biocompatible phosphorescent molecule, a combined electromagnetic energy harvester molecule, and a lanthanide chelate exhibiting intense luminescence.
26. The system of claim 20 , wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises at least one of a phosphorescent or fluorescent agent.
27. The system of claim 20 , wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises at least one of at least one of a sulfide, a telluride, a selenide and an oxide semiconductor and a combination thereof.
28. The system of claim 20 , wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises at least one of CaWO4:Pb2+, CaWO4:W, Sr3(PO4)2:Eu2+, Ba3(PO4)2:Eu2+, Y2SiO5:Ce3+, SrMg(SiO4)2:Eu2+, BaMg2Al14O24:Eu2+, ZnSiO4::Mn2+, Y3(Al,Ga)5O12:Ce3+, BaMg2Al14O24:Mn2+, BaMgAl14O23:Mn2+, SrAl12SiO19:Mn2+, ZnAl12O19:Mn2+, CaAl12O19:Mn2+, YBO3:Tb3+, Sr4Si3O8Cl4:Eu3+, Y2O3:Eu3+, Y2SiO5:Eu3+, Y3Al5O12Eu3+, CaSiO3:Mn2+, YVO4:Eu3+.
29. The system of claim 20 , wherein the energy modulation agent is present and further comprises a plasmonics agent comprising a dielectric-metal composite; or a plasmonics agent comprising a plurality of differently sized metal particles disposed in vicinity of each other as a composite plasmonics agent.
30. The system of claim 20 , wherein the energy modulation agent is present and comprises at least one of Y2O3; ZnS; ZnSe;MgS; CaS; Mn, Er ZnSe; Mn, Er MgS; Mn, Er CaS; Mn, Er ZnS; Mn, Yb ZnSe; Mn, Yb MgS; Mn, Yb CaS; Mn, Yb ZnS:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+; Y2O3:Tb3+, Er3+; ZnS:Mn2+; ZnS:Mn, Er3+; CaWO4, YaTO4, YaTO4:Nb, BaSO4:Eu, La2O2S:Tb, BaSi2O5:Pb, NaI(Tl), CsI(Tl), CsI(Na), CsI(pure), CsF, KI(Tl), LiI(Eu), BaF2, CaF, CaF2(Eu), ZnS(Ag), CaWO4, CdWO4, YAG(Ce) (Y3Al5O12(Ce)), BGO bismuth germanate, GSO gadolinium oxyorthosilicate, LSO lutetium oxyorthosilicate, LaCl3(Ce), and LaBr3(Ce).
31. The system of claim 1 , wherein:
said insertion device is disposed in a fluidized bed;
said insertion device is disposed in re-entrant structures extending into an artificial container holding said medium; or
said insertion device is disposed on interior walls of an artificial container holding said medium.
32. The system of claim 1 , wherein interaction of at least one photoactivatable agent in the medium after activation by said wavelength of energy cures a polymer in the medium.
33. The system of claim 32 , wherein the photoactivatable agent comprises photoinitiator including at least one of benzoin and substituted benzoins, Michler's ketone, dialkoxyacetophenones, benzophenone and substituted benzophenones, acetophenone and substituted acetophenones, and xanthone and substituted xanthones, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, diethoxyxanthone, chloro-thio-xanthone, azo-bisisobutyronitrile, N-methyl diethanolaminebenzophenone, camphoquinone, peroxyester initiators and non-fluorene-carboxylic acid peroxyesters.
34. A directional energy modulator for converting initiation energy into a wavelength of energy emitted in a preferential direction, comprising:
a layered assembly including,
at least one layer of an energy converting material which absorbs the initiation energy and emits said wavelength of energy, and
multiple layers of an energy reflecting material disposed around said at least one layer of the energy converting material,
wherein said wavelength of energy is reflected by the energy reflecting material and exits at a longitudinal end of the layered assembly.
35. The modulator of claim 34 , wherein the layered assembly has a spherical shape.
36. The modulator of claim 34 , wherein the layered assembly has a rectilinear shape.
37. The modulator of claim 34 , wherein the layered assembly has a rod shape.
38. The modulator of claim 34 , wherein the energy reflecting material comprises at least one of Ag, Au, Al, or Cu.
39. The modulator of claim 34 , wherein the energy reflecting material comprises a magnetic or paramagnetic material.
40. The modulator of claim 39 , wherein the energy reflecting material comprises a non-magnetic material.
41. The modulator of claim 39 , wherein the energy reflecting material comprises at least one of iron, nickel, cobalt, and alloys of rare earth metals.
42. The modulator of claim 39 , wherein a separation distance between layers in the layered assembly ranges from 10 nm to 1000 nm, or between 100 nm and 700 nm, or between 200 nm and 500 nm, or between 300 nm and 400 nm.
43. The modulator of claim 39 , wherein a separation distance between layers in the layered assembly ranges from 1 um to 1000 μm, or between 10 μm and 100 μm, or between 100 μm and 500 μm, or between 300 μm and 400 μm.
44. A system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject, comprising:
a modulator of claim 39 configured, in response to an initiation signal, to emit said wavelength of energy of a predetermined type to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or to produce a change in the medium,
a magnetic field generator configured to provide a magnetic field along a predetermined direction which moderates a direction of said wavelength of energy being emitted in the human or animal subject.
45. A system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a human or animal subject, comprising:
an emitter disposed inside the human or animal subject, which in response to an initiation signal containing the initiation energy, emits said wavelength of energy to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject;
a first blood supply valve disposed inside the human or animal subject, which diverts blood from a first blood vessel of the human or animal subject;
a port connected to the blood supply valve where the blood is exposed to the wavelength of energy;
a photoactivatable drug reservoir for delivery of a photoactivatable drug to the blood in the port; and
a second blood supply valve disposed inside the human or animal subject, which returns blood from the port back to a second blood vessel of the human or animal subject.
46. The system of claim 45 , further comprising a pump disposed inside the human or animal subject for pumping said blood.
47. The system of claim 45 , where the reservoir is disposed inside the human or animal subject.
48. The system of claim 45 , where the reservoir is disposed outside the human or animal subject.
49. The system of claim 45 , further comprising an artificial bladder disposed inside the human or animal subject.
50. The system of claim 49 , where at least one of the emitter, the port, and the reservoir is disposed inside the artificial bladder.
51. The system of claim 49 , further comprising a pump disposed inside the artificial bladder for pumping said blood.
52. A medical catheter comprising:
an insertion device having an electronics assembly unit;
said assembly unit comprising,
an emitter,
a receiver that receives a signal for communication with the assembly unit; and
said assembly unit configured, upon receiving the signal, to power the emitter to emit a wavelength of energy of a predetermined type interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject; and
an insertion sleeve including at a distal end thereof for insertion of the insertion device into a patient.
53. An emitter capsule comprising:
an assembly unit comprising,
an emitter,
a receiver that receives an initiation signal for communication with the assembly unit; and
said emitter emitting a wavelength of energy interior of the human or animal subject to treat the human or animal subject or emitting the wavelength of energy interior to the medium to produce a change in the medium.
54. An insertion device comprising:
an electronics assembly unit; and
a container configured to contain the electronics assembly unit and configured for insertion 1) into a body of a human or animal subject or 2) into a medium;
wherein said electronics assembly unit comprises,
an emitter configured to emit a wavelength of energy of a predetermined type 1) to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or 2) to produce a change in the medium,
said electronics assembly unit configured to power the emitter to thereby emit said wavelength of energy from the container.
55. An insertion device comprising:
an electronics assembly unit; and
a container configured to contain the electronics assembly unit and configured for insertion 1) into a body of a human or animal subject or 2) into a medium;
wherein said electronics assembly unit comprises,
an emitter configured to emit a wavelength of energy of a predetermined type 1) to treat a disease or disorder in the human or animal subject or 2) to produce a change in the medium,
a receiver that receives an initiation signal; and
said electronics assembly unit configured, upon receiving the initiation signal, to power the emitter to thereby emit said wavelength of energy interior the human or animal subject or interior the medium.
56. A system for emitting a wavelength of energy internal to a medium or internal to a human or animal subject, comprising:
an embedded insertion device embedded within a region of a human or animal subject;
a computerized control controlling an external source of electro-magnetic transmissions outside the human or animal subject;
a relay embedded within the region of a human or animal subject and disposed between the embedded insertion device and the outside world; and
said relay passes along the electro-magnetic transmissions to the embedded insertion device.
57. The system of claim 56 , wherein the relay is programmed to functions as a booster to alleviate loss of transmission of the electro-magnetic transmissions through a thick section of the human body where signal aberration and loss can occur.
58. A system for treating a patient or a subject with a photoactivatable drug. comprising:
a source of a wavelength of energy which is capable of activating the photoactivatable drug; and
a blood supply displacement system which temporarily displaces blood from a diseased site or organ to be treated with a biocompatible fluid which is less absorptive of the wavelength of energy than blood.
59. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of the system of claim 1 ,
whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmaceutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
60. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of the system of claim 44 ,
whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
61. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of the system of claim 45 ,
whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
62. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of the system of claim 56 ,
whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
63. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of the system of claim 58 ,
whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
64. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of the medical catheter of claim 52 ,
whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
65. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of the emitter capsule of claim 53 ,
whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
66. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of the insertion device claim 54 ,
whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
67. A method for treating a condition, disorder, or disease, comprising:
generating an energy in-situ in a subject in need thereof, by way of the insertion device of claim 55 ,
whereby the energy generated in-situ either (a) directly effects a change in the subject thus treating the condition, disorder, or disease, or (b) activates an activatable pharmacutical agent which has been administered prior to or simultaneously with generating the energy in-situ, whereby upon activation the activated activatable pharmaceutical agent effects a change thereby treating the condition, disorder, or disease.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/443,981 US20210353954A1 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2021-07-29 | Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201662327121P | 2016-04-25 | 2016-04-25 | |
PCT/US2017/029300 WO2017189506A1 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2017-04-25 | Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use |
US201816096174A | 2018-10-24 | 2018-10-24 | |
US17/443,981 US20210353954A1 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2021-07-29 | Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use |
Related Parent Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
PCT/US2017/029300 Division WO2017189506A1 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2017-04-25 | Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use |
US16/096,174 Division US11077316B2 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2017-04-25 | Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20210353954A1 true US20210353954A1 (en) | 2021-11-18 |
Family
ID=60161111
Family Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/096,174 Active 2037-11-07 US11077316B2 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2017-04-25 | Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use |
US17/443,981 Pending US20210353954A1 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2021-07-29 | Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use |
Family Applications Before (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/096,174 Active 2037-11-07 US11077316B2 (en) | 2016-04-25 | 2017-04-25 | Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (2) | US11077316B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3448292A4 (en) |
JP (1) | JP7053574B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR102465104B1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2017189506A1 (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11964167B2 (en) | 2020-01-30 | 2024-04-23 | Immunolight, Llc | Energy augmentation structures for use with energy emitters and collectors |
Families Citing this family (21)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
BR122020024964B1 (en) | 2015-07-28 | 2024-01-16 | Know Bio, Llc | METHODS AND DEVICES FOR REDUCING THE PRESENCE, CONCENTRATION OR GROWTH OF PATHOGENS IN OR ON TISSUE OF LIVING MAMMALS |
CN108048093A (en) * | 2017-12-05 | 2018-05-18 | 湖北大学 | A kind of Ag, Mn adulterate the preparation method of ZnSe and ZnS core-shell structured quantum dot |
JP2020043929A (en) * | 2018-09-14 | 2020-03-26 | 合同会社プレアデステクノロジーズ | Body detection device |
EP3863550A4 (en) * | 2018-10-12 | 2022-09-28 | Immunolight, Llc. | Methods, devices, and compositions for measuring and inducing cell-to-cell communication, and therapeutic uses thereof |
JP2022523985A (en) * | 2019-03-04 | 2022-04-27 | イミュノライト・エルエルシー | Energy augmentation structure for use in energy emitters and collectors |
CN110918980B (en) * | 2019-12-16 | 2021-09-24 | 北京工商大学 | Electromagnetic shielding composite material and preparation method thereof |
US11800851B2 (en) * | 2019-12-29 | 2023-10-31 | Brian Michael Coyle | Light capsule |
US20230079137A1 (en) * | 2020-02-24 | 2023-03-16 | The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University | Predicting successful generation and inhibition of seizure-like afterdischarges and mapping their seizure networks using fmri |
TR202006149A2 (en) * | 2020-03-11 | 2020-12-21 | Rd Global Arastirma Gelistirme Saglik Ilac Insaat Yatirimlari Sanayi Ve Ticaret Anonim Sirketi | ULTRAVIOLE AND LASER (RED BEAM, GREEN BEAM) RAY TREATMENT |
US11147984B2 (en) | 2020-03-19 | 2021-10-19 | Know Bio, Llc | Illumination devices for inducing biological effects |
CA3167416A1 (en) * | 2020-04-03 | 2021-10-07 | Lew LIM | Photobiomodulation system and method for improved immunity and treatment of respiratory tract infections |
GB2594763A (en) * | 2020-05-06 | 2021-11-10 | Detlef Schikora | Photooxidative inactivation of pathogens including SARS-CoV-2 |
US20230309985A1 (en) * | 2020-08-17 | 2023-10-05 | Arizona Board Of Regents On Behalf Of The University Of Arizona | An implantable miniaturized and soft wireless sensing device to monitor tissue and bone deformation |
US11654294B2 (en) | 2021-03-15 | 2023-05-23 | Know Bio, Llc | Intranasal illumination devices |
CN113115136B (en) * | 2021-03-17 | 2024-01-30 | 桂林电子科技大学 | Optical router bridging fault positioning method based on single fault model |
CN113372127A (en) * | 2021-07-16 | 2021-09-10 | 中钢集团洛阳耐火材料研究院有限公司 | Anti-sintering YTaO4Preparation method of spherical spraying powder |
CN113730824B (en) * | 2021-09-08 | 2024-03-22 | 北京翌光医疗科技研究院有限公司 | Phototherapy device |
KR102419390B1 (en) * | 2022-04-15 | 2022-07-11 | 주식회사 셀리코 | A testbed of the retinal prosthesis and a manufacturing method thereof |
CN114892146A (en) * | 2022-05-09 | 2022-08-12 | 北京印刷学院 | Powder processing device of plasma enhanced atomic layer deposition fluidized bed and application |
CN116585622B (en) * | 2023-07-12 | 2023-10-10 | 四川省肿瘤医院 | Photodynamic tablet and preparation method thereof, and anti-tumor model construction method and system |
CN117442601A (en) * | 2023-10-31 | 2024-01-26 | 上海市东方医院(同济大学附属东方医院) | Phosphatase inhibitor analogue BX-metal NPs and preparation method and application thereof |
Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060100679A1 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2006-05-11 | Dimauro Thomas | Light-based implants for treating Alzheimer's disease |
US20100121420A1 (en) * | 2007-04-30 | 2010-05-13 | Peter Depew Fiset | Uva1-led phototherapy device and method |
US20110117202A1 (en) * | 2007-08-06 | 2011-05-19 | Immunolight, Llc | Up and down conversion systems for production of emitted light from various energy sources including radio frequency, microwave energy and magnetic induction sources for upconversion |
Family Cites Families (17)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
RU2145247C1 (en) | 1998-04-10 | 2000-02-10 | Жаров Владимир Павлович | Photomatrix therapeutic device for treatment of extended pathologies |
US20040106849A1 (en) * | 2002-12-03 | 2004-06-03 | Cho Jin-Ho | Multi-functional, bi-directional communication telemetry capsule |
US7695738B2 (en) * | 2003-02-19 | 2010-04-13 | Academia Sinica | Carbohydrate encapsulated nanoparticles |
JP2006149688A (en) | 2004-11-29 | 2006-06-15 | Olympus Corp | Device introduced in subject |
US20070218049A1 (en) * | 2006-02-02 | 2007-09-20 | Wei Chen | Nanoparticle based photodynamic therapy and methods of making and using same |
US20090143761A1 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2009-06-04 | Transdermal Patents Company, Llc | Agent delivery system and uses of same |
JP2008109954A (en) | 2006-10-27 | 2008-05-15 | Matsushita Electric Works Ltd | Capsule type imaging apparatus |
US9488916B2 (en) * | 2007-04-08 | 2016-11-08 | Immunolight, Llc. | Interior energy-activation of photo-reactive species inside a medium or body |
US9358292B2 (en) | 2007-04-08 | 2016-06-07 | Immunolight, Llc | Methods and systems for treating cell proliferation disorders |
AR070461A1 (en) | 2008-02-21 | 2010-04-07 | Immunolight Llc | METHODS AND SYSTEMS TO TREAT CELL PROLIFERATION DISORDERS USING IMPROVED PHOTOSPECTRAL THERAPY WITH PLASMONICS (PEPST) AND IMPROVED PHOTOTHERAPY WITH EXCITONES PLASMONES (EPEP). COMPOSITIONS |
CL2009000560A1 (en) | 2008-03-11 | 2010-02-19 | Univ Duke | A method of hardening a radiation hardenable medium comprising placing a composition within an object to be hardened, applying at least one chosen from x-ray, gamma ray, or electron beam through the object and within the composition. |
CN105288619A (en) | 2008-04-04 | 2016-02-03 | 免疫之光有限责任公司 | Non-invasive systems and methods for in-situ photobiomodulation |
US9539438B2 (en) | 2010-03-11 | 2017-01-10 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Fibers in therapy and cosmetics |
US10300296B2 (en) | 2010-03-17 | 2019-05-28 | Photopill Medical Ltd. | Capsule phototherapy |
US10987492B2 (en) | 2012-12-21 | 2021-04-27 | Koninklijke Philips N.V. | Imaging guidewire with photoactivation capabilities |
WO2014126927A1 (en) * | 2013-02-13 | 2014-08-21 | The Board Of Trustees Of The University Of Illinois | Injectable and implantable cellular-scale electronic devices |
WO2015191926A1 (en) * | 2014-06-11 | 2015-12-17 | Circuit Therapeutics, Inc. | Optogenetic therapies for movement disorders |
-
2017
- 2017-04-25 WO PCT/US2017/029300 patent/WO2017189506A1/en active Application Filing
- 2017-04-25 EP EP17790229.3A patent/EP3448292A4/en active Pending
- 2017-04-25 KR KR1020187033997A patent/KR102465104B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-04-25 US US16/096,174 patent/US11077316B2/en active Active
- 2017-04-25 JP JP2019507073A patent/JP7053574B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-07-29 US US17/443,981 patent/US20210353954A1/en active Pending
Patent Citations (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20060100679A1 (en) * | 2004-08-27 | 2006-05-11 | Dimauro Thomas | Light-based implants for treating Alzheimer's disease |
US20100121420A1 (en) * | 2007-04-30 | 2010-05-13 | Peter Depew Fiset | Uva1-led phototherapy device and method |
US20110117202A1 (en) * | 2007-08-06 | 2011-05-19 | Immunolight, Llc | Up and down conversion systems for production of emitted light from various energy sources including radio frequency, microwave energy and magnetic induction sources for upconversion |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11964167B2 (en) | 2020-01-30 | 2024-04-23 | Immunolight, Llc | Energy augmentation structures for use with energy emitters and collectors |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
EP3448292A1 (en) | 2019-03-06 |
US11077316B2 (en) | 2021-08-03 |
WO2017189506A1 (en) | 2017-11-02 |
KR20190014504A (en) | 2019-02-12 |
KR102465104B1 (en) | 2022-11-10 |
JP7053574B2 (en) | 2022-04-12 |
US20190134419A1 (en) | 2019-05-09 |
JP2019520955A (en) | 2019-07-25 |
EP3448292A4 (en) | 2020-04-08 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20210353954A1 (en) | Insertion devices and systems for production of emitted light internal to a medium and methods for their use | |
US10363541B2 (en) | Systems and methods for interior energy-activation from an exterior source | |
US20230109074A1 (en) | Non-invasive systems and methods for selective activation of photoreactive responses | |
US11278042B2 (en) | Phosphor composition having selected surface coatings | |
US10272262B2 (en) | Method for modulating a biological activity of a target structure by energy generation in-situ within a medium | |
US11786595B2 (en) | Methods for radiotherapy to trigger light activation drugs | |
CA2973200C (en) | Non-invasive systems and methods for treatment of a host carrying a virus with photoactivatable drugs | |
WO2019014413A1 (en) | Methods for radiotherapy to trigger light activated drugs |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |